Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout18- Construction Specifications and Contract Documents - Knife River Belgrade - Durston and Ferguson Roundabout from Flanders Mill Road to Sanders Avenue Construction S ecifications � Contract Documents Durston and Ferguson Roundabout • '..:..:� From Flanders Mill Road to Sanders Avenue •�'` � � hozeman, 1Vlotltana j' Prepared for: City of Bozeman, Z018 3 BO M \\ `. ' fib,- _ _ ''�� �• t ��,� � V .abi SPEED LIMIT YOUR �\ VENNE i 1 • 1631 PE - Prepared . Robert:• p. Number City of Bozeman Durston and Ferguson Roundabout From Flanders Mill Road to Sanders Avenue Bozeman, Montana Construction Specifications and Contract Documents Prepared by Staci Venner, P.E. Project Manager Checked by ApAl3erth, P.E. Project Manager QA/QC Approval Jeff Key, P.E. President Date Approved July 5, 2018 ROBERT PECCIA & ASSOCIATES FMY P.O.Box 5653 P.O.Box 5100 3810 Valley Commons Drive#4 3147 Saddle Drive 102 Cooperative Way#300 Bozeman,MT 59718 Helena,IVIT 59604 Kalispell,MT 59903 (406)284-2665 (406)447-5000 (406)752-5025 (406)447-5653 FAX (406)752-5024 FAX Intentionally Left Blank TABLE OF CONTENTS DURSTON AND FERGUSON ROUNDABOUT Construction Specifications&Contract Documents SECTION 1. BH2121NCzRF,O IRF,MENT INFORMATION Bidder's Checklist Invitation to Bid Instructions to Bidders SECTION 2. BH)DINGDOCIJMENTS Bid Proposal Bid Bond(EJCDC C-430) Non-Discrimination Affirmation Form SECTION 3. GEN . AI,CONDITIONS Standard General Conditions(EJCDC C-700) RPA Supplementary Conditions SECTION 4. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Contents listed at front of the Special Provisions SECTION 5. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Contents listed at front of the Technical Specifications SECTION 6. PREVAILING WAGE RATES APPENDIX A. MISCELLANEOUS FORMS 1. Notice of Award 2. Agreement 3. Performance Bond(EJCDC C-610) 4. Payment Bond(EJCDC C-615A) 5. Notice to Proceed 6. Approval of Subcontractors 7. Substitution Request Form 8. Schedule of Values for Contract Payment 9. Application and Certificate of Payment 10. Work Directive Change 11. Change Order 12. Affidavit on Behalf of Contractor 13. Contractor's Certificate of Completion 14. Certificate of Substantial Completion 15. Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment 16. Owners Acceptance and Grant of Possession APPENDIX& 404 NATIONWIDE PERMIT Section 404 Clean Water Act,Nationwide Permit and Conditions MDEQ Section 401 Water Quality Certification and Conditions CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS Bound under separate cover Intentionally Left Blank SECTION 1. BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND INFORMATION Intentionally Left Blank BIDDER'S CHECKLIST Please utilize the following Bidder's Checklist before submitting your bid. _ 1) Original Bid Bond Enclosed? (Personal checks, business checks, and faxed copies are not acceptable.) _2) Bid Proposal: a._ Arithmetic Checked? b._ Unit Bid amounts agree with math calculations? c._ All Addenda acknowledged on proposal sheet and cover? d._ Signature portion filled out? e._ Bid Proposal sheets intact in Official Bid Proposal DO NOT REMOVE f. _ Non-Discrimination Affirmation form completed and signed? 3) Bid Envelope: a._ Addressed properly? (See Proposal, Instructions to Bidders) b._ Contains the Construction Specifications and Contract Documents booklet? c._ Acknowledged Receipt of Addenda? d. Sealed? _4) Bid Submitted prior to required time at specified location? Leave all sheets intact in the Contract Documents booklet and return the complete Contract Documents booklet. ALL BID DOCUMENTS AND BONDS MUST BE ORIGINALS. BIDDERS CHECKLIST Page 1 of 1 Intentionally Left Blank CITY OF BOZEMAN,MONTANA CALL FOR BIDS NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the City of Bozeman, Montana, is accepting sealed bids for: Durston and Ferguson Roundabout Separate sealed Bids for Construction of City of Bozeman Durston and Ferguson Roundabout will be received by the City Clerk at the office at City Hall, 121 North Rouse Avenue, P.O. Box 1230, Bozeman, Montana 59771-1230 until 2:00 p.m. (local time) on July 24, 2018 and then publicly opened and read aloud. Original copies must be submitted- no faxed or electronic bids will be accepted. The physical address is: City Clerk's Office, Suite 200, City Hall, 121 No. Rouse Avenue, Bozeman, Montana. The mailing address is: City Clerk's Office, Suite 200, City Hall, P.O. Box 1230, Bozeman, Montana 59771. The proposed work includes a new roundabout at the intersection of Durston and Ferguson, roadway widening along Durston Road, new corridor lighting, new stone drain, utility adjustments, and a culvert extension. The 'work also includes street excavation, subexcavation, gravel base courses, asphalt and concrete pavement, curb and gutter, sidewalk, drainage, electrical, signing, pavement markings, topsoil, and seeding. The Contract Documents may be examined at the office of the City of Bozeman Engineering Department, 20 East Olive Street, Bozeman, Montana, (406) 582-2280. The Contract Documents may be examined and obtained at the offices of Robert Peccia and Associates, 3810 Valley Commons Drive 94, Bozeman, Montana (406) 284-2665 and 3147 Saddle Drive, Helena, Montana (406) 447-5000, in accordance with the Instructions To Bidders. Required deposit is $50.00 for the Construction Specifications and Contract Documents booklet, which is non- refundable. Digital project documents are available at Robert Peccia & Associates web site (www.rpa- hln.com). Click on the link titled "Current Projects Bidding". You may download and print the Contract Documents at no charge, however, all Prime Contractors that intend to offer a bid for this project must obtain and submit the Official Construction Specifications and Contract Documents booklet for the non-refundable deposit of $50.00. A printed set of Construction Drawings may also be obtained for a non-refundable deposit of $250.00, if the Contractor chooses not to download and print their own set of Drawings. There will be a Pre-Bid Conference at the office of the City of Bozeman Engineering Department, 20 East Olive Street, Bozeman, Montana at 3:00 p.m. on July 17, 2018. Interested CONTRACTORS are encouraged to attend. INVITATION TO BID Page 1 of 2 CONTRACTOR and any of the CONTRACTOR'S subcontractors bidding or doing work on this project will be required to be registered with the Montana Department of Labor and Industry (DLI). Forms for registration are available from the DLI, PO Box 8011, 1805 Prospect, Helena, Montana 59604-8011. Information on registration can be obtained by calling (406) 444- 7734. CONTRACTOR is not required to have registered with the DLI prior to bidding on this project, but must have registered prior to execution of the Construction Agreement. All laborers and mechanics employed by CONTRACTOR or subcontractors in performance of the construction work shall be paid wages at rates as may be required by the laws of Gallatin County and the state of Montana. Discrimination in the performance of any contract awarded under this invitation on the basis of race, color, religion, creed, sex, age, marital status, national origin, or actual or perceived sexual orientation, gender identity or disability is prohibited. This prohibition shall apply to the hiring and treatment of the awarded entity's employees and to all subcontracts. Every entity submitting under this invitation must sign and return the required affirmation. Each Bid or proposal must be accompanied by a Certified Check, Cashier's Check, or Bid Bond payable to the City of Bozeman, Montana, in an amount not less than ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the Bid. Successful BIDDERS shall furnish an approved Performance Bond and a Labor and Materials Payment Bond, each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the contract amount. Insurance, as required, shall be provided by the successful BIDDER(s) and certificates of that insurance shall be provided. No Bid may be withdrawn after the scheduled time for the public opening of bids. The City of Bozeman reserves the right to reject any or all proposals received, to waive informalities to postpone the award of the contract for a period not to exceed sixty (60) days, and to accept the lowest responsive and responsible bid which is in the best interest of the City of Bozeman. The Contractor is required to be an Equal Opportunity Employer. DATED at Bozeman, Montana,this 81h day of July 2018. Robin Crough, CMC Bozeman City Clerk Published Legal Ad,Bozeman, Montana Sunday, July 81h, 2018 Sunday, July 151h, 2018 INVITATION TO BID Page 2 of 2 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. BIDS A. The Bidder shall submit their proposal on the forms bound in these Contract Documents and shall be subject to all the requirements of the Contract Documents including the Drawings and these Instructions to Bidders. Neither the proposal nor any other pages bound herein or attached hereto shall be detached. All bids must be regular in every respect and no interlineations, alterations, or special conditions shall be made or included in the Bid Proposal by the Bidder. B. Complete sets of bidding documents shall be used in preparing Bids; neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from downloading, printing and using incomplete sets of Contract Documents. C. Each Bid Proposal shall include the following Bid Documents: (1) Bid Proposal, and (2) Bid Security, and (3) completed and signed Non-Discrimination Affirmation form, all of which are included in this bound volume of Contract Documents. Proposals that do not contain a signed Affirmation form will not be read. D. Submit one copy of the complete bound Contract Documents booklet in an opaque sealed envelope. DO NOT REMOVE THE PROPOSAL NOR ANY OTHER PAGES FROM THE BOUND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. Bid Proposal shall be enclosed in an envelope which shall be sealed and clearly addressed as follows: Addressed to: City of Bozeman Clerk of Commission 121 North Rouse Avenue P.O. Box 1230 Bozeman, Montana 59771 Mark lower left-hand corner of the envelope as follows: Project Name: Durston and Ferguson Roundabout Bid Date\Time: Contractor Name: Montana Certificate of Contractor Registration Number: Acknowledge Receipt of Addendum No(s): E. Bids will be written in ink and/or typewritten on bid forms furnished herewith. The blank spaces on the forms must be filled in correctly for each item, and the bidder must state the price (written both in words and numerals) for which he proposes to do each item of work contemplated. All Bid Proposals must be totaled and, in the case of errors or discrepancies the item prices written in words shall govern. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 1 of 13 F. The proposal must acknowledge receipt of all addenda issued. G. Erasures or corrections must be initialed by the Bidder in ink. 2. BID SECURITY The Bid must be accompanied by a Bid Security which shall not be less than 10 percent(10%) of the amount of the bid. At the option of the Bidder, the security may be in the form of a cashier's check, certified check, bank money order, or bank draft drawn and issued by a national banking association located in the State of Montana or by any banking corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Montana or Bid Bond (EJCDC C-430) executed by a surety corporation authorized to do business in the State of Montana. No bid will be considered unless it is accom- panied by the required guaranty. Cashier's checks, certified checks, bank money orders, or bank drafts must be made payable to the City of Bozeman. The Bid Security shall insure the execution of the Agreement and the furnishing of the surety bond or bonds by the successful Bidder, all as required by the Contract Documents. Should the Bidder fail to furnish the properly executed Performance Bond, Labor and Material Payment Bond, Insurance Certificates, and signed Agreement within the time specified, he/she shall forfeit this Bid Security to the Owner. The Bid Security (negotiable instruments other than bonds) will be returned to unsuccessful Bidders when the successful Bidder has signed the Agreement and furnished satisfactory Performance and Labor and Material Payment Bonds. At the option of the Owner, bid security with bids that are not competitive may be returned prior to signature of the Agreement. Revised Bids submitted before the opening of bids, if representing an increase in the original bid, must have the Bid Security adjusted accordingly; otherwise,the bid will not be accepted. If the Bidder elects to furnish a Bid Bond, the Bidder shall use the Bid Bond form (EJCDC C- 430) bound herewith. 3. SIGNING OF BIDS Bids which are not signed by individuals making them shall have attached thereto a Power of Attorney evidencing authority to sign the bid in the name of the person for whom it is signed. Bids which are signed for a co-partnership shall be signed by all of the co-partners or by an attorney-in-fact. If signed by an attorney-in-fact, there should be attached to the bid a Power of Attorney evidencing authority to sign the bid. Bids which are signed for a corporation shall have the correct corporate name thereof signed in handwriting or in typewriting and the signature of the president or other authorized officer of the corporation shall be manually written below the written or typewritten corporate name following the work. By: Corporate Seal: Title: INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 2 of 13 If bids are signed for any other legal entity, the authority of the person signing for such legal entity should be attached to the bid. 4. TELEGRAPHIC MODIFICATION Any Bidder may modify their bid by telegraphic communication at any time prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids. The telegraphic communication shall not reveal the bid price, but shall only provide the addition or subtraction from the original proposal. Telegraphic proposal modifications must be verified by letter. This written confirmation shall be received no later than three (3) working days following the bid opening or no consideration will be given to the telegraphic modification. 5. BID QUANTITIES Bidders must satisfy themselves by personal examination of the location of the proposed work and by such other means as they may prefer as to the correctness of any quantities. The estimated unit quantities of the various classes of work to be done under this contract are approximate and to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing the proposals offered for the work. The Contractor agrees that, during progress of the work, the Owner may find it advisable to omit portions of the work, to increase or decrease the quantities as may be deemed necessary or desirable, that the actual amount of work to be done and materials to be furnished may differ from the estimated quantities, and that the basis for payment under this contract shall be the actual amount of work done and materials furnished. The Contractor agrees to make no claim for damages, anticipated profits or otherwise on account of any difference which may be found between quantities of work actually done and the estimated quantities. 6. BID REQUIREMENTS The Bidder is expected to base their bid on materials and equipment complying fully within the plans and specifications and, in the event the Bidder names in their bid materials or equipment that does not conform, the Bidder will be responsible for furnishing materials and equipment which fully conform at no change in the bid price. Before submitting a proposal, each Contractor should read the complete Contract Documents (including all addenda), specifications and plans, including all related documents contained herein, all of which contained provisions applicable not only to the successful Bidder, but also to the subcontractors. 7. EXAMINATION Examine documents and conditions at existing site carefully. No extra payments will be given for conditions which can be determined by examining documents and existing conditions. 8. QUESTIONS Submit questions to the Engineer. Replies will be issued to Bidders of record as an addenda. Engineer and Owner shall not provide nor be responsible for any oral clarification. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 3 of 13 9. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR FAILURE TO ENTER INTO CONTRACT The successful Bidder, upon his failure or refusal to execute and deliver the contract and bonds required within ten (10) days after the successful Bidder has received notice of the acceptance of their bid, shall forfeit to the Owner as liquidated damages for such failure or refusal, the security deposited with their bid, as provided in 18-1-204 Montana Code Annotated. 10. GROSS RECIEPTS HOLDING In accordance with Section 15-50-205, Montana Code Annotated, the City of Bozeman must withhold one percent (1%) of incremental payments due the Contractor for remittance to the Department of Revenue for any contracts greater than$5,000.00. 11. CITY OF BOZEMAN BUSINESS LICENSE All Contractors conducting work within the City of Bozeman are required to have a current City of Bozeman Business License. Applications for Business Licenses may be obtained at City Hall, 121 N. Rouse Avenue, Bozeman, Montana. 12. QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS Bidders may be required to submit satisfactory evidence that they have a practical knowledge of the particular work bid upon, and that they have the necessary financial resources to complete the proposed work. In determining the lowest responsible bid, the following elements will be considered: whether the Bidder involved (a) maintains a permanent place of business; (b) has adequate plant and equipment to do the work properly and expeditiously; (c) has a suitable financial status to meet obligations incident to the work; and(d)has appropriate technical experience. Each Bidder may be required to show that former work performed by them has been handled in such a manner that there are no just or proper claims pending against such work. No Bidder will be acceptable if they are engaged in any other work which impairs their ability to finance this contract. The Bidder shall demonstrate their ability to meet all requirements herein stipulated, if requested. 13. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS It is intended that the Montana Public Works Standard Specifications, 6th Edition (MPWSS), shall be used to govern the contractual and performance aspects of this project, and is hereby incorporated at part of these Contract Documents, as modified by the City of Bozeman Modifications to Montana Public Works Standard Specifications 6th Edition (COB MODS), including all addenda which is hereby incorporated as part of these Contract Documents, and as further modified herein. All standard forms of MPWSS shall be utilized in executing these Contract Documents unless otherwise noted or revised in these bound Contract Documents. Selected sections of the MPWSS have been reprinted in this document to provide a clear definition of the project and detail modifications to the MPWSS made by the City of Bozeman, in order to assist the Contractor in preparation of their bids. Selected sections of the Montana Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, 2014 Edition, and applicable Supplemental Specifications, are hereby INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 4 of 13 incorporated by reference and made part of this contract. The selected sections are listed elsewhere in these Contract Documents. 14. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS MAY BE VIEWED AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: Robert Peccia and Associates City of Bozeman Engineering Dept. 3810 Valley Commons Drive, Suite 4 20 East Olive Street Bozeman,MT 59718 Bozeman,MT 59715 Phone: (406)284-2665 Phone: (406) 582-2280 Robert Peccia and Associates On-line at www.MontanaBid.com 3147 Saddle Drive Helena,MT 59601 On-line at www.rpa-hhi.coni Phone: (406)447-5000 under"Current Projects Bidding" 15. SUBSTITUTE AND "OR-EQUAL" ITEMS The Contract, if awarded, will be based on materials and equipment specified or described in the Contract Documents without consideration of possible substitute or "or-equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Contract Documents that a substitute or "or-equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by Contractor if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 16. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by the Engineer as having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than ten days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. It shall be the responsibility of the Bidder to obtain such Addenda prior to submitting his proposal, and to acknowledge receipt of all addenda issued in the Bid Proposal. Any addenda issued during the time of bidding, or forming part of the Contract Documents used by the Bidder for preparation of their proposal, shall be covered in the Bid and shall be made a part of the Agreement. Receipt of each addendum shall be acknowledged in the Bid. Any Bid in which all issued addenda are not acknowledged will be considered incomplete and will not be read. 17. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE CONDITIONS A. Before submitting a bid, each Bidder must (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (c) consider federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents; and (e)notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 5 of 13 1. Each Bidder should visit the site of the proposed work and fully acquaint themselves with the existing conditions relating to construction and labor, and should fully inform themselves as to the facilities involved, and the difficulties and restrictions regarding the performance of the Contract. In submitting a bid for this project, the Bidder is thereby acknowledging that he can perform the specified work on the site. The Bidder should thoroughly examine and familiarize themselves with the Drawings, Technical Specifications, and all other Contract Documents, and shall verify the accuracy of the estimated quantities in the Bid Proposal. Failure to do so will not relieve the successful Bidder of their obligations to carry out the provisions of this Contract. 2. The submission of a Bid will constitute a representation of familiarization by the Bidder. There will be no subsequent financial adjustment for lack of such familiarization. B. The Contractor may refer to the following for information regarding site conditions: 1. Those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to the existing surface and subsurface conditions which are at or contiguous to the site (except underground facilities) which have been utilized by Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents. Bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. 2. Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to underground facilities at or contiguous to the site is based upon information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such underground facilities or others, and Owner does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless it is expressly provided otherwise in the Special Provisions. 3. Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, underground facilities and other physical conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in Sections 4.02 and 4.03 of the General Conditions. 4. Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder will, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and underground facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work which Bidder deems necessary to determine their bid for performing and furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price,and other items and conditions of the Contract Documents. 5. On request in advance, Owner will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a bid. Any administrative requirements and associated costs of such investigations are the responsibility of the Bidder. The Bidder shall fill all holes, clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 6 of 13 6. The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto are designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are identified on the Contract drawings. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by Owner unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 7. The submission of a Bid will constitute .an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of this section, and that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 18. UNDERGROUND UTILITIES The location of underground utilities as shown on the drawings is approximate and the Owner assumes no responsibility for determining the exact location. The Contractor shall note the reference to utility lines and service lines for various utilities as noted on the drawings and that the approximate location may or may not be given. The Contractor shall make written inquiry of the related utility agency to determine the location of underground utilities in the project area. 19. TIME FOR RECEIVING BIDS Bids received prior to the advertised time of opening will be securely kept sealed. The officer whose duty it is to open them will decide when the specified time has arrived, and no bid received thereafter will be considered. 20. OPENING OF BIDS Bids will be opened at the time set for opening in the Invitation To Bid and, unless obviously non-responsive, read aloud publically. Bidders and other persons properly interested may be present, in person or by representative. 21. WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS Bids may be withdrawn at any time prior to the scheduled closing time for the receipt of bids if through written confirmation or in person. The Bid Security of any Bidder withdrawing his bid in accordance with the foregoing conditions shall be returned promptly. If, within twenty-four (24) hours after Bids are opened, any Bidder files a duly signed written notice with the OWNER and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of the OWNER that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of its Bid, that the Bidder may withdraw its Bid and the Bid security will be returned. Thereafter, if the Work is rebid or negotiated, that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Work. 22. METHOD OF AWARD a. Award of the contract shall be to the lowest "responsible" Bidder whose total base bid or the lowest combination of base bid and additive alternate bid(s), INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 7 of 13 taken in consecutive order, and within the funds available, is the lowest "responsible" bid for the work. b. If such lowest bid exceeds the budget, the Owner may reject all bids. C. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids or to waive any irregularity or informality in any bid received. The Owner reserves the right to determine what constitutes material and/or immaterial informalities and/or irregularities. d. The Owner shall award such contract to the lowest "responsible" bidder (18-1-102 MCA). The term"responsible" does not refer to pecuniary ability only, or the ability to tender sufficient performance and payment bonds. The term "responsible" includes, but is not limited to: 1. Having adequate financial resources to perform the contract or the ability to obtain them; 2. Being able to comply with the required delivery, duration, and performance schedule; 3. Having a satisfactory record of integrity and business ethics; 4. Having the necessary production, construction, technical equipment, and , facilities, and; 5. Having the technical skill, ability, capacity, integrity, performance, experience, lack of claims and disputes, lack of actions on bonds, lack of mediations, arbitrations and/or lawsuits related to construction work or performance, and such like. e. Unless otherwise stated in the Special Provisions, all contracts will be awarded in conformance with the laws of the State of Montana. Pursuant to Section 18-1-102, Montana Code Annotated, the Owner, in awarding public contracts for construction, repair, and public works of all kinds, shall award such contract to the lowest responsible Bidder without regard to residency. However, a resident bidder must be allowed a preference on a contract against the bid of any non-resident bidder from any state or country that enforces a preference for resident bidders. The preference given to resident bidders of this state must be equal to the preference given in the other state or country. f. The Owner may make such investigations as it deems necessary to determine the ability of the Bidder to perform the Work, and the Bidder shall furnish to the Owner all such information and data for this purpose as the Owner may request. The Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, such Bidder fails to satisfy the Owner that such Bidder is properly qualified and responsible to carry out the obligations of the Agreement and to complete the Work contemplated therein. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 8 of 13 23. PRE-AWARD CONFERENCE The Bidder submitting what appears to be the lowest responsible bid may be required to meet with the Engineer prior to the award of the contract for the purpose of discussing pertinent details pertaining to the proposed Work. The following points will be considered: a. The Contractor's organization and equipment available for work and the Contractor's proposed sources of materials or installed equipment; b. Contractor's financial status and capability to execute the contract; C. The Contractor's proposed schedule of operations; d. The interpretation of the Specifications; e. The Contractor's proposed wage rates for use on the project; f. Bidder status concerning "responsibility"; g. Approval of subcontractors; h. Unbalanced bids, either in excess or below the reasonable cost analysis value. Should the conference indicate that the Contractor does not appear to be in a position to properly undertake the Work or that he has not properly familiarized himself with the Plans and Specifications, the Owner reserves the right to reject the bid of this Contractor and to consider the next Bidder. 24. EXECUTION OF AGREEMENT a. After the award and within 10 days after the date of the Notice of Award, the successful Bidder shall execute and deliver to the Owner an Agreement, the Performance Bond, Labor and Material Payment Bond, Insurance Certificates, and an Approval of Subcontractors form in such number of copies as the Owner may require. The standard Agreement form as issued by the Owner shall be used as the contracting instrument. b. The Agreement form shall be signed in longhand by the proper representatives of the contracting firm as follows: l. The principal of the single-owner firm. 2. A principal of the partnership firm. 3. An officer of the incorporated firm, or an agent whose signature is accompanied by a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the agent to sign. 4. Other persons signing for a single-owner firm or a partnership shall attach a Power of Attorney evidencing his authority to sign for that firm. C. The Owner within 30 days of receipt of acceptable Performance Bond, Labor and Material Payment Bond, required Insurance Certificates, and Agreement signed by the pally to whom the Agreement was awarded shall sign the Agreement and return to such party an executed duplicate of the Agreement. Should the Owner not execute INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 9 of 13 the Agreement within such period, the Bidder may by written notice withdraw his signed Agreement. Such notice of withdrawal shall be effective upon receipt of the notice by the Owner. 25. PERFORMANCE, LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BONDS AND INSURANCE a. The Owner will require the successful Contractor to furnish a Performance Bond (EJCDC C-610) in the amount of 100 percent of the contract price as security for the faithful performance of his Contract. b. The Owner will require the successful Contractor to furnish a Labor and Material Payment Bond (EJCDC C-615) in the amount of 100 percent of the contract price as security for the payment of all persons performing labor and furnishing materials in connection therewith. C. The bonds will be signed by the Attorney-in-fact and countersigned by a Montana Resident Agent. d. Prior to beginning work, Insurance Certificates as proof of insurance coverage shall be filed with the Owner. The specifications for the Workers' Compensation, Commercial General Liability, Separate Owner's and Contractor's Protective Policy, and other related insurance are listed in these Contract Documents. 26. POWER OF ATTORNEY a. ' Attorneys-in-fact who sign bid bonds or contract bonds must file with each bond a certified and effectively dated copy of their Power of Attorney. b. One original shall be furnished with each set of bonds. C. Additional copies furnished with a set of bonds may be copies of that original. 27. LABOR AND WAGES a. For projects more than $25,000 let for state work, the Contractor(s) shall pay the standard prevailing rate of wages, including fringe benefits for health and welfare and pension contributions and travel allowance provisions in effect and applicable in the county or locality in which the work is being performed (18-2-403, Montana Code Annotated). b. On any state construction project funded by state or federal funds, except a project partially funded with federal aid money from the United States Department of Transportation or when residency preference laws are specifically prohibited by federal law and to which the state is a signatory to the construction contract, each Contractor shall ensure that at least 50 percent of the Contractor's workers performing labor on the project are bona fide Montana residents, as defined in 18-2- 401, (18-2-409, MCA). INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 10 of 13 C. Montana Prevailing Wage Rates. The Montana Commissioner of Labor and Industry has established the standard prevailing rate of wages in accordance with 18-2-401 and 18-2-402, Montana Code Annotated. A copy of the wage rates are bound herein. It is the Contractor's responsibility to classify their workers in accordance with the craft of trade to be performed and pay the appropriate established prevailing wage rate. d. The Contractor shall classify all workers on the project in accordance with the Department of Labor Wage Rate Determinations. In the event the Contractor is unable to classify a worker in accordance with these rates, the Contractor shall contact the Department of Labor and Industry, Labor Standards Bureau, Wage and Hour Unit, Helena, Montana 59604, for a determination of the prevailing wage rate to be paid that worker. e. Should the prevailing rate of wages change during the life of the contract, the wage rates included in the Contract Documents at the time of the bid opening shall be the prevailing wage rate for the life of the contract. f. Section 18-2-406, Montana Code Annotated, provides that Contractors, subcontractors, and employers who are performing services under public works contracts as provided in this part shall post in a prominent and accessible site on the project or work area, not later than the first day of work, a legible statement of all wages and fringe benefits to be paid to employees on such site or work area. g. Travel allowance, if applicable, may or may not be all-inclusive of "travel" and/or subsistence and travel time due employees. It is incumbent on the employer to determine the amounts due for each craft employed per the method of computation outlined for each craft where applicable. h. Any notice of infraction of the labor laws of the State of Montana received by the Owner or Engineer will be forwarded to the State of Montana, Department of Labor and Industry, Wage and Hour Unit, Helena, Montana. i. Safety Training,. Contractor shall comply with the Occupational Safety and Health Act(OSHA). 28. CITY OF BOZEMAN NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY Attention of Bidders is particularly called to the requirement for ensuring that the Contractor's employees and applicants for employment are not discriminated on the basis of race, color, religion, creed, sex, age, marital status, national origin, or because of actual or perceived sexual orientation, gender identity or disability in the performance of work performed for the city of Bozeman, if a contract is awarded to it, and also recognizes the eventual contract, if awarded, will contain a provision prohibiting discrimination as described above and that this prohibition shall apply to the hiring and treatment of the Contractor's employees and to all subcontractors. The Owner is an equal opportunity employer. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 11 of 13 29. PAYROLLS AND BASIC RECORDS Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the Contractor during the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work, or in the development of the project. Such records will contain the name and address of each employee, his correct classification, rates of pay, daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made, and actual wages paid. In addition, the Contractor will submit weekly a copy of all payrolls to the Owner and Engineer. The copy shall be accompanied by a certification signed by the employer or his agent indicating that the payrolls are correct and complete, that the wage rates contained therein are not less than those determined by the Montana Department of Labor and Industry, and that the classifications set forth for each laborer or mechanic conform with the work he performed. The prime Contractor will make the record required under the labor standards clause of the Contract available for inspection by authorized representatives of the Owner and the Montana Department of Labor and Industry and will permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. Payroll reports and certificates of compliance shall be submitted to the Owner and Engineer prior to or with each Payment Request. The copies sent to the Owner and Engineer are for archive purposes only, because neither the Owner or Engineer are trained in the interpretation of payroll reports, and thus will rely on the Contractor's certification that all employees are being classified and paid appropriately. 30. BUY AMERICAN REQUIREMENTS The Contractor agrees that preference will be given to domestic construction material by the Contractors, subcontractors, and suppliers in the performance of this Contract. a. Domestic Preference. Domestic construction material must be used in preference to non-domestic materials if it is priced no more than 6 percent higher than the Bid or offered price of the non-domestic materials including all costs of delivery to the construction site, including any applicable duty, whether or not assessed. Computations will normally be based on costs on the date of opening Bids or Proposals. b. Waiver. The Owner may waive the Buy-American provision based upon those factors that it deems relevant, including: l. Such use is not in the public interest; 2. The cost is unreasonable; 3. The available resources of the Owner are not sufficient to implement the provision; 4. The articles, materials, or supplies of the class or kind to be used or the articles, materials, or supplies from which they are manufactured and not mined, produced, or manufactured in the United States in sufficient and reasonable available commercial quantities or satisfactory quality for the project; or INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 12 of 13 5. Application of this provision is contrary to multilateral government procurement agreements. 31. MAINTENANCE OF RECORDS Contractor shall maintain all required records for three years after the Owner makes final payment and all other pending matters are closed. 32. NOTICE TO PROCEED The Notice to Proceed will normally be issued within 30 days of the execution of the Agreement by the Owner. Should there be reasons why the Notice to Proceed cannot be issued within such period, the time may be extended by mutual written agreement between the Owner and Contractor. 33. CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time will be as set forth in the Special Provisions. 34. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Liquidated damages will be as set forth in the Special Provisions. 35. MONTANA CONTRACTOR'S REGISTRATION The Contractor and any of the Contractor's subcontractors doing work on this project will be required to be registered with the Montana Department of Labor and Industry prior to bidding this project. Information pertaining to the Montana Contractor Registration requirements may be obtained from the Montana State Department of Revenue, Helena, Montana. (1-800-556-6694) 36. NOTICE OF EXTENDED PAYMENT PROVISION This Contract allows the Owner to make payment within 21 calendar days after the Owner's approval of the payment request. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 13 of 13 Intentionally Left Blank SECTION 2. BIDDING DOCUMENTS Intentionally Left Blank BID PROPOSAL DURSTON AND FERGUSON ROUNDABOUT CITY OF BOZEMAN ALL BIDDERS MUST CONTACT ROBERT PECCIA & ASSOCIATES OFFICE AT THE ADDRESS STIPULATED IN THE INVITATION TO BID TO OBTAIN THE "OFFICIAL" CONTRACT DOCUMENTS BOOKLET. The undersigned Bidder, having familiarized themselves with the conditions of the work and the contract documents, the site where the work is to be performed, local labor conditions and all laws, regulations, municipal ordinances, and other factors which may affect the performance of the Work, and having satisfied themselves of the expense and difficulties attending performance of the work: Hereby proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with the City of Bozeman in the form included in the Contract Documents, to perform and furnish all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents including labor, materials, equipment and services necessary to complete all general construction work, for the prices and within the times indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents including all Addenda, for a project entitled Durston and Ferguson Roundabout. The undersigned Bidder hereby agrees to commence work under this contract on the date to be specified in a written Notice to Proceed from the Owner and to fully complete the project within the following specified times thereafter as stipulated in the Specifications. Time is of the essence in completing this project. Bidder further agrees to pay liquidated damages for each consecutive day work continues past the contract time. Liquidated damages will be the sum as specified in the Special Provisions plus reimbursement for engineering services per consecutive calendar day the work continues past the contract time. The work shall be completed within the allotted contract times as specified in the Special Provisions. The undersigned Bidder hereby certifies that: 1) this Bid is genuine and is not made in the interest of, or in the behalf of, any undisclosed person, firm, or corporation, and is not submitted in conformity with any agreement or rules of any group, association, organization, or corporation; 2) the Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to put in a false or sham Bid; 3) the Bidder has not solicited or induced any person, firm or corporation to refrain from bidding; and 4) the Bidder has not sought by collusion to obtain for himself any advantage over any other Bidder or over the Owner. The undersigned Bidder agrees to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the following prices: BID PROPOSAL Page I of 6 BID PROPOSAL DURSTON AND FERGUSON ROUNDABOUT Item Estimated Unit Description Unit Price Total Price No. Quantity 1. 1 LS Mobilization,Bonding, and Submittals (May not exceed 5% of $ B 7,000 $ Total Base Bid) 2. 1 LS Construction Surveying, Staking& Testing $ 7 7M7 $ L1 7 700 3. 1 LS Traffic Control $ 7$, $ Q� 4. 1 LS Erosion Control &Permits $ OOo" 5. 1 LS Dewatering .e oco 6. 480 CY Topsoil-Strip, Salvage, &Reuse $ 30e $/ o0 7. 480 CY Topsoil-Imported $ 60eo $�2 p,pOU CK 8. 2 EA Monument Box $ � SUUe- $ sCaC�O"s 9. 1 LS Remove Drainage $ 7 SDD,o $ 5Q0� 10. 8 LF Reset Pipe 11. 50 LF 8"PVC vo .o $ $ Sso- 12. 194 LF 12"PVC Storm Pipe $ SS •= $ /0, 671� 13. 48 LF 15"PVC Storm Pipe o0 3 /20to- BID PROPOSAL Page 2 of 6 BID PROPOSAL DURSTON AND FERGUSON ROUNDABOUT Item Estimated Unit Description Unit Price Total Price No. Quantity 14. 58 LF 15"RCP Class 5 Storm Pipe 9s,o $ .5 S/O.0 $ 7 15. 20 LF 36"Equivalent RCPA Class 3 16. 2 EA Square Storm Drain Inlet 17. 2 EA 48" Combination Manhole& Storm 3 3 OOp Drain Inlet $ $ 6, 6 00 ea 18. 1 EA 48" Straight Manhole ,o �, $ �D_ $ _ 19. 1 LS Subsurface Detention System 20. 6 EA Adjust Manhole 21. 10 EA Adjust Water Valve 22. 2 EA Bollards $ 6.S $ 23. 32 SF Rigid Board Insulation 24. 6,780 CY Street Excavation(Above Subgrade) oiv 25. 150 CY Subexcavation&Replacement .o �0 7&-o Below Subgrade(Imported $ 70 $ Materials) 26. 7,370 SY Separation Geotextile $ $ 79� 27. 220 SY Geosynthetic 47 $ , 98000 BID PROPOSAL Page 3 of 6 BID PROPOSAL DURSTON AND FERGUSON ROUNDABOUT Item Estimated Unit Description Unit Price Total Price No. Quantity 28. 2,613 CY Sub-Base Course(3" Minus) 29. 1,968 CY Crushed Base Course(1.5"Minus) .o 30. 1,356 TON Asphalt Pavement, PG 58-28 $ p�.� $ 12$,$� 31. 8,320 SY Asphalt Seal and Chip Coat $ 75 $ 32. 302 SY P.C.C.P. (Colored&Decorative, 9" o_m tt Q o0 Thick) 33. 1,801 SY Concrete Sidewalk 6" Thick(With 3" Thick Gravel Base) 34. 36 SY Detectable Warning Panels $ 35. 2,752 LF Concrete Curb &Gutter $ z - $60, syy- 36. 865 LF Concrete Median Curb $ 3Z •o $ 27, Uv 37. 322 SY Concrete Median Cap 38. 41.5 LF Guardrail ,` $ 35 Vo9 $ /y s.2� 39. 1 LS Electrical ... $.2/2,4�� $ 2/,2,000- 40. 1 LS Signing 2 .o 41. 1 LS Pavement Markings ,� $ /79 0� $ 179,� BID PROPOSAL Page 4 of 6 BID PROPOSAL DURSTON AND FERGUSON ROUNDABOUT 42. 1 LS Landscaping am $ 3s,ckx� $3S,ooO- 43. S EA Adjust Sprinkler System $ 44. 1 LS Fencing $ `� $ s O�;`-- 45. 130 SY Drainage Geotextile $ 6°�' $ /* 46. 20 CY Bedding Type 2 $ SQ $ 47. 50,000 EA Miscellaneous Work $ Q �� $ 48. 100 CY Imported Trench Backfill $ PROJECT BID PRICE: $ 1, 773) One /»,110-, :Ee-V f7 4",04154 5W✓&n � �/!/`eQ�ou�en�i �i'n�/INn�� Qigli11/ O.►� nc� (Total Project Bid Price-Written in Words) A/c Cc., r7ts BID PROPOSAL Page 5 of 6 BID PROPOSAL (cont.) The foregoing unit bid prices shall include all labor, materials, equipment, overhead, profit, insurance, and all incidentals required to cover the finished work of the several kinds called for. Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any informalities in the bidding. The Bidder agrees that this Bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of sixty (60) calendar days after the scheduled opening time. Bidder hereby acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda, which have been considered in preparation of this Bid: Addendum No. Dated Addendum No. Dated Addendum No. Dated The undersigned Bidder acknowledges that this information, which was developed by the Engineer, is for design purposes only. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for information required to bid the project. By signing this Proposal, the Contractor acknowledges that he has adequate information independently verified by the Contractor, to prepare and offer this bid. TH Submitted this Jl ' day of�, 2018. Firm Name: K1.� (� R C—�L. EL.G\2.{-\V--)E By NATURE OF BIDDER) Title:y�c� �s► o c. ESI�-1- 41z , Business Address:fP,(D .l3,Dx 9 , Z-EG,W D C— �'�[� 59-7 Montana Contractor's Registration No. 10 0 g Phone No.: ZSS — 4119 3� Bid Security Attached: Yes BID PROPOSAL Page 6 of 6 ( � PENAL SUM FORM BID BOND � Any singular reference to Bidder, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. ` � BIDDER ondA : ( � SURETY /Nome| and Address of Principal Pkzc8of : � OWNER (Name ondA : � ` � ` � 8|D � Bid Due Date: « Description Name— Include : � � BOND � Bond Number: Date: Penal sum « (Words) (Figures) � Surety and Bidder, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms set forth below, do each cause � this Bid Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer, agent, or representative. BIDDER SURETY � ^ (Seal) (Seal) � Bidder's Name and Corporate Seal Surety's Name and Corporate Seal � By: BY: � Signature Signature (Attach Power u/ Attorney) ^ � Print Name Print Name � Title Title ^ Attest' *zzesz' { . . Signature Signature � Title Title � Note:Addresses are tobeuxedfor giving any required notice { Provide execution by any additional parties, such asjoint venturers, if necessary. EJCDC11 C-430,Bid Bond(Penal Sum Form).Published 2013. Prepared n n Documents( . Page Imu j JQDC§E PENAL SUM FORM ENGJNEr!?9 JOINT CONTMU DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE 1. Bidder and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns to pay to Owner upon default of Bidder the penal sum set forth on the face of this Bond. Payment of the penal sum is the extent of Bidder's and Surety's liability. Recovery of such penal sum under the terms of this Bond shall be Owner's sole and exclusive remedy upon default of Bidder. 2. Default of Bidder shall occur upon the failure of Bidder to deliver within the time required by the Bidding Documents (or any extension thereof agreed to in writing by Owner)the executed Agreement required by the Bidding Documents and any performance and payment bonds required by the Bidding Documents. 3. This obligation shall be null and void if: 3.1 Owner accepts Bidder's Bid and Bidder delivers within the time required by the Bidding Documents (or any extension thereof agreed to in writing by Owner) the executed Agreement required by the Bidding Documents and any performance and payment bonds required by the Bidding Documents, or 3.2 All Bids are rejected by Owner, or 3.3 Owner fails to issue a Notice of Award to Bidder within the time specified in the Bidding Documents (or any extension thereof agreed to in writing by Bidder and, if applicable, consented to by Surety when required by Paragraph 5 hereof). 4. Payment under this Bond will be due and payable upon default of Bidder and within 30 calendar days after receipt by Bidder and Surety of written notice of default from Owner, which notice will be given with reasonable promptness, identifying this Bond and the Project and including a statement of the amount due. 5. Surety waives notice of any and all defenses based on or arising out of any time extension to issue Notice of Award agreed to in writing by Owner and Bidder, provided that the total time for issuing Notice of Award including extensions shall not in the aggregate exceed 120 days from the Bid due date without Surety's written consent. 6. No suit or action shall be commenced under this Bond prior to 30 calendar days after the notice of default required in Paragraph 4 above is received by Bidder and Surety and in no case later than one year after the Bid due date. 7. Any suit or action under this Bond shall be commenced only in a court of competent jurisdiction located in the state in which the Project is located. 8. Notices required hereunder shall be in writing and sent to Bidder and Surety at their respective addresses shown on the face of this Bond. Such notices may be sent by personal delivery, commercial courier, or by United States Registered or Certified Mail, return receipt requested, postage pre-paid, and shall be deemed to be effective upon receipt by the party concerned. 9. Surety shall cause to be attached to this Bond a current and effective Power of Attorney evidencing the authority of the officer, agent, or representative who executed this Bond on behalf of Surety to execute, seal, and deliver such Bond and bind the Surety thereby. 10. This Bond is intended to conform to all applicable statutory requirements. Any applicable requirement of any applicable statute that has been omitted from this Bond shall be deemed to be included herein as if set forth at length. If any provision of this Bond conflicts with any applicable statute, then the provision of said statute shall govern and the remainder of this Bond that is not in conflict therewith shall continue in full force and effect. 11. The term "Bid" as used herein includes a Bid, offer, or proposal as applicable. EJCDC®C-430,Bid Bond(Penal Sum Form).Published 2013. Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Page 2 of 2 i i ! NON-DISCRIMINATION AFFIRMATION FORM ! KW I f=E I V64--b-u.1U bF [name of entity submitting] hereby affirms it will not discriminate on the basis of race, color, religion, creed, sex, age, marital status, national origin, or because of actual or perceived sexual orientation, gender identity or disability in the performance of work performed for the city of Bozeman, if a contract is awarded to it, and also recognizes the eventual contract, if awarded, will contain a provision prohibiting discrimination as described above and that this prohibition shall apply ( to the hiring and treatment of the { ,�i I FE ✓G�l — G�G.2o�F— [name of entity submitting] employees and to all subcontracts r ( it enters into in performance of the agreement with the city of Bozeman. i Signature of Bidder• Person aut orized to sign on behalf of the bidder 1 f r { ( l i I r ( i Intentionally Left Blank SECTION 3. GENERAL CONDITIONS • • • • • • • • • • s • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • INCORPORATION OF EJCDC STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS Incorporation of the Montana Public Works and Engineers Joint Contracts Documents Committee Standard General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions to the General Conditions. The following are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Contract: 1. The Standard General Conditions of The Construction Contract as Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee as found in the Montana Public Works Standard Specifications, Sixth Edition, April 2010. 2. The Supplementary Conditions to the General Conditions as found in the Montana Public Works Standard Specifications, Sixth Edition, April 2010. The following RPA Supplementary Conditions are modifications to Montana Public Works and Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract: RPA SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS The intent of this Section is to supplement the conditions outlined in the Standard General Conditions. CONTENTS 1. Insurance 2. Bonding 3. Estimated Quantities 4. Unit Price Work 5. Project Meetings 6. Governing Standards and Regulatory Requirements 7. Submittals 8. Weed Control 9. Regular Hours and Weather Days 10. Contractor Reimbursed Engineering Costs 11. Construction Progress 12. Repair and Replacement Quality 13. Rejected Work 14. Project Close-out 15. General Equipment Stipulations 16. Blasting 1. INSURANCE Without limiting any of the other obligations or liabilities of the CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall secure and maintain such insurance from an insurance company(or companies) authorized to write insurance in the State of Montana,with minimum"A.M.Best Rating"of A-,VI,as will protect the CONTRACTOR,the vicarious acts of subcontractors, the OWNER, the ENGINEER,the Engineer's Consultants, and the respective directors, officers,partners, agents, employees and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insured's from claims for bodily injury(including sickness, disease and mental anguish),death and property damage which may arise from operations and completed operations under this Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall not commence work under this Agreement until such insurance has been obtained and certificates of insurance,with binders, and certified copies of the insurance policy(s)shall have been filed with the OWNER and the ENGINEER. All insurance coverage shall remain in effect throughout the life of the Agreement, except that the CONTRACTOR shall maintain the Commercial General Liability Policy including product and completed operations coverage for a period of two years following the substantial completion date for property damage resulting from occurrences during the agreement period. A. Contractor's Liability Insurance Add the following new paragraphs immediately after Paragraph 5.04.B: C. The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph 5.04 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by Law or Regulations: 1. Workers' Compensation and related coverages under Paragraphs 5.04.A.1 and 5.04.A.2 of the General Conditions. a. State Statutory b. Applicable Federal(e.g. Longshoremans) Statutory RPA SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 1 of 16 C. Employer's Liability $1,000,000 2. CONTRACTOR'S General Liability Insurance under Paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 of the General Conditions which shall include a Commercial General Liability insurance policy based on Insurance Services Office (ISO) Form CG 00 01 12 07 (or 12 04, or 10 01 edition dates). The coverage shall be based on an occurrence form and shall include, but not be limited to, coverage for Premises/Operations, Products/Completed Operations, Personal and Advertising Injury, Subcontractors, and Liability assumed under an insured contract. There shall be no endorsement or modification of the Commercial General Liability policy form that modifies the standard general liability policy arising from pollution, explosion, collapse, underground property damage, subsidence, or work performed by subcontractors. The General Aggregate Limit shall apply separately to each of the Contractor's projects per the latest edition of Form CG 25 01, CG 25 03, or equivalent. a. GENERAL AGGREGATE PER PROJECT $3,000,000 b. Products-Completed Operations Aggregate $3,000,000 C. Personal and Advertising $2,000,000 d. Bodily Injury and Property Damage (Each Occurrence) $2,000,000 e. Contractor's Liability Insurance under 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 may be satisfied by primary insurance or a combination of primary and excess or umbrella insurance. Primary occurrence limit cannot be less than $1,000,000.00. The deductible, if any, may not exceed $5,000.00 per occurrence on property damage. f. In addition to other requirements in the General Conditions, Coverage will include at a minimum: 1. Premises - Operations 2. Operations of Independent Contractor 3. Contractual Liability 4. Personal Injury 5. Products and Completed Operations 6. NO additional exclusions that modify the standard ISO Commercial General Liability policy form CG 00 01 12 07 (or 12 04, or 10 01 edition dates) in regard to pollution, explosion, collapse, underground property damage, subsidence, or work performed by subcontractors will be acceptable. 7. Per Project Aggregate Endorsement 3. Automobile Liability under Paragraph 5.04.A.6 of the General Conditions: RPA SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 2 of 16 a. Bodily Injury: Each Person $2,000,000 Each Accident $2,000,000 Property Damage: Each Accident $2,000,000 (or) b. Combined Single Limit $2,000,000 Coverage to be written with a symbol 1 (One) any auto basis to Include: 1. All Owned 2. Hired 3. Non-Owned C. Contractor's Automobile Liability Insurance under 5.04.A.6 may be satisfied by primary insurance or a combination of primary and excess or umbrella insurance. Primary occurrence limit cannot be less than $1,000,000.00. The deductible, if any, may not exceed $5,000.00 per accident. 4. The Contractual Liability coverage required by Paragraph 5.04.13.3 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts: Each Occurrence $2,000,000 Aggregate $3,000,000 a. Contractual Liability Insurance under 5.04.13. 3 may be satisfied by primary insurance or a combination of primary and excess or umbrella insurance. Primary occurrence limit cannot be less than $1,000,000.00. The deductible, if any,may not exceed $5,000.00 per occurrence. 5. OWNERS and CONTRACTORS Protective Policy - Purchased By CONTRACTOR: In addition to the insurance required to be provided by Contractor under paragraph 5.04.A.1 through 5.04.A.6 inclusive, Contractor shall purchase and maintain a separate Owners and Contractors Protective Policy (OCP) to protect Owner against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents, with limits of liability as specified below. The policy must be in the name of the Owner. This liability insurance shall include as additional insureds the Engineer and the Engineer's Consultants, and include coverage for the respective directors, officers, partners, employees, agents and other consultants and subcontractors of all such additional insureds. a. General Aggregate $2,000,000.00 b. Each Occurrence $1,000,000.00 (Bodily Injury and Property Damage) RPA SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 3 of 16 The OCP policy shall remain in effect until completion of the project and final payment is made to the Contractor and all times thereafter when the Contractor may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.07 of the General Conditions. The insurance policy will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be cancelled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least forty-five (45) days prior written notice has been given to Owner and to each other additional insured (and the certificates of insurance furnished to Owner and each other additional insured will so provide). 6. AdditionalInsured's: The CONTRACTOR'S insurance coverage shall name the OWNER, and ENGINEER and Engineer's Consultants and applicable landowners (if any) as an additional insured under Commercial General Liability, Automobile Liability and Excess or Umbrella policies. A list of the known additional insured's for this project is contained in the Special Provisions. a. With respect to insurance required by paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6, inclusive, include the following as additional insured's on a primary, non-contributory basis. Use the following Additional Insured Endorsements: ENTITY FORM Owner and Landowners - use Additional Insured Endorsements; CG 20 10 11 [See Special Provisions] 85 or combination of CG 20 10 10 01 &CG 20 37 1001 orCG328705 10 & CG329005 10 Montana only—or subsequent editions; Additional insured must include On-going Operations as well as Completed Operations. Engineer—Robert Peccia use Additional Insured Endorsement; CG 20 32 and Associates Engineers' Consultants— use Additional Insured Endorsement; CG 20 32 See Special Provisions b. With respect to the Owner's and Contractor's Protective Policy (OCP) insurance required by paragraph SC-5.04.C.5, include the following as additional insureds. Use the following Additional Insured Endorsement: ENTITY FORM Engineer—Robert Peccia use Additional Insured Endorsement; CG 20 31 and Associates Engineers' Consultants— use Additional Insured Endorsement; CG 20 31 See Special Provisions B. Cancellation Notice Amend paragraph 5.04.13.4 of the General Conditions by striking out the words "30 days" and replacing them with the words "45 days" and as so amended paragraph 5.04.B.4 remains in effect. RPA SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 4 of 16 C. Property Insurance Delete Article 5.06.A of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 1. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the work at the site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof(subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in these Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: a. Include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors(All Tiers — Contractor to list Subcontractors), ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S Consultants, and any other persons or entities identified in the Special Provisions, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured; b. Deductible may not exceed $10,000 unless approved by an appropriate change order with the following exception: Deductible may be higher than $10,000 for Flood and Earthquake perils, but the Contractor shall be responsible for paying the entire cost of the higher deductible should a claim be submitted against the policy for Flood and Earthquake perils. A letter from the Contractor stating what the deductible is and that they will cover the deductible amount is required as part of the insurance submittal. C. be written on a Builder's Risk special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss and damage to the Work, temporary buildings, false work and Work in transit and shall insure against at least the following perils: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage, flood, and other perils as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions; d. include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property(including but not limited to the fees and charges of engineers and architects); e. cover materials and equipment in transit for incorporation in the Work or stored at the site or at another location prior to being incorporated in the Work,provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by ENGINEER; f. be endorsed to allow occupancy and partial utilization of the Work by OWNER; g. include testing and start-up; and h. be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER with forty-five days written notice to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued. i. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any deductible or self-insured retention. RPA SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 5 of 16 j. The policies of insurance required to be purchased and maintained by CONTRACTOR in accordance with this Article 1.0 shall comply with the requirements of Paragraph 5.06.0 of the General Conditions. k. The policies of insurance required to be purchased and maintained by CONTRACTOR in accordance with this Article 1.0 shall comply with the requirements of GC-5.06.C. The qualifications of the insurance company shall comply with the requirements of Article 1 of these Supplementary Conditions. 2. BONDING In addition to all bonding requirements indicated in Article 5 of the General Conditions, all Contractors shall be responsible for meeting the Montana Workers Surety Bond Requirements per MCA 18-2-201. Bonds shall remain in effect during the warranty period. 3. ESTIMATED QUANTITIES All estimated quantities stipulated in the Proposal and other Contract Documents are approximate and are to be used only (a) as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work; and (b) for the purpose of comparing proposals submitted for the work. It is understood and agreed that the actual amounts of work done and materials furnished under unit price items may vary substantially from such estimated quantities. The actual quantities will depend on the conditions encountered at the time the work is performed, and the unit prices apply, subject to the exceptions in Supplementary Condition 4—Unit Price Work. 4. UNIT PRICE WORK Paragraph 11.03 of the General Conditions is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in its place: A. The unit price of an item of Unit Price Work shall be subject to reevaluation and adjustment under the following conditions: 1. If the total cost of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to 10%or more of the Contract Price and the variation in the quantity of that particular item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs by more than 25%from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and 2. If there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and 3. If Contractor believes that Contractor has incurred additional expense as a result thereof; or if Owner believes that the quantity variation entitles Owner to an adjustment in the unit price, either Owner or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with the General Conditions if the parties are unable to agree as to the effect of any such variations in the quantity of Unit Price Workperformed." 5. PROJECT MEETINGS Project meetings shall be held monthly to review progress and requests for payment, maintain coordination, update and modify scheduling requirements, and resolve any problems that might develop. The Engineer shall preside at the meeting. RPA SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 6 of 16 6. GOVERNING STANDARDS AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 6.1 Jurisdiction. The performance of this work shall be under the jurisdiction of the following agencies, departments, and standards and compliance with the requirements thereof is required: Federal Level: United States law;United States Corps of Engineers; Environmental Protection Agency. State Level: Montana Code Annotated; Montana Department of Environmental Quality; Dept. of Fish, Wildlife & Parks (SPA); Department of State Lands; the Department of Natural Resources and Conservation; the Montana Building Codes Division; Uniform Building Code, (latest edition); Uniform Plumbing Code, (latest edition); Uniform Mechanical Code, (latest edition);Uniform Fire Code(latest edition);National Electric Code, (latest edition). Permits. The Contractor must also comply with the requirements of any permits obtained for the project by the Owner. These permits may include stream permits, wetland permits, floodplain permits, etc. Copies of any of these permits are available upon request from the Engineer. However, the Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining any permits regarding the discharge of any water related to the construction of this project(this includes a Montana Department of Environmental Quality 3A Permit). Local Level: City ordinances and regulations. 6.2 Contractor's Responsibility. The Contractor shall familiarize himself with the requirements of all regulatory agencies pertaining to the performance of the work on the project. The Contractor shall perform all work in accordance with the regulatory requirements. Any conflict between the Contract Documents and the regulatory requirements shall be brought to the immediate attention of the Engineer. 7. SUBMITTALS 7.1 Construction Schedule. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review a schedule of the proposed construction operations. The construction schedule shall indicate the sequence of the Work,the time of starting and completion of each part, and at a minimum one entry for each bid item and trade involved therein. Whenever 10 percent or more of the schedule items are inconsistent with the original schedule, the Contractor shall prepare a revised schedule and narrative plan that indicates corrective action that will bring the progress of the work back to the original schedule completion dates. The revised schedule and narrative shall be submitted to the Engineer for review, approval, or comment before any further pay requests will be received or recommended for payment. The construction schedule shall be acceptable to the Engineer before the Notice to Proceed is issued. 7.2 Schedule of Values. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a schedule of values for each lump sum bid item on the Proposal. Each item shall be subdivided to show the portion of payment assigned to each work location and work item or trade involved. The schedule of values, showing the value of each kind of work at each site, shall be acceptable to the Engineer before any application for payment is prepared. RPA SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 7 of 16 The sum of the items listed in the schedule of values shall equal the lump sum price for the bid item. Items such as bond premium, temporary construction facilities, and office expense may be listed separately in the schedule of values, provided the amounts can be substantiated. Overhead and profit shall not be listed as separate items. An unbalanced schedule of values providing for overpayment of the Contractor on items of work which would be performed first will not be accepted. The schedule of values shall be revised and resubmitted until acceptable to the Engineer. Final acceptance by the Engineer shall indicate only consent to the schedule of values as a basis for preparation of applications for progress payments and shall not constitute an agreement as to the value of each indicated item. 7.3 Schedule of Payments. Within 10 days after the effective date of the Agreement, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer a schedule of estimated monthly payments. The schedule shall be revised and resubmitted each time an application for payment varies more than 10 percent from the estimated payment schedule. 7.4 Approval of Subcontractors. Contractor shall submit a list of Subcontractors to be used on the project and it shall be acceptable to the Owner prior to starting work. For each Subcontractor include name, address, phone, type of work, registration number, approximate contract value and a list of projects completed within the last 5 years by the Subcontractor. 7.5 Shop Drawings and Engineering Data. In addition to the construction schedule, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a Shop Drawing Schedule indicating the title and appropriate date that all anticipated shop drawings will be submitted to the Engineer before the Engineer will proceed with the review of any submittals. All submittals, regardless of origin, shall be stamped with the approval of the Contractor indicating his review and identified with the name and number of this Contract, Contractor's name, and references to applicable specification paragraphs and Contract Drawings. Each submittal shall indicate the intended use of the item in the work. When catalog pages are submitted, applicable items shall be clearly identified. The current revision, issue number, and date shall be indicated on all drawings and other descriptive data. Substitutions will be considered through completion of a Substitution Request Form(bound into the Appendix of these documents). All deviations from the Contract Documents shall be identified on each submittal and shall be tabulated in the Contractor's letter of transmittal. Such submittals shall, as pertinent.to the deviation, indicate essential details of all changes proposed by the Contractor (including modifications to other facilities that may be a result of the deviation) and all required piping diagrams. The Contractor shall accept full responsibility for the completeness of each submission and, in the case of a resubmission, shall verify that all exceptions previously noted by the Engineer have been taken into account. In the event that more than one resubmission is required because of failure of the Contractor to account for exceptions previously noted, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the charges of the Engineer for review of additional resubmissions. The costs of additional review shall be deducted from the Contractor's progress payments. Any need for resubmission or any other delay in obtaining the Engineer's review of submittals will not entitle the Contractor to extension of the Contract Time unless delay of the work is RPA SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 8 of 16 directly caused by a change in the work authorized by a Change Order or by failure of the Engineer to return any submittal within three(3)weeks after its receipt in the Engineer's office. Five (5) copies of each drawing and necessary data or schedule shall be submitted to the Engineer. Improper format or illegible information shall be cause to return submittals without review. The Engineer will not accept submittals from anyone but the Contractor. Submittals shall be consecutively numbered in direct sequence of submittal and without division by subcontracts or trades. Items resubmitted shall bear the number of the first submittal followed by a letter(A,B,etc.)to indicate the sequence of the resubmittal. When the schedules, drawings, and data are returned marked RETURNED FOR CORRECTION, the corrections shall be made as noted thereon and as indicated by the Engineer and corrected copies shall be resubmitted. When corrected copies are resubmitted, the Contractor shall in writing direct specific attention to all revisions and shall list separately any revisions made other than those called for by the Engineer on previous submissions. When the drawings and data are returned marked EXCEPTIONS NOTED, no additional submission is needed provided all exceptions marked are incorporated into the item. No re- submission is required for submittals marked NO EXCEPTIONS NOTED or RECORD COPY. Portions of the work requiring a shop drawing or sample submission shall not begin until the shop drawing or submission has been reviewed and returned with no resubmission needed by the Engineer. A copy of each processed shop drawing and each processed sample shall be kept in good order by the Contractor at the site and shall be available to the Engineer. No materials-on-site payments will be approved in applications for partial payment for equipment or materials until shop drawings for same have been reviewed and returned by the Engineer without a requirement for resubmission. 7.6 Record Drawings and Survey Data. The Contractor shall prepare and maintain drawings record- ing the constructed characteristics of all aspects of the work. Record drawings shall be of suffi- cient detail and accuracy to permit ready identification and location of all component parts and hidden or buried facilities. This is especially important in the case of part time construction observation by the Engineer. The record drawings and survey data shall be made available to the Engineer at all times. This includes all field books, notes, and other data developed by the Contractor in performing surveys required as part of the work. Upon completion of the work, a paper copy of all record drawings and survey data shall be transmitted to the Engineer and Owner. 8. WEED CONTROL Prior to mobilizing equipment on the project site, the Contractor shall clean his equipment and vehicles to assure no weeds are imported. The Contractor shall be responsible for weed control for the duration of the contract and until landscaping is established. All costs associated with weed control shall be incidental to other items of work, and no additional compensation will be allowed. RPA SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 9 of 16 9. REGULAR HOURS AND WEATHER DAYS 9.1 Regular Hours. The regular work week shall consist of five working days, Monday through Friday, with regular working hours of 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Written requests to perform any work outside of the regular work week or normal working hours must be delivered to the Owner and Engineer no less than 48 hours prior to the planned start of the work. Contractor may not work other than regular hours without written approval from Owner and Engineer. 9.2 Weather Days. In the event inclement weather or the aftermath of inclement weather prevents the Contractor from performing any compensable work for a minimum of 60% of the Regular day or other work period approved by the Owner, he may request a credit for that day. No credit for inclement weather will be allowed on non-working days. A request for a weather day must be submitted to the Engineer by the end of each calendar day being requested. 9.3 Winter Shutdown. See Special Provisions for requirements. 9.4 Standby Time. No separate payment will be made for standby time, inactive periods beyond Contractor control or inactive periods resulting from requirements of this Contract. Such time will be considered incidental to the required work. Standby time can be expected, but is not limited to waiting for completion of other related contractors work. 10. CONTRACTOR REIMBURSED ENGINEERING COSTS The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner the full cost of engineering services in the event the Engineer incurs unscheduled employment necessitated by the Contractor. Examples of unscheduled employment of the Engineer are the following Contractor actions: 1) Working more than forty (40) hours per week, more than five (5) days per week and Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays. 2) Furnishing materials or equipment not in conformance with Contract Documents necessitating redesign by the Engineer. 3) Working beyond the time of completion established in the Notice to Proceed with Construction. 4) Retests by the Engineer of tests that have failed. 5) Retests by others for tests that require Engineer's presence. 6) Repeated review of submittals and shop drawings that have not been approved. 7) Additional inspection as a result of unacceptable work. 8) Failing to follow design or construction documents. 9) Submitting excessive or unreasonable claims requiring Engineer's review. 10) Failing to properly document pay requests. 11) Failing to provide or adhere to schedules. 12) Other services that are within the Contractor's control to avoid. RPA SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 10 of 16 The Engineering fees to be reimbursed by the Contractor shall be according to the following schedule: 1) Labor: At the Engineer's current billable rates, including overhead, as referred to in the Agreement between the Owner and Engineer,plus 15%profit. 2) Other Consultant: At actual cost plus 10% 3) Mileage: 4X4 @$0.585/mi.; 2WD @$0.535/mi. 4) Per Diem: IRS allowable rate 5) Other expenses (including computer and CADD hours) and laboratory testing: Actual Cost+ 10% 6) Field Testing: Engineer's current billable rate for specific equipment utilized Contractor shall make payment of these Engineering services by deduction from the project progress payments or final payment or by invoice to the Contractor. The Engineering contract will be analyzed at the end of the project to determine whether any unscheduled employment of the Engineer, during the schedule contract time, resulted in a cost savings to the Owner. If, as a result of working more than 40 hours per week, five days per week, the Contractor completes the project within the scheduled time, and if the overtime results in a reduced contract time and cost savings to the Owner, no damages will be assessed for the unscheduled employment of the Engineer during the scheduled contract time. Damages will be assessed as stipulated for each day the work remains uncompleted beyond the scheduled contract time. 11. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS 11.1 The Contractor shall maintain suitable progress on the job at all times. This shall include the presence of full crews with superintendent(s) effectively operating with proper equipment and tools. In the event the Owner is dissatisfied with the progress, performance, or timing of the work, the Owner will give the Contractor written notice in which the Owner will specify in detail the cause of dissatisfaction. Should the Contractor fail or refuse to remedy the matters indicated and fail to submit a detailed schedule indicating how the Contractor shall complete the work in the Contract Time remaining within ten(10) days after the written notice is received by the Contractor, the Owner will have the right to take control of the work and either make good the deficiencies of the Contractor itself or direct the activities of the Contractor as the Owner deems advisable, or the Owner may terminate the Contract. In either event, the Owner will be entitled to collect from the Contractor all expenses in completing the work. 11.2 Should an unforeseen or changed site condition arise on a portion of the work, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner in writing. The Owner and Engineer will work with the Contractor to resolve such a condition in a fair and equitable manner as soon as possible. However, the Contractor shall continue work on any or all portions of the work that are not directly affected by the unforeseen or changed site conditions or, when directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall continue work on the disputed portion of the work in confor- mance with the appropriate section of these General Requirements. No claim for additional Contract Price or Time for standby will be allowed. Failure or refusal of the Contractor to continue such work will be cause for the Owner to take control of the work or terminate the Contract as herein provided and to employ such additional help as the Owner deems advisable RPA SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 11 of 16 to maintain progress. The costs of any such work will be deducted from the Contractor's monthly progress payments. The Contractor shall be subject to liquidated damages for any overrun of the Contract Time resulting from his failure or refusal to continue work as described above. 12. REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT QUALITY 12.1 General. Items requiring repair or replacement due to damage or removal or otherwise necessitated during pursuance of the work and which are not otherwise specified herein, shall be repaired or replaced to the following levels of quality. 12.2 Paved and Graveled Roads, Curb and Gutter,Driveways, and Sidewalks. Repair or replacement shall be to a thickness and grade matching the existing condition. Quality of materials and methods shall comply with respective sections of the City of Bozeman MPWSS Modifications and the current edition of the Montana Public Works Standard Specifications. Any removed or damaged pavement markings shall be replaced to match the existing markings. 12.3 Water and Sewer Mains and Services. Repair or replacement shall be in a manner consistent with the existing condition using materials conforming to the City of Bozeman MPWSS Modifications, Uniform Plumbing Code, the current editions of the Montana Department of Environmental Quality Design Standards, and other requirements of the Montana Department of Environmental Quality. Construction shall also comply with the City of Bozeman MPWSS Modifications and the current edition of the Montana Public Works Standard Specifications. Repair or replacement will not be allowed with materials like the existing installation if they do not conform to the above-referenced standards. 12.4 Electrical Telephone, Cable TV,Natural Gas, and Petroleum Lines. Repair or replacement shall be to the standards required by the utility owner and at the utility owner's option may be performed by the utility owner with the full cost assessed to the Contractor. 12.5 Lawn Restoration, Fertilizing, and Seeding. All areas disturbed by the Contractor's operations such as, but not limited to, haul roads, loading operations and disposal operations shall be restored by grading to the original contours, sodding, and/or fertilizing and seeding. This will include repair or replacement of all disturbed vegetation to pre-construction standards as required by the Owner and landowner. The seed mixture and fertilizer to be used will be submitted to the Engineer prior to application on the prepared seed bed. The Contractor shall include the cost of this work in the price bid for other items of work, and no separate compensation will be allowed. 12.6 Fences. All fences adjacent to any work site are to be maintained to the satisfaction of the abutting property owners. The Contractor shall notify the landowners of the need to temporarily remove or relocate fences for access to the work and shall coordinate such activities with the respective landowners in regards to removal, relocation, and restoration of fences prior to commencing work. Any fence removed or destroyed during the Contract shall be reinstalled or reconstructed in like kind at no cost to the Owner or the landowner. The cost for this work is incidental and no additional compensation will be allowed. 12.7 Other Items. Repair or replacement of other items not covered by the preceding shall be to the standards required by the owner of the item and at the owner's option may be performed by the owner of the item with the full cost assessed to the Contractor. RPA SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 12 of 16 12.8 Decisions Regarding Repair Versus Replacement. The decision of repair versus replacement of an affected item shall be at the discretion of the Engineer upon consultation with the owner of the item. The decision shall be based on a determination of whether repaired quality can equal the quality of a replacement installation. The Engineer's authority shall be final in this regard. 12.9 Limits of Repair or Replacement. The limits of areas to be repaired or replaced shall be determined by the Engineer in the field based on the extent of damage or removal sustained. The determination shall be based on insuring that all damaged or removed portions of the existing installation are fully restored. The authority of the Engineer in this regard shall be final. All work effects outside limits as described in these Contract Documents are subject to repair and replacement quality as described herein. 12.10 Repair by Party Owning or MaintainingI tem. The party owning or maintaining the item under consideration shall have the exclusive right to undertake repair or replacement themselves and charge the Contractor for full costs incurred or to direct and supervise the Contractor to repair or replace the item to their standard of quality. The authority of the owner of the item shall be final in this regard. 13. REJECTED WORK Any defective work or nonconforming materials or equipment that may be discovered at any time prior to the expiration of the warranty period, shall be removed and replaced by work which shall conform to the provisions of the Contract Documents. Any material condemned or rejected shall be removed at once from the project site. Failure on the part of the Engineer to condemn or reject bad or inferior work or to note nonconforming materials or equipment on Contractors submittals shall not be construed to imply acceptance of such work. The Owner shall reserve and retain all its rights and remedies at law against the Contractor and its Surety for correction of any and all latent defects discovered after the guarantee period. The Engineer will have the authority to reject work which does not conform to the Contract Documents and will provide the Owner with a list of defective work and nonconforming materials or equipment. The Owner will then promptly provide the Contractor with the list of defective work and nonconforming materials or equipment. 14. PROJECT CLOSE-OUT 14.1 Once the Contractor has completed construction, a substantial completion inspection is held to assess any remaining or corrective work and permit close-out of the Contract. The following conditions must be met before the substantial completion inspection is scheduled: • Work must be substantially complete and fit for its intended purpose. • Contractor must file a Contractor's Certificate of Completion (form found under Miscellaneous Forms in Appendix A) requesting a substantial completion inspection by the Owner and Engineer. 14.2 Following the inspection, the Engineer prepares and signs a Certificate of Substantial Comple- tion and attaches a list of any remaining or corrective work needed based on the inspection. The Certificate is sent to the Contractor, who must complete the listed work. After the Engineer verifies its completion,the construction is considered fully complete. The Owner may also wish to field-verify proper completion. RPA SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 13of16 14.3 Prior to final payment including release of retainage, the Contractor must furnish these items to the Engineer: • Completed Affidavit on Behalf of Contractor(lien release)using the form provided in the Contract Documents under Miscellaneous Forms. • Executed copies of any pending Change Orders or claims. • The final Change Order shall reconcile bid quantities to reflect actual quantities for projects containing unit price items. • Completed,revised and annotated record drawings and survey notes. • Additional Copies of O&M manuals and warranties as specified. • Final Payment Request for balance of Contract Price due. • Completed Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment using the form provided in the Contract Documents under Miscellaneous Forms. • Certification of Payment of Prevailing Wage Rates as/if required by agencies providing funding for the project. Upon receipt and approval of these items, the Engineer will recommend final payment. The retainage will be released with the final payment. 15. GENERAL EQUIPMENT STIPULATIONS 15.1 General. All equipment furnished and installed under this contract shall conform to the general stipulations set forth in this section except as otherwise specified in other sections. 15.2 Coordination. Contractor shall coordinate all details of the equipment with other related parts of the Work, including verification that all structures, piping, wiring, and equipment components are compatible. Contractor shall be responsible for all structural and other alterations in the Work required to accommodate equipment differing in dimensions or other characteristics from that shown in the Contract Drawings or Specifications. 15.3 Manufacturer's Experience. Unless specifically named in the Specifications, a manufacturer shall furnish equipment of the type and size specified which has been in successful operation for not less than the past five years. 15.4 Workmanship and Materials. A. Supplier shall guarantee all equipment against faulty or inadequate design, improper assembly or erection, defective workmanship or materials, and leakage, breakage or other failure. Materials shall be suitable for service conditions. B. All equipment shall be designed, fabricated, and assembled in accordance with recognized and acceptable Engineering and shop practice. Individual parts shall be manufactured to standard sizes and gauges so that repair parts, furnished at any time, can be installed in the field. Like parts of duplicate units shall be interchangeable. Equipment shall not have been in service at any time prior to delivery, except as required by tests. RPA SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 14 of 16 C. Except where otherwise specified, structural and miscellaneous fabricated steel used in equipment shall conform to AISC standards. All structural members shall be designed for shock or vibratory loads. Unless otherwise specified, all steel which will be submerged, all or in part, during normal operation of the equipment shall be at least 1/4- inch thick. 15.5 Value En ins eering. Manufacturer may submit for review and approval proposed modifications to the design, materials or arrangements specified. Request shall clearly state the advantages, cost savings or other reasons for the proposed change. Acceptance of any proposed changes will be the sole discretion of the Engineer as proscribed under the "or equal" and "substitute item" clauses of the General Conditions. 15.6 Seismic Loading Design Provisions. Machinery, equipment, and components such as tanks, piping, and electrical panels, including their supports and anchorages, designed by manufacturers or suppliers, shall be designed in accordance with the provisions of the latest edition of the Uniform Building Code to withstand seismic loads for the Seismic Zone appropriate for the project location in addition to other loads. Design shall be performed by a licensed Montana Professional Engineer familiar with seismic design. Submittals shall be certified, by the Design Engineer, that equipment designs conform to all applicable Uniform Building Code requirements including provisions to withstand seismic loads. 15.7 Single Source. Like items of equipment shall be the end product of one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization. 15.8 Manufacturer's Representative. A. Where specified, manufacturer shall provide a Manufacturer's Representative as required to assist in the installation, adjustment, startup, certification and operational training. B. Manufacturer's Representative shall be an employee of manufacturer who is factory trained and knowledgeable in the technical aspects of the products and systems. C. If the provided Manufacturer's Representative is found deficient in training or experience by the Owner or Engineer, the manufacturer shall furnish another acceptable representative. 15.9 Certification of Compliance. A. Where specified, furnish certification of compliance for products specified to a recognized standard or code prior to the use of such products in the work. 1) Engineer may permit use of certain materials or assemblies prior to sampling and testing if accompanied by a certification of compliance. 2) Certifications shall be signed by the manufacturer of the product; state that the components involved comply in all respects with the requirements of the Specifications. 3) Furnish certification of compliance with each lot delivered to the job site and clearly identify the lot so certified. RPA SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 15 of 16 B. Products used based on a certification of compliance may be sampled and tested at any time. The fact that a product is used based on a certification of compliance shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility for incorporating products in the work which conforms to requirements of the Contract Documents. Products not conforming to such requirements will be subject to rejection whether in place or not. C. Engineer reserves the right to refuse permission for use of products based on a certification of compliance. 15.10 Manufacturer's Certification of Proper Installation. Where manufacturer's certification is required in the Specifications, the manufacturer shall provide certification stating the following: A. The product or system has been installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. The product or system has been inspected by a manufacturer's authorized representative. C. Applicable safety equipment has been properly installed. D. Proper electrical and mechanical connections have been made. E. Proper adjustments have been made and the product or system is ready for functional testing, startup, and operation. 15.11 Functional Test Certification. Where a certification of functional testing is specified for certain equipment, Contractor(as applicable to the equipment furnished) shall state in writing that: A. Necessary hydraulic structures,pumps,valves, etc. have been successfully tested. B. Necessary equipment systems and subsystems have been checked for proper installation, started, and successfully tested to indicate they are operational. C. Adjustments and calibrations have been made. D. The systems and subsystems are capable of performing their intended functions. E. The facilities are ready for performance testing, or for startup and intended operation, as applicable. 16. BLASTING Blasting or the use of explosives will not be allowed on the jobsite. RPA SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 16 of 16 SECTION 4. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Intentionally Left Blank SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONTENTS 1. PROJECT DESCRIPTION ..................................................................................................... 3 2. GENERAL............................................................................................................................... 3 3. AWARD OF CONTRACT...................................................................................................... 3 4. PROJECT RELATED CONTACTS ....................................................................................... 3 5. CONTRACT TIME AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES......................................................... 4 6. COST LIMTATIONS.............................................................................................................. 4 7. NAMES, PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS................................................................... 4 8. APPROVAL OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL............................................................... 4 9. BIDDERS QUALIFICATIONS.............................................................................................. 5 10. WARRANTY ...................................................................................................................... 5 11. SCHEDULING...................................................................................................................... 5 12. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE............................................................................ 5 13. UTILITIES........................................................................................................................... 5 14. CONTRACT PERFORMANCE.......................................................................................... 8 15. RIGHT OF WAY AND ADJOINING PROPERTIES........................................................ 9 16. TRAFFIC CONTROL......................................................................................................... 9 17. EROSION CONTROL AND PERMITS........................................................................... 12 18. FEDERAL CLEAN WATER ACT -NATIONWIDE PERMIT ...................................... 12 19. PROTECTION OF EXISTING PAVEMENT .................................................................. 13 20. OPERATION OF WATER VALVES............................................................................... 13 21. SALVAGABLE ITEMS.................................................................................................... 13 22. ACCESS TO RECORDS................................................................................................... 13 23. CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE.................................................................................. 13 24. ADDITIONAL INSUREDS .............................................................................................. 14 25. SAFETY STANDARDS ................................................................................................... 14 26. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR.................................................................................... 15 27. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS ......................................................... 15 28. ENGINEERING INTERPRETATIONS ........................................................................... 16 29. CONTINUING PERFORMANCE.................................................................................... 16 30. MATERIALS AND CONTROL TESTING...................................................................... 16 31. CONTRACTOR SURVEY................................................................................................ 19 32. SITE ACCESS................................................................................................................... 21 33. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES ...................................................................................... 21 34. CONSTRUCTION WATER AND DISPOSAL................................................................ 21 35. GROUNDWATER, DEWATERING AND BYPASS PUMPING................................... 22 36. SMOKE AND DUST CONTROL..................................................................................... 22 37. SUPERINTENDENT ........................................................................................................ 22 38. SANITARY FACILITIES................................................................................................. 23 39. USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS ................................................................................ 23 40. RECORD DRAWINGS..................................................................................................... 23 41. OSHA REGULATIONS.................................................................................................... 23 42. SHORING.......................................................................................................................... 23 43. CONTAMINATED SOILS ............................................................................................... 24 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 1 of 60 44. CLEANUP ......................................................................................................................... 24 45. TEMPORARY PEDESTRIAN ACCESSIBILITY........................................................... 24 46. PROTECT EXISTING TREES ......................................................................................... 24 47. SPRINKLER SYSTEMS................................................................................................... 25 48. TOPSOIL........................................................................................................................... 25 49. UNSTABLE AREAS......................................................................................................... 26 50. STREET EXCAVATION.................................................................................................. 26 51. IRRIGATION DITCH....................................................................................................... 26 52. RCPA EXTENSION.......................................................................................................... 27 53. WATERTIGHT RCPA JOINTS........................................................................................ 27 54. ELECTRICAL................................................................................................................... 27 55. FLEXIBLE DELINEATORS ............................................................................................ 34 56. GUARDRAIL.................................................................................................................... 34 57. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT-COLORED &PATTERNED..... 34 58. LANDSCAPING ............................................................................................................... 36 59. PAVEMENT MARKINGS ............................................................................................... 37 60. MIGRATORY BIRDS AND EAGLES............................................................................. 38 61. PRE-MANUFACTURED SUBSURFACE DETENTION SYSTEM .............................. 38 62. TRENCH BACKFILL....................................................................................................... 40 63. GARBAGE COLLECTION.............................................................................................. 40 64. MEASUREMENT &PAYMENT..................................................................................... 41 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 2 of 60 1. PROJECT DESCRIPTION The proposed work on Durston Road is from Flanders Mill Road to Sanders Avenue, and includes a new roundabout at the intersection of Durston and Ferguson, roadway widening along Durston Road, new corridor lighting, new storm drain facilities, utility adjustments, and a culvert extension. The work includes street excavation, subexcavation, gravel base courses, asphalt and concrete pavement, curb and gutter, sidewalk, storm drain, culvert extension, utility adjustments, street lighting, signing, pavement markings, topsoil, and seeding. 2. GENERAL All work shall be performed in accordance with applicable sections of the latest edition of the Montana Public Works Standard Specifications, including all addenda, which by this reference are hereby included as part of this specification as modified herein by the City of Bozeman. All correspondence and official authorization concerning the work shall be with the Owner's designated representatives as identified at the preconstruction meeting. Any changes in the work or schedule not authorized by the above shall be deemed as unauthorized and shall be done at Contractor's risk at no cost to the Owner. All damages, reparations, and costs incurred during the progress of unauthorized work shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 3. AWARD OF CONTRACT The award of the contract, if awarded, will be made within the period specified in the Invitation to Bid to the lowest responsible Bidder whose bid complies with all the requirements prescribed herein. The successful Bidder will be notified by letter, mailed to the address shown on the bid, that their bid has been accepted and that they have been awarded a contract. The bid schedules may be awarded as a single total combined contract, may be awarded singly as separate contracts, or any combination of schedules which result in the lowest project cost to the Owner. 4. PROJECT RELATED CONTACTS Wherever in these Documents the word "Owner" appears, it shall mean the City of Bozeman. Owner: City of Bozeman, Montana 20 East Olive Street, P.O. Box 1230 Bozeman, Montana 59771 Contact Person: Robert Murray, Jr., P.E., Project Manager Telephone: (406) 582-2280 Wherever in these Documents the word "Engineer" appears, it shall mean Robert Peccia & Associates. This firm has been duly authorized by the Owner as the Engineer for the engineering design, submittal review, and construction observation and will serve as the "Engineer" for those functions as related to this project. Engineer: Robert Peccia & Associates 3810 Valley Commons Drive, Suite 4 Bozeman, Montana 59718 Contact Person: Staci Venner, P.E., Project Manager Telephone: (406) 284-2665 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 3 of 60 5. CONTRACT TIME AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 5.1 General. The beginning of the contract time shall be stated in a written Notice To Proceed written by the Owner to the Contractor. In establishing the date when the contract time begins, the Engineer will consider that the contract time begins immediately following delivery of the Notice To Proceed. The contract time will expire automatically by the number of calendar days stated as contract time, except as the contract time may be extended by a change order. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. In no event will the Contract Time commence to run later than the seventy-fifth day after the day of Bid Opening or the thirteenth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, whichever date is earlier. 5.2 Contract Time: Contract time for the entire project is 90 Calendar Days. 5.3 Liquidated Damages: Subject to the provisions of the Contract Documents, the Owner shall be entitled to liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the specified contract time. Work will be considered complete once substantial completion has been accomplished and all subsequent punch list items have been satisfactorily completed. 5.3.1 The Bidder further agrees to pay liquidated damages for failure to complete the work within the specified contract time and for expenses incurred by the Owner for unscheduled employment of the Engineer during the contract time overrun. 5.3.2 As compensation for non-use, the Contractor shall be assessed a liquidated damage of $500.00 per calendar day for each day that the work remains uncompleted beyond the contract period for that particular Schedule. As compensation for expenses incurred for unscheduled employment of the Engineer, the Contractor shall be assessed an additional liquidated damage as outlined in the Supplementary Conditions. 6. COST LIMTATIONS The Owner reserves the right to eliminate or reduce certain proposal items from the project following the bid opening to make the project financially feasible with the limitations of the funds allocated for this project. The determination of which items shall be eliminated shall be the responsibility of the Owner. 7. NAMES, PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS Where products or materials are specified by manufacturer, trade name, or brand, such designations are intended to indicate the required quality, type, utility, and finish. Requests for proposed substitutions shall include complete specifications and descriptive data to prove the equality of the proposed substitutions. Substitutions shall not be made without the written approval of the Owner. No substitutions will be considered until after contract award. 8. APPROVAL OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner or its Engineer for approval the name of the manufacturer of machinery, mechanical and other equipment and materials which they contemplate using in execution of the work, together with the performance capacities and such other information which may be pertinent or required by the Owner. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 4 of 60 i 9. BIDDERS QUALIFICATIONS The Contractor shall show evidence that they have the finances, organization, and equipment to perform the work with a limited number of subcontractors. 10.WARRANTY If, within two years after acceptance of the work by the Owner, any of the work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, and upon written notice from the Owner, the Contractor shall correct any work beginning within seven (7) calendar days of said written notice. Should the Contractor fail to respond to the written notice within the designated time,the Owner may correct the work at the expense of the Contractor. 11. SCHEDULING Prior to the Preconstruction Conference, the Contractor shall provide the Owner and Engineer the following schedules: i 11.1 A practicable Construction Progress Schedule showing the order, timing, and progress in which the Contractor proposes to prosecute the work. This schedule shall be in bar graph, CPM, or PERT format. The schedule shall be updated and resubmitted as necessary to reflect project changes. c 11.2 A Payment Schedule showing the anticipated amount of each monthly payment that is due in accordance with the Construction Progress Schedule. 12. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE After the Contract has been awarded, but before the start of construction, a preconstruction conference will be held at the site of the project for the purpose of discussing requirements on such matters as project supervision, on-site inspection, progress schedules and reports, payrolls, payment to contractors, contract change orders, insurance, safety, and other items pertinent to the project. The Contractor shall arrange to have all supervisory personnel and a representative from each of the effected utility companies connected with the project on hand to meet with a representative of the Owner to discuss the project and any problems anticipated. Unless previously submitted, the Contractor shall bring the following submittals to the conference: list of proposed Subcontractors; schedule for submitting shop drawings and other submittals; scheduled procurement dates; construction submittal forms; and tentative schedule of values. Work shall not start prior to the Engineer's receipt of these submittals. 13. UTILITIES The Contractor shall be responsible for checking with the Owners of the underground utilities such as the City, County, power and telephone companies, etc., as to the location of their underground installations within the project. The Contractor will be solely responsible for any " damage done to these installations due to failure to locate them or properly protect them when their location is known. It shall be solely the responsibility of the Contractor to fully coordinate his work with the agencies and to keep them informed of his construction activities so that these vital installations are fully protected at all times. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 5 of 60 I A Montana One-Call system (1-800-424-5555) has been established to facilitate requests for underground facility location information. The Contractor is cautioned that all utilities may not be on this system. The City of Bozeman will locate City water lines, sanitary sewer lines, storm drain lines, and street lighting. 13.1 Notification. The Contractor shall contact, in writing, all public and private utility companies that may have utilities that may be encountered during excavation. The notification shall include the following information: 13.1.1 The nature of the work that the Contractor will be performing. 13.1.2 The time, date and location that the Contractor will be performing work that may conflict with the utility. 13.1.3 The nature of work that the utility will be required to perform such as moving a power pole, supporting a pole or underground cable, etc. 13.1.4 Requests for field location and identification of utilities. A copy of the letter of notification shall be provided to the Engineer. During construction, the Contractor shall keep the utility companies notified of any change in schedule or nature of work that differs from the original notification. 13.2 Identification. All utilities that may conflict with the work shall be the Contractor's responsibility to locate before any excavation is performed. Field markings provided by the utilities shall be preserved by the Contractor until actual excavation commences. All utility locations on the Drawings should be considered approximate and should be verified in the field by the Contractor. The Contractor shall also be responsible for locating all utilities that are not located on the Drawings. 13.3 Removal or Relocation of Utilities. This section applies to electric power, gas, telephone, fiber, and television utilities. Whenever there is a direct conflict between the work being performed and the utility, the utility company shall be responsible to adjust, remove, or relocate the utility, at the expense of the utility company. The Contractor shall coordinate all necessary utility relocation work with the appropriate utility company at no additional cost to the Owner. 13.4 Public Utilities. Water, sewer, storm drainage, street lighting and other utilities owned and operated by the public entities shall, unless otherwise specifically requested by the utility owner, be removed, relocated, supported or adjusted as required in accordance with these Contract Documents, or the Owner's Standard Specifications when the work involved is not covered by these Specifications. 13.5 Other Utilities. Utilities owned and operated by private individuals, railroads, school districts, associations, or other entities not covered in these Special Provisions shall, unless otherwise specifically requested by the utility owner, be removed, relocated, supported or adjusted by the utility company at the utility company's expense. All work shall be in accordance with the utility owner's directions, or by methods recognized as being the standard of the industry when directions are not given by the owner of the utility. 13.6 Damage to Utilities and Private Property. The Contractor shall protect all utilities and private property and shall be solely responsible for any damage resulting from his construction activities. The Contractor shall hold the Owner and Engineer harmless from all actions resulting from his failure to properly protect utilities and private property. All damage to utilities shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense to the full satisfaction of the owner of the damaged utility or SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 6 of 60 property. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with a letter from the owner of the damaged utility or property stating that it has been repaired to the utility owner's full satisfaction. 13.7 Water Mains and Services. All water mains and services exposed during construction shall be adequately supported and protected from freezing at all times. Sections of water mains shall not be valved off without first giving the Owner sufficient notification and receiving authorization from the Engineer. Water valve operation is restricted to be by City of Bozeman personnel only. Contact the City Water department at 582-3200 to schedule. Water mains and services to businesses shall not be shut off at any time. Water mains and services to private residences shall not be shut off for more than 3 hours, unless otherwise permitted in writing by the Owner. All affected water service customers shall be notified by the Contractor in advance of any interruption of service. Whenever a water main or service is damaged as a result of the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall take immediate steps to repair the damage and disinfect all water mains and services contaminated as a result of the damage. 13.8 Maintenance of Flows. Adequate provisions shall be made for maintaining the flow of sewers, drains, and water courses encountered during construction. Culverts, ditches, and structures which are disturbed by this construction shall be satisfactorily restored to their original condition upon completion of the work. 13.9 Structures. The Contractor shall prevent damage to existing buildings or structures in the vicinity of the work. Contractor is responsible for determining whether work will potentially affect existing buildings or structures. In the event of such damages, the Contractor shall repair them to the satisfaction of the owner of the damaged structure at no cost to the Owner. 13.10 Overhead Utilities. The Contractor shall use extreme caution to avoid a conflict to, contact with, or damage to overhead utilities, such as power lines, street lights, telephone lines, television lines, poles, or other appurtenances during construction of this project. 13.11 Buried Gas and Petroleum Lines. The Contractor shall provide some means of overhead support for buried gas and petroleum lines exposed during trenching to prevent rupture in case of trench caving. 13.12 Pavement Removal. Where trench excavation or structure excavation requires the removal of curb and gutter, concrete sidewalks, or asphalt or concrete pavement, the pavement or concrete shall be cut in a straight line parallel to the edge of the excavation by use of a spade- bitted air hammer, concrete saw, colter wheel, or similar approved equipment to obtain a straight, square clean break. 13.13 Survey Markers and Monuments. The Contractor shall protect and not disturb any survey marker or monuments, such as those that might be located at lot or block corners, property pins, or the intersection of street monuments. Such protection shall include markings with flagged high lath and close supervision. No monuments shall be disturbed without prior approval of the Engineer. Any survey marker or monument that is disturbed by the Contractor during the construction of the project shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner by a licensed Professional Land Surveyor licensed in the state of Montana per MCA 70-22-115. 13.14 General. The Drawings show utility locations based on One-Call locates and information provided to the Engineer by others. The Engineer cannot guarantee their accuracy. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any discrepancies with utility locations as SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 7 of 60 shown on the Drawings and/or the bury depths that may in any way affect the intent of construction as scoped in these Contract Documents. 13.15 Current Status. Utility relocation work is not complete and will not be complete as of the contract award date. The Contractor must coordinate project work with utility company relocation activities until the utility relocation work is complete. Under no circumstances will a delay in relocating utility facilities be considered as justification for additional compensation. Should unforeseen circumstances arise which substantially delay the utility relocation work, and the delay results directly in a delay to.the project work, the Contractor may submit a written request to the Owner for a time extension. Utility companies will have to adjust their facilities at conflicts with the roadway sections, new storm drain, culverts, and ditches. Other adjustments include pedestals, vaults, and power poles. Coordinate with utility companies to determine conflicts and sequencing. For utilities to remain in place, the Contractor shall locate, support, and maintain the facilities during excavations, storm drain or other facility installation, and backfill operations. 13.16 Utility Contacts. • Centurylink: Jana Jones 406-441-7500, Thomas Mellor 406-585-1909 • Charter: Jared Phillips 406-570-0935, Rob 406-539-4254 • Northwestern Energy Gas &Power: Cammy Dooley 406-539-2359 • Montana Opticom: John Fitzwilliam 406-600-8657, JD Ellington 406-570-9236 • Bozeman Fiber: Greg Metzger, 406-551-3265 • Zayo: Kip Wright 208-994-8346, Adam Moon adam.moon@zayo.com 13.17 Gas Line Requirements. Notify Northwestern Energy for all work within ten feet of the existing gas lines. The existing gas line on the north curb line of Durston Road will remain in place. For all work within one foot of any gas line, do not use any vibratory equipment. Obtain approval from Northwestern for all equipment and work methods within one-foot of gas lines. 13.18 Power Pole Requirements. The existing Northwestern Energy switch gear box in the southwest quadrant at the Durston/Ferguson intersection will remain in place. The power pole in this quadrant will be relocated, with underground power adjustments into and out of the switch gear box. Coordinate with Northwestern Energy for all work at the intersection. The Contractor shall accommodate the Northwestern crews and adjust project scheduling and construction sequencing for the power pole relocation. Notify and coordinate with Northwestern Energy prior to placing fill at the base of existing power poles. Adjust grading as necessary for Northwestern Energy requirements and adjust construction sequencing and work for the power pole work. 13.19 Pant. All costs associated with items of work under this special provision are incidental and to be absorbed in other project costs with no additional payment from the Owner. 14. CONTRACT PERFORMANCE Perform at least 40% of the original contract cost with the Contractor's organization. Where an entire item is subcontracted, the percentage of the work subcontracted is based on the original contract item unit price. When a portion of an item is subcontracted, the percentage of the work subcontracted will be based on either the subcontract item unit price or on an estimated percentage of the contract unit price. An item will not be considered partially subcontracted SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 8 of 60 unless the prime contractor performs a portion of the work (equipment, materials or labor). If the same item is subcontracted at multiple levels, the cost is only accounted for at the first level. 15. RIGHT OF WAY AND ADJOINING PROPERTIES The Contractor shall contain all construction operations within the construction permits, easements, and right — of— way areas as shown on the Drawings, unless written approval is secured from the landowner of the private property. 16. TRAFFIC CONTROL 16.1 General. The Contractor shall schedule his construction operations in a manner which will assure that: 1) the safety and convenience of motorists and pedestrians, and the safety of construction workers, are adequately met at all times; and 2) the project is completed in a manner most beneficial to the project as a whole. All signing and striping shall conform to the standards set forth in the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). All signing, barricades, and other traffic control measures shall be provided by the Contractor. For work on all streets within the project, traffic control shall be provided in full compliance with the MUTCD. Control shall include signing, flag-persons, barricades, temporary signals, temporary pavement markings, night time lighting, and hazard markers. At the conclusion of daily construction activities, the Contractor shall ensure that proper traffic control measures remain in effect overnight and through the weekend. This includes protecting all open excavations and hazards. The Contractor may close sections of Durston Road and Ferguson Avenue using detour routes approved by the Owner and Engineer, as detailed in the approved Traffic Control Plan. Non- local streets are preferred for detour routes. Access to businesses, residences, schools, and for emergency vehicles shall be provided at all times, as detailed in the Traffic Control Plan. 16.2 Traffic Control Plan. Prior to any construction, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a detailed traffic control plan for approval by the Owner and Engineer. No work may commence until all approvals of the traffic plan have been secured. Prepare and submit additional Traffic Control Plans to the Engineer for approval for all major changes in sequencing. The plan shall meet the requirements of the MUTCD and City of Bozeman Modifications to MPWSS Traffic Control provisions. Address contingencies in the submitted plan. Limit inconvenience to the traveling public as much as practicable and account for the safety of both the traveling public and project personnel. The plan shall include, at a minimum, the following: • Calendar time periods of proposed traffic interruptions and control; • Locations, spacings, and specifications for signs, markers, barricades, barrier rail, attenuators, temporary pavement markings, and traffic control devices including references to MUTCD; • Locations for flag-persons, along with anticipated dates and hours of use; • Routing and signing of detours; • Temporary signal layout and specifications as necessary; • Night time lighting locations and specifications as necessary; • Temporary shoulder widening. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 9 of 60 16.3 Temporary Barrier. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, relocate, and remove temporary concrete barrier rail and temporary attenuators to protect traffic when construction activities expose horizontal and vertical hazards, obstacles, fixed objects, or blunt ends located within the construction clear zone. The construction clear zone is six feet wide measured from the edge of traveled way. Barrier flare rates shall be 9:1 or flatter. Furnish concrete barrier rail compliant with the National Cooperative Highway Research Program Test Report 350 (NCHRP 350) requirements, and submit documentation of compliance to the Engineer seven calendar days prior to installation. Terminate all ends of the concrete barrier rail with temporary impact attenuators when ends are located inside the construction clear zone. Furnish attenuators, including transition sections that meet NCHRP 350 or MASH crash test requirements and provide proof of compliance to the Engineer seven calendar days prior to installation. The attenuator must be installed at the same time as the obstacle. Maintain at least one complete set of repair parts on the project at all times to repair or replace attenuators, which may be damaged during construction. Attach the attenuator to the barrier rail using the manufacturer's approved transition section. Follow manufacturer's instructions and guidance during installation. Furnish and install all transitions and mounting hardware. Repair or replace damaged attenuators within 12 hours. 16.4 Notifications. The Contractor shall coordinate with and notify adjacent land owners, tenants, Police Department, Fire Department, ambulance service, bus company, garbage and recycling services, Post Office for mail delivery, and City of Bozeman Public Works Department at least 24 hours in advance regarding changes in traffic control routing, sequencing, detours, periods of delay, areas of limited access, incidents, and any closures. The Owner shall be responsible for updating City of Bozeman social media sites and providing local news outlet sites with the information throughout the project. 16.5 Access. 16.5.1 Driveways. The Contractor shall not close any driveways during construction. Provide 48-hour advanced notice to the Owner, Engineer, tenant, and landowner for any work at the driveways. The Contractor shall maintain at least one driveway to each parcel during construction. Maintain a minimum driveway width of 12-feet. Provide temporary culverts or an alternate approach for each impacted parcel as necessary. Provide access for mail delivery, commercial deliveries, and garbage service for each parcel. 16.5.2 Bus Stops. Maintain access to existing Streamline bus stops at all times during construction. Coordinate construction work along bus routes 48 hours in advance with the Streamline representative. 16.5.3 Pedestrian Access. Maintain access along existing pedestrian facilities and crossings at all times during construction. Adhere to the Temporary Pedestrian Accessibility provision. 16.6 Sequencing. Culverts and storm drainage may be installed prior to grading operations. Sequence drain installations and removal, and drainage ditch construction so as to drain existing water, to restrict water from entering the construction area, and to promote positive drainage throughout construction. During the placement or removal of all culverts and drains, maintain irrigation (during the irrigating season) and drainage flow. If a temporary drain or culvert is necessary, provide a culvert designed to handle Q10 flows and of adequate structural strength. Remove the temporary drains when construction is complete. All items of culvert installation SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 10 of 60 including temporary channel changes, construction phasing, detours, embankment widening and temporary drains necessary for the placement and/or removal of culverts and drains is the Contractor's responsibility. Unless otherwise specified, all work required for the installation of the drainage items, irrigation, culverts and the perpetuation of water flow including irrigation ditch changes, temporary pipe installations, and construction, maintenance and removal of detours, temporary embankment widening and removal, and temporary culvert extensions, and all other incidentals are to be included in the cost of other items, with no additional compensation. When the present traveled way is temporarily disturbed prior to grading operations to install drainage features, replace upper elevations of cuts and trenches with base course and compact to at least original thicknesses. Repair and maintain street sections opened for drainage construction with a minimum of 0.20-foot thickness of bituminous surfacing to provide a smooth riding surface. Costs of replacing surfacing and maintaining temporary patches are included in the cost of drain bid items, with no additional compensation. Provide detours or temporary shoulder widening as necessary to meet minimum traffic lane widths when removing or installing culverts at no additional cost to the Owner. Design detours and tapers to meet standards for a 25 mph construction zone design speed and supply the detour designs to the Owner and Engineer for approval at least 10 working days before commencing with the construction of the detour or widening. Provide traffic gravel and apply aggregate treatment to all detours. The Owner will not incur any costs for detours. All phasing and construction sequencing must adhere to the P.C.C.P. jointing layout plan and details, as shown in the Drawings. Temporarily bend down rebar posing a hazard to traffic. Where temporary pavement markings are needed on new P.C.C.P., use tape or other removable markings. Do not use paint for temporary pavement markings on the P.C.C.P. 16.7 Barricades and Warning Lights. All streets, roads, highways, and other public thoroughfares which 'are closed to traffic shall be protected by means of barricades on which i shall be placed, mounted, or affixed acceptable warning signs. Barricades shall be located at the nearest intersecting public highway or street on each side of the blocked section. All open trenches and other excavations within the construction area shall be provided with suitable barriers, signs, and lights to the extent that adequate public protection is provided. All abrupt grade changes greater than one inch which traffic is required to pass over, and obstructions, including but not limited to material stockpiles and equipment, shall be protected. All barricades and obstructions shall be illuminated by means of warning lights at night. All lights used for this purpose shall be illuminated from sundown to sunrise. 16.8 Winter Shutdown. Obtain approval from the Owner and Engineer prior to the anticipated winter shutdown period. Construct road sections through at least the first lift of asphalt if they will be subject to traffic during periods of winter shutdown. Provide a minimum 24-foot wide asphalt paved surface acceptable to the Owner and Engineer for all traffic-carrying surfaces during winter shutdown. Prepare and submit a Winter Shutdown Traffic Control Plan to the Engineer for approval. Include the cost of any temporary pavement in the cost of other items, with no additional compensation. 16.9 Payment. All work described in this provision is paid for at the lump sum bid price for Traffic Control. Temporary pavement markings, if necessary based on winter shutdown, are paid at the lump sum bid price of Temporary Pavement Markings. The Owner may charge the SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 11 of 60 Contractor Liquidated Damages, as described in Provision Subsection No. 5.3, when the Contractor does not adhere to the requirements of this provision. 17. EROSION CONTROL AND PERMITS The Contractor is responsible for proper disposal of all waste soils and materials unless otherwise directed herein. Where waste materials are disposed of on private property not owned by the Contractor, evidence of property owner's written permission shall be obtained and provided to the Owner. Contractor shall comply with all local, state, and federal laws and regulations pertaining to erosion control, material placed in wetlands, and floodplains. The Contractor shall dispose of all refuse and discarded material in an approved location. The Contractor shall comply with all laws and regulations of the Montana Department of Environmental Quality (MDEQ), Fish Wildlife and Parks, and with all other federal, state, and local laws and regulations controlling pollution of the environment. The Contractor shall take necessary precautions to prevent pollution of streams, lakes, ponds, and reservoirs with fuels, oils, bitumens, chemicals, or other harmful materials and to prevent pollution of the atmosphere from particulate and gaseous matter. In addition, the Contractor shall conduct and schedule his operations to avoid muddying, or silting of rivers, streams, or impoundments. Particular care will be required to prevent trench spoils from entering streams or watercourses. Under no circumstances will equipment be allowed to operate in flowing stream channels. Sediment control provisions shall be used whenever work is conducted adjacent to drainages or watercourses to control silt in runoff. Adequate silt barriers or sediment traps shall be used to comply with statutory requirements for all stream-side work, both during and after working hours. Measures used may include staked straw bales, sediment ponds, and/or staked silt fence (Mirafi "Enviro-Fence", or equal). Sediment control measures shall be considered incidental to the Erosion Control and Permits lump sum bid item. The Contractor is responsible for the selection and implementation of sediment control measures for permit and statutory compliance. The Contractor's specific attention is directed to the Montana Water Pollution Control Act and the Montana Stream Preservation Act. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining any required permits associated with erosion control and groundwater dewatering operations. Contractor's responsibility shall include all cleanup, restoration, etc. of all detention and discharge areas. The project is within the Bozeman MS4. Contact Kyle Mehrens (406-582-2270), City Storm Water Coordinator, prior to construction for storm water management requirements. The project disturbance area is greater than 1 acre. The Contractor will be required to submit a Notice of Intent (NOI) & Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) to MDEQ for compliance with the General Permit (Storm Water Discharge Associated with Construction Activity). Efforts and costs associated with securing these permits shall be included in the lump sum bid price for Erosion Control and Permits. 18. FEDERAL CLEAN WATER ACT-NATIONWIDE PERMIT The Contractor shall follow the provisions of the Federal Clean Water Act, including requirements of the Nationwide Permit obtained for permanent stream and/or wetland impacts for this project. See Appendix B in these Contract Documents for additional requirements and permit information. Adhere to applicable permit conditions and/or NWP Fact Sheets, Regional Conditions, and 401 Certification requirements. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 12 of 60 Obtain an additional permit for temporary facilities and/or construction activities that are not covered by the Nationwide Permit obtained by the Owner for the permanent improvements. These construction activities may include, but are not limited to, temporary work pads, cofferdams, diversions, temporary fills and berms, haul roads, and other work that involves placement of fill or dredged materials into waters of the United States. Prepare the application and submit to the Engineer and Owner for review and submittal to the Corps of Engineers. Work in this provision is incidental to the Erosion Control and Permits bid item, and no separate measurement or payment is made. 19. PROTECTION OF EXISTING PAVEMENT All equipment shall be fitted with pads on the outriggers and other accessories as necessary to prevent damage to existing pavement during the project. Any damages to pavement shall be corrected by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner. 20. OPERATION OF WATER VALVES All water main valves shall be operated by authorized personnel of the City of Bozeman only. The Contractor shall not operate any valves without the written consent of the City of Bozeman. See Provision Subsection No.13.7 for additional requirements. 21. SALVAGABLE ITEMS Any existing items removed from the project under the terms of this contract shall remain the property of the City of Bozeman and shall be delivered to a site specified by the City of Bozeman. Should the City of Bozeman choose not to accept any salvageable items, then the Contractor shall dispose of those items at his expense at a site or landfill per statutory regulations. Work in this provision is incidental to the various items of work, and no separate measurement or payment is made. 22. ACCESS TO RECORDS The Contractor shall allow access to any books, documents, papers, or records which are directly pertinent to this Contract by the Owner, State or Federal agencies, or any of their duly authorized representatives for the purpose of making an audit, examination, or transcriptions. 23. CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE See also RPA Supplementary Conditions for additional Insurance requirements. The Contractor is responsible for providing the Owner with copies of Certificates of Insurance as discussed in Paragraph 5.03.A of the General Conditions. Failure of the Owner to demand such certificates or other evidence of full compliance with the insurance requirements outlined in the General Conditions and RPA Supplementary Conditions, or failure of the Owner to identify a deficiency from evidence provided, shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's obligations to maintain such insurance. By requiring the insurance and insurance limits specified, the Owner does not represent that coverage and limits will necessarily be adequate to protect the Contractor; and such coverage and limits shall not be deemed as a limitation on the Contractor's liability under the indemnities granted to the Owner in the Contract Documents. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 13 of 60 24. ADDITIONAL INSUREDS In accordance with the insurance requirements outlined in the General Conditions and RPA Supplementary Conditions the following entities shall be included as additional insureds: OWNER: City of Bozeman, Montana ENGINEER: Robert Peccia and Associates ENGINEER'S CONSULTANTS: Allied Engineering Services LANDOWNERS GRANTING EASEMENTS: Christ the King Lutheran Church Gallatin Valley Presbyterian Church Sherryl & Greg Lindblom Cody & Chelsey Croskey Use the Additional Insured Endorsement CG 20,32 or equivalent acceptable to the Owner. 25. SAFETY STANDARDS The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the jobsite, including safety of all persons (including employees) and property during performance of the work. This requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. Safety provisions shall conform to U.S. Department of Labor (OSHA), and all other applicable federal, state, county, and local laws, ordinances, codes, and regulations. Where any of these are in conflict, the more stringent requirement shall be followed. The Contractor's failure to thoroughly familiarize himself with the safety provisions shall not relieve him from compliance with the obligations and penalties set forth therein. The Contractor shall develop and maintain for the duration of this contract a safety program that will effectively incorporate and implement all required safety provisions. The Contractor shall appoint an employee who is qualified and authorized to supervise and enforce compliance with the safety program. The duty of the Engineer to conduct construction review of the work does not include review or approval of the adequacy of the Contractor's safety program, safety supervisor, or any safety measures taken in, on, or near the construction site. The Contractor, as a part of their safety program, shall maintain at their office or other well- known place at the jobsites, safety equipment applicable to the work as prescribed by the authorities, all articles necessary for giving first-aid to the injured, and shall establish the procedure for the immediate removal to a hospital or a doctor's care of persons (including employees) who may be injured on the jobsite. If death or serious injuries or serious damages are caused, the accident shall be reported immediately by telephone or messenger to both the Owner and the Engineer. In addition, the Contractor must promptly report in writing to the Owner and the Engineer all accidents whatsoever arising out of, or in connection with, the performance of the work whether on, or adjacent to, the site, giving full details and statements of witnesses. If a claim is made by anyone against the Contractor or any Subcontractor on account of any accident, the Contractor shall promptly report the facts in writing to the Owner and the Engineer, giving full details of the claim. The Contractor shall take all necessary provisions for safe handling of chemical amendments and potentially hazardous wastes, including apprising himself SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 14 of 60 of hazards, developing safety plans, providing emergency and decontamination services, and developing spill containment procedures. 26. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR 26.1 General. This section supersedes the sections of the General Conditions pertaining to payments to the Contractor, to be in compliance with MCA 28-2-2103 as amended on October 1, 2003. If an alternate billing, approval, and/or payment cycle is required for this project those provisions are discussed in the "Instructions to Bidders" section of these Contract Documents, and shall supersede this section on Payments to the Contractor. 26.2 Application for Partial and Final PaM ent. The Contractor shall prepare and submit four copies of the Application for Payment on a monthly billing cycle. At the preconstruction conference, it will be agreed upon which day of the month this application should be submitted so that it coincides with the Owner's billing approval and payment schedule. After the first partial payment request is submitted the Contractor shall submit their subsequent applications on the same date each month for the duration of the project. After the Contractor submits their Application for Payment, the Owner will have twenty-one (21) calendar days to review and approve payment for the entire amount of the request, or the undisputed portion of the request. During this same time period, the Engineer will review the payment request and make recommendations to the Owner on the items which the Engineer approves for payment, and which items are in dispute. Items which are in dispute will be documented in writing and provided to the Contractor for correction and resubmission on subsequent payment requests. The undisputed portion will be approved for payment, and will be paid within twenty-one calendar days after approval. Five percent (5%) retainage of all partial payments will be withheld from payment until the completion of the project. The Final Application for Payment, including release of the five percent (5%) retainage, may only be submitted after the Engineer has signed the Certificate of Substantial Completion and all punch list items have been addressed as described in the Supplementary Conditions. 27. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 27.1 Quality Assurance. The Engineer will monitor the construction of work to determine if the work is being performed in accordance with the contract requirements. The Engineer does not have the authority or the means to control the Contractor's methods of construction. It is, therefore, the Contractor's responsibility to utilize all methods, equipment, manpower, and other means necessary to assure that the work is installed in compliance with the Drawings and Specifications, and laws and regulations applicable to the work. All buried work items shall be installed in the presence of the Engineer or may not be considered for payment. 27.2 Grade and Alignment. The Engineer provided original control benchmarks for project. The Contractor shall provide, with his own equipment, tools, material, and labor, additional control benchmarks as necessary, and all intermediate line and grade control to install the work within the tolerances specified. The Contractor shall calibrate and maintain all line and grade control equipment, including transits, levels, and lasers periodically to assure their accuracy. 27.3 Tolerances. Construction tolerances for the work, shall be as outlined in the Technical Specifications. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 15 of 60 27.4 Construction Limits. Construction limits are shown on the Drawings. Disturbance and equipment access beyond this limit is not allowed without the written approval of the Engineer and landowner of the affected property. If so approved, disturbance beyond construction limits shall meet all requirements imposed by the landowner; this includes existing roads used and/or improved as well as the construction of new access roads. Special construction, reclamation, or other closure provisions required by the landowner on access roads beyond the construction limits shall be performed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 27.5 Areas of Disturbances. Approved areas of disturbance are those areas disturbed by construction activities within the construction limits and along designated or approved access routes. Such areas shall require reclamation and revegetation operations, including grading, topsoiling with salvaged or imported topsoil, seeding, and fertilizing, as specified herein. Other areas that are disturbed by the Contractor's activities outside of the limits noted above will be considered as site damage or unapproved areas of disturbance subject to the repair and replacement quality as specified herein. Such areas will also require the reclamation and revegetation operations noted above and as specified herein, but costs of such work shall be borne by the Contractor. This includes areas selected by the Contractor outside the defined construction limits for mobilization, offices, equipment, or material storage. The Contractor shall order sufficient materials to perform the required work for all areas of disturbance. The Owner will pay for revegetation work in all approved areas of disturbance. The Contractor will pay for the revegetation work in all unapproved areas of disturbance. 28. ENGINEERING INTERPRETATIONS The Engineer will have a Resident Project Representative (RPR) readily available to the project during the construction period, who has the authority to make judgment calls on matters dealing with interpretation of the Drawings and Specifications. The RPR shall have the right to take twenty-four hours to confer with the Engineer before giving said decision. When the decision affects a plan design or specification change, more time may be required than twenty-four hours to gain the necessary Owner and funding source participation in the decision process, including time for formal change order preparation as required. 29. CONTINUING PERFORMANCE This section supplements the procedures set forth in the General Conditions to be followed in the event that any part of the work or any change thereto becomes disputed. Resolution of unresolved disputes is discussed in the General Conditions. The Contractor shall continue to actively execute all work. Failure of the Contractor to actively and effectively execute the work shall be sufficient grounds for the Owner to terminate the services of the Contractor, as provided in Section 15.02 of the General Conditions. However, a 10-day notice of termination shall be given only once. Resumption of the work by the Contractor, after receiving notice of termination, will not reinstate the 10-day notice period; and the Owner may at any time after the 10-day period immediately take whatever action the Owner deems necessary to maintain the construction schedule, at the Contractor's expense. 30. MATERIALS AND CONTROL TESTING All work will be tested and inspected for compliance with the Contract Documents. Complete payment will not be made until the Contractor has demonstrated that the work is complete and has been performed as required. If the Engineer detects a discrepancy between the work and the SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 16 of 60 requirements of the Contract Documents at any time, up to and including final inspection, such work will not be paid for until the Contractor has corrected the deficiency. 30.1 The Owner's Testing Company shall be responsible for the following testing: • Compaction and density testing of subgrade and gravels • Concrete testing • Asphalt pavement and core testing The Engineer shall coordinate and schedule testing services. The Contractor shall provide at least 24-hour notice for required tests to be performed. Neither tests made by the Engineer or the Owner's Testing Company will relieve the Contractor from his obligation to perform the work and all testing requirements in accordance with the Technical Specifications. The Owner's Testing Company will be paid directly by the Owner. 30.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for and pay for the followingtesting: esting: 30.2.1 Dates of acceptable tests for water mains, which shall include hydrostatic and leakage testing and bacteriological testing. These tests shall be conducted by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer. The written test results shall be provided to the Engineer prior to acceptance of the water main. 30.2.2 Elevations shall also be recorded and provided for the top of water main at 50' intervals. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Engineer to document these elevations, including providing the equipment necessary to shoot the elevations. The Engineer will have a representative on-site to record the data as the pipe is being installed. The Contractor shall provide safe access to the Engineer for these inspections and cooperate with the Engineer to ensure that adequate documentation is obtained. 30.2.3 Verification that all thrust blocking is installed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications. The Contractor shall provide safe access to the Engineer for these inspections and cooperate with the Engineer to ensure adequate documentation is obtained. 30.2.4 Mix designs for Portland cement concrete, asphaltic concrete pavement, and flowable fill. 30.2.5 Soils and aggregate materials tests, including but not limited to Proctors, sieve analysis, abrasion, moisture content, gradations, etc. 30.2.6 Density testing during asphalt paving operations. 30.3 Acceptance/Correction of Deficient Pavements. Materials, compaction, densities, or other construction items which do not meet the requirements of these specifications shall be replaced and retested at the Contractors' expense. Acceptance tests shall be evaluated by the Engineer for conformance with the Specifications. The Engineer shall determine what corrective action is necessary in order for the improvements to be accepted by Owner. Corrective action may include total removal and replacement of the deficient material, partial removal and replacement, placing additional material, or in lieu of corrective action, payment of a penalty to the Owner in certain instances. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 17 of 60 30.3.1 Portland Cement Concrete. If an individual strength test (average of two cylinders tested at 28 days) falls below the specified strength by more than 500 psi, the in-place material represented by the failed test shall immediately be randomly cored for acceptance testing. A minimum of three and maximum of six cores shall be taken. If the average strength tests of the acceptance cores are deficient in strength by more than 500 psi but not more than 1,000 psi, the Contractor shall remove and replace the deficient concrete or pay the City of Bozeman 0.25 times the unit price bid times the area determined to be deficient in strength; if the average strength tests are deficient by more than 1,000 psi, the area of the concrete determined to be deficient shall be removed and replaced. 30.3.2. Asphaltic Concrete Pavement. The asphaltic concrete pavement shall be tested and evaluated for acceptance on a lot basis, with one lot being 1,000 tons of material. 30.3.2.1 Thickness. If the average thickness of the pavement cores is more than 1/" below the plan thickness, or if any one individual core is more than %2" below the plan thickness, corrective action or payment of a penalty will be required. a. Average Thickness Deficiencies. If the average thickness deficiency is between 1/" and 1/2", corrective action such as placement of additional material (i.e. overlay or chip seal), as determined by the Engineer, will be required. In lieu of placing additional material, the Engineer may allow the payment of a penalty to the Owner in the amount of 0.25 times the unit price bid of the asphalt pavement times the amount of pavement determined to be deficient. If the average thickness deficiency is more than '/2", an overlay will be required, along with cold milling of the existing pavement to provide for a minimum overlay thickness of 1.5". b. Individual Core Thickness Deficiency. If any one core thickness is determined to be more than 1/2"below plan thickness, additional cores shall be taken at 10 foot intervals parallel to the centerline in each direction from the affected location until, in each direction, a core is found which is not deficient by more than 1/", in order to determine the extent of the deficient pavement. If the thickness deficiency is more than V, the area that is deficient shall be removed from pavement edge to pavement edge and replaced to bring the non-complying areas to planned thickness. If the thickness deficiency is not more than V, the deficient area will either be removed and replaced to the planned thickness, or a penalty will be paid to the Owner in the amount of 1.5 times the unit price bid times the amount of pavement that is deficient in thickness. 30.3.2.2 Density. The average density of the pavement cores shall equal or exceed 93% of the maximum density as determined by ASTM D2041 (Rice's density). If the average density is less than 93% but more than 90.9%, the pavement that has deficient compaction shall be milled and overlaid (1.5" minimum depth), or a penalty in the amount of 0.10 times the unit price bid for the pavement material times the amount of pavement that has deficient compaction shall be paid to the Owner. If the average density is 90.9% or less, the pavement area affected will be removed and replaced or overlaid as determined by the Engineer. If any one core SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 18 of 60 is determined to have a density of less than 86%, additional cores shall be taken at 10 foot intervals parallel to the centerline in each direction from the affected location until, in each direction, a core is found which has a density of at least 91%. The area that is determined to have deficient compaction shall be removed from pavement edge to pavement edge and replaced, or a penalty will be paid to the Owner in the amount of 1.5 times the unit price bid times the amount of pavement that is deficient in density. 31. CONTRACTOR SURVEY The Contractor shall be responsible for all layout and construction staking utilizing the Engineer's existing control and coordinate data for all surveying and staking items of work. Dimensions and elevations indicated in layout of work shall be verified by the Contractor. Discrepancies between Drawings, Specifications, and existing conditions shall be referred to the Engineer for adjustment before work is performed. Existing Engineer Control: The Engineer has set survey control (horizontal and vertical) for use in the design and construction of these improvements. A listing of the coordinates and vertical elevation for each of these control points is included in the Drawings. From these control points the Contractor shall layout the work by establishing all lines and grades at the site necessary to construct the work and shall be responsible for all measurements for the execution of the work to the location and limit marks prescribed in the Specifications or on the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall provide and install additional control points as necessary to construct the project to MPWSS and City of Bozeman tolerances. Several of the Engineer's control points may have been disturbed or accidentally removed before contractor layout begins. The Contractor will be responsible for verifying the accuracy of all control points and laying out all critical project points with the remaining control points. The Contractor will be responsible for preserving and protecting the survey control until proper referencing by the Contractor has been completed. Any survey control obliterated, removed, or otherwise lost during construction will be replaced at the Contractor's expense. Any claims relating to survey location or construction staking accuracy must be supported by original control point data and verified in the field to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor will utilize the services of a Professional Land Surveyor, currently licensed in the State of Montana, for the construction staking for this project. Minimum project staking frequencies are as follows: 31.1 Mains. All utility mains shall be staked with offset hubs every 50 feet with elevation and cut/fill and station information clearly identified. In addition, all services, laterals, tees, fittings, stub-outs, angle breaks, valves, hydrants, curb stops, manholes, drain inlets, area drains and caps (for both services and mains) shall be staked with two aligned offset hubs with cut/fill and station information to pipe inverts clearly identified. 31.2 Roadway and Sidewalk Elements. All subgrade surfaces shall be staked (with blue tops) every 50 feet longitudinally and at all horizontal and vertical control points. All base/subbase course gravel surfaces shall be staked (with blue tops) every 25 feet longitudinally and at all horizontal and vertical control points. When in cut or fill sections exceeding 2 feet in depth from existing at centerline, slope staking shall be provided every 25 feet longitudinally. 31.3 Curb and Gutter. All curb and gutter and curb cuts shall be staked a minimum of SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 19 of 60 � �I every 25 feet and at all horizontal and vertical control points, with one offset hub with cut/fill values referenced to full height curb. When possible, curb radius points shall be staked with a hub (no elevation or cut/fill information required). 31.4 Other Elements. Other staking elements to include right-of-way lines, construction permit lines, easements, utility relocations, culverts, storm drain, inlets and manholes, storm water ponds, retaining walls, driveways, sidewalks and alignments, ADA ramps, mailboxes, new monument boxes, new property pins as shown on the Drawings, field survey for non-destructive thickness verification for P.C.C.P. in accordance with MDT Subsection 501.03.20.A.1, signs, electrical and lighting features, median islands, P.C.C.P. joints, detectable warning panels, pavement markings, wetlands including impact limits, and removals. The Contractor shall field verify the elevations of existing manholes under the Adjust Manhole bid item to determine if adjustments require grade rings or removal and replacement of cone or barrel sections. The Contractor will perform any necessary potholing or exploratory excavation of existing utilities at storm drain conflict locations prior to ordering new manholes and inlets. Coordinate with the Engineer and utility companies to remediate conflicts prior to ordering manholes and inlets. The Contractor shall be aware of property pins and monuments. If damaged, the Contractor shall replace the pins and monuments using a Professional Land Surveyor at no additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall file a corner record for all monuments in accordance with MCA 70- 22-115. Two new property pins and recordation's are required as part of this Contract, as shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall establish benchmark elevations for all hydrants on the project. Benchmarks shall be set on the hydrant bonnet bolt closest to the point of the operating arrow on Mueller hydrants and on the bury depth tag on the hydrants. The elevations shall be certified by a P.L.S. registered in the state of Montana. The datum used as the basis for the elevations shall be clearly identified. Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall carefully compare and check the Drawings, each with the other that in any way affects the location or elevation of the work to be executed by him, and should any discrepancy be found, he shall immediately report the same to the Engineer for verification and adjustment. Any duplication of work made necessary by failure or neglect on his part to comply with this function shall be done at the Contractors' sole expense. For surveys necessary to determine the amount of progress payments, the Contractor will be required to furnish all personnel, equipment and material required to make such surveys as are necessary to determine the quantities of work performed or placed during the period covered by the progress payment. All original field notes, computations and other records taken by the Contractor for the purpose of quantity and progress surveys shall be furnished promptly to the Engineer and shall be used to the extent necessary in determining the proper amount of payment due to the Contractor. These field notes, computations and other records shall be neat and orderly. Field notes shall be complete and in a standard format. Unless waived, all quantity surveys made by the Contractor may be reviewed by the Engineer. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 20 of 60 32. SITE ACCESS The Contractor shall not unreasonably encumber the site or public rights-of-way with his materials and construction equipment. The Contractor shall comply with all reasonable instructions of the Owner's representative and the ordinances and codes of government agencies regarding signs, traffic, fires, explosives, danger signals and barricades. It may be necessary for the Contractor to secure a private parking area to stage from and to park vehicles and equipment. Costs associated with any offsite staging or parking areas shall be considered incidental to the project. 33. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 33.1 Temporary Utilities. The Contractor shall provide all temporary electrical, lighting, telephone, heating, cooling, ventilating, water, sanitary, first aid, fire protection, and other utilities and services necessary for the performance of the work. All fees, charges, and other costs associated therewith shall be paid for by the Contractor. 33.2 Barriers. 33.2.1 The Contractor shall temporarily remove fences, signs, barricades, minor structures, and other obstructions that interfere with the prosecution of the work. Removal shall not extend beyond designated construction limits or rights-of-way without first obtaining written authorization from the owner of the barrier. 33.2.2 Fences and barricades used for the confinement or exclusion of livestock, animals, or persons shall be in place at all times or the Contractor shall provide temporary fencing. 33.2.3 Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or indicated on the Drawings, all barriers so removed shall be replaced following the completion of the work to as good or better condition than existed prior to the start of work. This requirement applies to small trees and decorative shrubs as well as signs, fences, barricades, and minor structures. 33.2.4 The Contractor shall replace at their own expense all barriers damaged or destroyed. 33.3 Security. The Contractor shall provide all security measures necessary to assure the protection of his plant and equipment, products and materials in storage, completed work, and the project in general. The Owner and Engineer are not responsible for theft or damage. 34. CONSTRUCTION WATER AND DISPOSAL Water for compaction efforts or other work as needed by the Contractor shall be supplied by the Contractor. Water from the City of Bozeman's municipal system may only be obtained from the metered service located at the city shop complex. The Contractor shall pay for the cost of the water used at a rate determined by the City of Bozeman Water Department. Disposal of used water shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Discharges to the surface are subject to permit and regulatory requirements. Discharge of chlorinated water is the responsibility of the Contractor. Discharge to sewer or storm drains must be coordinated with and approved by the Owner. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 21 of 60 35. GROUNDWATER,DEWATERING AND BYPASS PUMPING Groundwater may be encountered when excavating for culverts, storm drains, trenches, water lines, electrical foundations, and other roadway features. Groundwater may be present at shallow depths. Groundwater levels may fluctuate over the seasons and over the years. The Contractor shall make appropriate provisions for groundwater and dewatering. The Contractor shall submit a plan for dewatering to the Engineer. The Contractor is responsible for determining the appropriate method of dewatering and analyzing whether any dewatering will affect existing utilities, structures or buildings. The Contractor shall also be responsible for obtaining the necessary permits for discharge of the dewatering operations. All excavations that experience groundwater need to be dewatered properly and kept dry at all times. Design any dewatering wells to prevent piping of fines from the alluvial gravels into the collected water, which can leave voids and cause subsidence. Installation of pipes, signal/lighting foundations, culverts, mains, and inlets/manholes may require bypass pumping due to groundwater infiltration and/or pipe flows. Provide all items necessary for bypass pumping including materials, labor, tools, and equipment. Any damages incurred from dewatering activities and bypass pumping are the responsibility of the Contractor. Include all costs for dewatering and bypass pumping in the lump sum bid price for Dewatering. 36. SMOKE AND DUST CONTROL The Contractor shall obtain information for all applicable State Board of Health requirements and similar state or federal requirements pertaining to control of or abatement of air pollution. The Contractor shall provide such air pollution control measures as are required to comply with the minimum standards established by such agencies. Hauling of material and transport of equipment along public roadways or through the towns and adjacent other structures and dwellings shall require effective dust abatement procedures. This also applies to the unloading and placement of spoils material at deposition sites. The Contractor shall utilize environmentally sound methods for watering and/or otherwise chemically treating dust generating surfaces to comply with all applicable legal standards for airborne particulates. Prior to any work, the Contractor shall submit a written plan for dust abatement procedures identifying at a minimum the following: a. Times and nature of dust generating activity on public roads and at deposition sites. b. Nature and chemical characterization of dust abatement materials to be used. c. Method of application of dust abatement materials to be used. d. Time schedule for application of dust abatement materials to be used. e. Availability of equipment and operators for emergency application of dust abatement materials at other than scheduled times. Watering or chemical abatement for dust control is considered incidental to the Contract, and no separate measurement or payment is made. 37. SUPERINTENDENT The Contractor's Superintendent in charge of operations must be on-site during all construction activities. The Superintendent shall direct the work and make decisions either directly or through immediate contact with their supervisor. The Superintendent must be qualified to do such work and shall be the same person throughout the project. The Owner reserves the right to stop SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 22 of 60 construction if the Superintendent is absent from the site during construction activity. Additional Contract Time will not be allowed due to stop work orders. 38. SANITARY FACILITIES The Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain ample sanitary facilities for all workmen. Enclosed temporary toilets shall be placed as required by the sanitary codes of state and local governments. All such facilities shall be furnished in accordance with existing and governing health regulations. Costs for furnishing, installing, and maintaining sanitary facilities shall be considered incidental to other items of work, and no additional compensation is made. 39. USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS 1 The Owner shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the work, notwithstanding that the time for completing the entire work or such portions may not have expired; but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any work not completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. If such prior use causes refinishing of completed work, the Contractor shall be entitled to such extra compensation or extension of time or both, as agreed by the Owner. 40. RECORD DRAWINGS The Contractor's Superintendent shall maintain at the project site, a "Record Set of Drawings" showing field changes, as-built elevations, unusual conditions encountered during construction, and such other data as required to provide the Owner with an accurate "as constructed" set of record drawings. The record drawings and survey data shall be made available to the Engineer at all times. This includes all field books, notes, and other data developed by the Contractor in performing surveys required as part of the work. The Contractor shall furnish the "Record Set" to the Engineer following the Final Inspection of the Project. The Contractor's final payment will not be processed until the "Record Set" of drawings are received and approved by the Engineer. Work included in this provision is incidental to the Contract, and no separate measurement or payment is made. 41. OSHA REGULATIONS The Contractor shall comply with current Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Construction Standards for Excavations. Any conflicting information between OSHA and these Contract Documents shall be revised so that the OSHA requirements supersede and take precedence over all other conflicting information. The Contractor shall obtain copies of and review the OSHA documents to avoid misinterpretation of their regulations. The Contractor shall prevent employee exposure to potentially harmful levels of contaminants and assure acceptable OSHA worker safety procedures are implemented. 42. SHORING The Contractor is responsible for providing all shoring or sheet piling during construction. It is the Contractor's responsibility to provide adequate shoring to ensure that construction does not enter on to adjacent private properties and that the structural integrity of existing buildings, structures, or ponds near the construction is maintained. In lieu of shoring, the Contractor may negotiate the infringement onto these properties with the appropriate owners, however, these SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 23 of 60 negotiations will not be included as part of this project or contract. All deep excavations over 20 feet in depth and all shoring systems shall be designed and stamped by a Professional Engineer licensed in the state of Montana. 43. CONTAMINATED SOILS If contaminated soils or other wastes are encountered during the course of project work, the Contractor must comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local regulations regarding the reporting, handling, and disposal of such wastes and/or soils. The Owner will not be responsible for reporting, handling, or disposal of such wastes and/or contaminated soils encountered in the right-of-way during construction of the proposed work. Within 24 hours of the discovery of any hazardous wastes or contaminated soils, the Contractor must notify the Montana Department of Environmental Quality (DEQ) at 800-457-0568. Payment for work under this provision shall be addressed by the Owner, Engineer, and Regulatory Agencies at the time of discovery. 44. CLEANUP The Contractor shall be responsible for keeping all streets, sidewalks and driveways free of tracked mud and other construction related debris. At a minimum, the Contractor shall perform daily cleanup activities at the end of each working day. At any time, if the Owner or Engineer deems that it is necessary for cleanup activities be performed, the Contractor shall immediately take action to satisfy the cleanup request. If the Contractor is not immediately responsive in the requested cleanup activities, a written order to stop work on the project can be issued (General Condition 13.05). Work included in this provision is incidental to the Contract. 45. TEMPORARY PEDESTRIAN ACCESSIBILITY The Contractor shall maintain the existing pedestrian facilities and crossings throughout construction, by providing the same level of accessibility on these routes as currently exists in accordance with the City of Bozeman Modifications to MPWSS and Part 6 of the MUTCD. Temporary items to perpetuate pedestrian accessibly and crossings may include, but are not limited to, temporary curb ramps, temporary detectable warning panels, sidewalk detours and diversions. Restore all pedestrian facilities and crossings to match existing conditions during winter shutdown. This work is included in the lump sum bid price for Traffic Control. 46. PROTECT EXISTING TREES Protect existing trees located outside the construction limits, within construction permit areas, or as noted on the Drawings. Do not disturb trees that are not designated for removal in the Drawings. If the Contractor proposes to remove a tree not designated in the Drawings, notify the landowner and obtain approval from the Engineer 24 hours in advance of tree removal. Protect trees from damage to the bark, limbs, and root systems. Wrap trunks with approved protective material, or fence to the drip lines with temporary fence made of polyethylene or polypropylene that is orange in color. Do not place, park, drive, or store construction equipment, gravel, soil or other materials on the surface of any unpaved areas within the drip lines of trees to remain in place. Do not deposit chemicals, rinse water, or petroleum products in the drip lines. Coordinate tree trimming and protection activities with the City of Bozeman Forestry Supervisor Alex Nordquest prior to construction at 406-582-3205. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 24 of 60 Notify the City of Bozeman Forestry Supervisor and the Engineer prior to any construction activities around trees to remain in place that have potential roots or branches infringing into the work zone for an initial inspection. Provide preventive action if necessary to prevent damage to overhanging limbs, tree trunks or roots which may be damaged from construction activity. Provide an approved arborist to repair trees damaged during construction activities at no additional cost to the Owner. If the Contractor severely damages a tree not designated for removal, replace the tree with a similar species subject to the approval of the landowner and Engineer, at no additional cost to the Owner. Work included in this provision is incidental to the Contract, and no separate payment is made. 47. SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Relocate and replace in-kind all system components for all locations where existing sprinkler systems conflict with the proposed work, as shown on the Drawings. Do not damage existing sprinkler and/or irrigation systems that are not in conflict with the proposed work. If relocated or existing systems that are not in conflict are damaged as part of construction activities, repair any damage to the systems to the approval of the Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner. Obtain the Engineer's approval of the location and materials prior to repair, relocation, and/or replacement of systems or components. All irrigation facilities are to be activated and adjusted, if necessary, after construction activities are complete to ensure spray patterns meet the approval of the landowner and Engineer. If damage is caused to sprinkler and/or irrigation systems that are not in conflict with the proposed work, repair and/or replacement of the damaged components or system is at the Contractor's expense. Payment for relocation and/or replacement of sprinkler and/or irrigation systems in direct conflict with the proposed work will be paid for per each separate system of Adjust Sprinkler System, including all labor and materials for an operational system. 48. TOPSOIL Strip all topsoil within the construction limits to ensure replacement quantities are available to cover the disturbed areas within the construction limits with a 6-inch thick layer of topsoil. If sufficient topsoil is not available on site, provide imported topsoil to cover disturbed areas. Contract quantities of salvaged and imported topsoil are estimated and actual quantities will vary. Stockpile topsoil at locations within the right-of-way approved by the Engineer. When construction operations do not permit stockpiling within the right-of-way, arrange for stockpile sites outside the right-of-way at no additional cost to the Owner. Construct stockpiles so drainage is maintained and topsoil is easily reclaimed. Provide erosion control following best management practices and per applicable permitting requirements. Place topsoil on the completed graded roadway to the lines, grades, and elevations specified. The Cross Sections show the finished grade at the top of the topsoil layer. Place topsoil on all disturbed slopes to an average 6-inch loose depth and spread uniformly. Finish the disturbed areas in accordance with the Landscaping provision. Provide imported topsoil meeting the requirements of MDT Standard Specification 713.05. Salvaged and re-used topsoil is paid for at the unit bid price per cubic yard of Topsoil-Strip, SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 25 of 60 Salvage & Reuse. If imported topsoil is necessary and approved by the Engineer, payment is at the unit bid price per cubic yard of Topsoil-Imported. 49. UNSTABLE AREAS Unstable areas shall be determined by the Engineer, and shall require subexcavation, compacted lifts of imported replacement material (Y minus gravel material meeting the gradation in MPWSS 02230.2.3.B.2), and geosynthetic, as shown on the Drawings. The geosynthetic shall be as specified on the Drawings. Substitution of geosynthetic is not permitted unless accompanied by a project specific pavement design stamped by a Montana licensed Professional Engineer. This Contract estimates quantities of subexcavation, replacement material, and geosynthetic at unstable areas. These quantities establish unit bid prices, and the actual amounts will vary. No adjustment in the unit bid price will be made regardless of final quantities of subexcavation, replacement material, and geosynthetic installed. The Contractor shall provide haul tickets to the Engineer at the end of each working day for the imported material. No payment will be made, under any circumstance, for replacement material not documented on haul tickets. Subexcavation and replacement material will be paid at the unit bid price per cubic yard of Subexcavation & Replacement Below Subgrade (Imported Materials), which includes haul and disposal of unsuitable materials. Geosynthetic will be paid at the unit bid price per square yard. 50. STREET EXCAVATION Street excavation is the excavation and disposal of all material within the street template as shown on the plans and cross sections as the construction (cut/fill) limits. Street excavation includes removal and disposal of existing curb and gutter, pin down curbs, asphalt and concrete pavement, gravels, and sidewalk. No separate measurement or payment is made for removal or disposal of existing roadway features within the construction limits. The cost of disposing of excess excavation and/or the use of imported borrow material to balance the project is included in the unit bid price per cubic yard of Street Excavation (Above Subgrade). The cost of clearing, grubbing, tree removal, haul, disposal, and saw cutting are also included in Street Excavation (Above Subgrade). Actual earthwork quantities will vary based on site conditions, soil characteristics, and actual shrink/swell factors. No adjustment in the unit bid price of Street Excavation (Above Subgrade) will be made regardless of the final quantity of excess excavation or imported borrow used to complete the project. 51. IRRIGATION DITCH The irrigation ditch at Sta. 106+60 conveys irrigation waste flows, groundwater flows, and runoff from spring flooding and storm events. Prior to beginning construction activities in the ditch, coordinate the work with the Farmer's Canal representative Bill Tatarka(406-581-5359). The general irrigation operating season for irrigation facilities is from April 15 to November 1. The ditch may also be used from March 1 to April 15 for spring flood relief for upstream facilities, dependent upon weather. The non-operating season is November 1 to March 1. The Contractor shall either install the pipe extension during the non-operating season, provide temporary alternate piping facilities to convey continuous irrigation water, or obtain approval from the Farmer's Canal representative for temporary ditch shutdown. Temporary facilities shall SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 26 of 60 provide for irrigation water, waste flows, groundwater flows, and flooding runoff events. Temporary piping shall be no smaller diameter than the existing culvert diameter. Prior to construction in the ditch, obtain approval from Farmer's Canal and the Engineer for any temporary piping facilities and for the sequencing plan to extend the culvert. Include all costs necessary to perform this work in the cost of the RCPA bid item. No separate measurement or payment is made. 52. RCPA EXTENSION Prior to ordering materials for the reinforced concrete pipe arch (RCPA) extension, verify the existing arch pipe dimensions and thickness to match the existing pipe. Verify the angle bend needed, and furnish and install a precast RCPA miter bend to connect the new RCPA to the existing RCPA. Remove and reset the existing FETS. See the Nationwide Permit and Appendix B for additional information and requirements for work in the ditch. Payment for work under this provision is at the unit bid price per linear foot of 36" Equivalent RCPA. 53. WATERTIGHT RCPA JOINTS 53.1 Description. Furnish and install RCPA pipes with watertight joints. 53.2 Materials. 53.2.1 Joint Sealant. Furnish and install flexible plastic gaskets between culvert sections meeting the requirements of Subsection 707.02 of the MDT Standard Specifications and AASHTO M 198 (Type B). Provide joint material that is 1.25-inch equivalent diameter (1 inch x 1.23 inch actual dimensions). 53.2.2 External Joint wrap. Furnish Type 3, chemically bonded adhesive butyl bands for all joints between RCPA sections meeting the requirements of ASTM C877. Use Type A designation with a sealing band width of 12-inch. Apply joint wrap material externally around each joint over semi-liquid paintable butyl rubber-based adhesive primer. Begin each joint wrap at haunch, extend up and over the top of the culvert, and terminate at the other haunch. Extend joint wrap under the haunches as far as possible on each side of the box culvert while maintaining seal with adhesive primer. If two or more pieces are required, lap a minimum of 6-inches. Replace punctured or torn joint wrap damaged by culvert installation at Contractor expense. 53.2.3 Epoxy Resin Bond Adhesive. Meet the requirements of AASHTO M 23 5 Type 4. 53.2.4 Provide and apply high quality waterproofing to the walls and joints of the RCPA. Submit waterproofing product and application methods to the Engineer for approval prior to installation. 53.3 Construction. Follow the recommended installation procedure provided by the manufacturer for a watertight RCPA drain. 53.4 Payment. Include all costs for this work in the unit bid price per linear foot of 36" Equivalent RCPA Class 3 Pipe. 54. ELECTRICAL 54.1 Description. Electrical work includes new corridor lighting colored "Hunter Green". SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 27 of 60 This provision for lighting installations is intended to provide a set of minimum standards that shall be followed for street lighting within the City of Bozeman public right-of-way. The plans and this provision shall apply to all materials supplied, methods, and procedures of work to be followed, and other general minimum requirements that shall be complied with before work is accepted by the Owner. The City of Bozeman has adopted the latest editions of the following as part of these provisions: 1. Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, Montana Department of Transportation, including supplemental specifications 2. Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, Federal Highway Administration 3. NFPA 70-National Electrical Code 4. NESC-National Electrical Safety Code The specifications outlined in this provision are revisions and amendments to the Montana Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction. In situations where there is a conflict or question of interpretation, these provisions shall prevail. Coordinate all electrical work between Contractors, the Engineer, Owner, and affected utility companies prior to the commencement of the work. Warp new conduit installations as necessary to avoid existing boulevard landscaping and utilities. Do not install concrete foundations until the Engineer's approval is obtained for the electrical submittals. 54.2 Equipment List and Submittals. Prior to construction, submit shop drawings for all material and equipment to the Engineer for approval. Carry out submittals in accordance with Subsection 617.03.2 of the MDT Standard Specifications. No extension of contract time will be allowed due to delay in receiving and/or processing electrical submittals. Contractor is required to submit record drawings for the electrical work. Provide additional equipment cut sheets for any electrical work that deviates from the Drawings. 54.3 Materials and Installation. When not specified in this provision, conform to the latest edition of the Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction and Supplemental Specifications. Additions, exceptions or modifications to the Standard Specifications follow: 54.3.1 Foundations 54.3.1.1 Luminaire Foundations. In locations where the roadway is not curbed, and/or in dirt, the top of the foundation shall be 6-inches above the grade of the edge of the pavement or as directed by the Engineer. The top of the foundation shall be finished smooth and have a 3/4-inch chamfered edge. Where caisson foundations are located in the sidewalk, the caisson foundation shall be installed to 6-inch under finished curb or sidewalk grade or as directed by the Engineer. Where foundations are to be installed in dirt, landscaped areas, or any other situation where the top of the caisson is not being installed with an existing sidewalk or concrete improvement, the contractor shall use sono-tube on the top section of the caisson for finished appearance. As an option to the foundation size and reinforcements shown in the plans, a structural engineer licensed in the state of Montana shall determine the foundation size (depth and diameter) and concrete reinforcement for the specific light standard configuration. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 28 of 60 54.3.1.2 Concrete Fill for Pedestal Type Cabinets. All pedestal type cabinets mounted on galvanized strut-channel supports shall have concrete filled post holes with a minimum depth of 36-inches and minimum diameter of 9-inches. 54.3.2 Plastic Conduit—PVC All PVC conduits located under roadways and driveways shall be schedule 80 type EPC- SO-PVC. Conduit under non-vehicular locations may be schedule 40 type EPC-40-PVC. PVC conduit shall be manufactured of high-impact PVC, and shall conform to industry standards and commercial standard CS-207-60 and NEMA TC 2. When bending PVC conduit, a water bending process may be used. This shall consist of a water filled steel pipe 4-feet long, heated to the temperature that will render the PVC conduit pliable in 30 seconds after insertion in the pipe. The conduit may then be bent to the desired angle and held in an appropriate jig for a cooling period. The Contractor may use other methods of bending PVC conduit if the preceding method is found unsuitable due to climatic conditions, but only after demonstrating the proposed method to the Engineer and receiving the Engineer's approval. Bends in PVC conduit shall be made and conform to all appropriate sections of the National Electric Code or local codes governing bending radius, and the number of bends allowed as applicable for rigid conduit. Conduit bends, except factory bends, shall have a radius of not less than six times the inside diameter of the conduit. 54.3.3 Plastic Conduit—HDPE All HDPE conduit shall be factory lubricated, low friction, high-density conduit constructed of virgin high density polyethylene resin. Conduit shall be capable of being coiled on reels in continuous lengths, transported, stored outdoors, and subsequently uncoiled for installation, without affecting its properties or performance. Bored electrical conduit shall be HDPE and installed using trenchless technology of either jacked conduit or directional boring. 54.3.4 Steel Conduit Steel conduit for exterior, surface mounted, above grade installations shall be Galvanized Rigid Conduit (GRC). Polyvinyl Chloride coated Galvanized Rigid Conduit (PVC coated GRC) may be used for below grade installations, encased in concrete and above grade where exposure to water is imminent. GRC conduit shall comply with ANSI C80.1 and UL 6. PVC coated GRC shall comply with NEMA RN 1. Coating thickness shall be a minimum of 0.040 inch (lmm), both inside and out. 54.3.5 Conduit Installation All conduit direct buried in contact with earth shall be PVC, HDPE or PVC coated GRC. PVC conduit installation through foundations (other than light standard foundations) shall have transition to GRC or PVC coated GRC prior to exposure above foundation. Underground conduit shall have the following minimum diameter trade size conduit, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. a. Conduit Sleeves Under Roadways: 3-inch minimum b. Conduit in Typical Trench: 2-inch minimum c. Conduit fiom Pull Box I Splice Box to Foundation: 1-inch minimum SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 29 of 60 Conduits shall be placed two feet from the back of curb. All existing conduits shall be cleaned with a mandrel or cylindrical wire brush and all conduits (existing or new) shall be blown out with compressed air, before conductors or signal facilities are installed. All conduits shall contain a nylon or polyester pull tape of at least 1250 pounds strength with footage marking tape. In occurrences that require complete intersection rewiring or new construction, a 12 AWG tracer wire shall be installed across every conduit leg, and conduit plugs shall be installed in all conduits. Pull rope with footage tape, tracer wire, and conduit plugs shall be included in the price of electrical conduit. When conduit is specified to be installed under existing pavement by directional line boring, the boring pits shall be kept a minimum of 2-feet clear of the edge of pavement whenever possible. Conduit installed under pavement, sidewalk, dirt, sod or any condition other than under an existing roadway shall be installed with not less than 24-inches of cover to the top of the conduit. Under existing roadways, conduit shall be installed with not less than 30- inches of cover to the top of the conduit. 54.3.6 Pull Boxes All pull boxes and covers must be made of polymer concrete with fiberglass reinforcement with a traffic rating of TIER 22. Pullbox covers shall be labeled as shown on the drawings. The labeling must be cast into the cover and not a separate independent tag. When pull boxes are located behind the sidewalk or in non-pavement areas, they shall be surrounded by a class B concrete collar to the dimensions shown on the plans. Maximum distance between pull boxes is 200 feet. Street crossings for conduit runs need to have a pull box at each side of the street crossing. Pull boxes are to be installed at each street corner where conduit takes a 90-degree bend around the corner of the block. Provide a Type 1 or Type 2 pull box by each street light with smaller 1.5-inch diameter conduit allowed going into light base from pull box. Box size shall be determined by the diameter of the Largest Trade Size Conduit (LTSC) installed in the box. For conductors 6 AWG or smaller, the box shall be sized six times LTSC in width or length dimension. For conductors 4 AWG and larger, the box shall be sized eight times LTSC in width or length dimension. For future expansion, empty conduit, with nylon or polyester tape pull tape of at least 1,250 pounds strength with footage marking tape, shall terminate in a pull box. Stub spare conduit(s) out of the box and cap below grade at 2 feet from the box, in the direction of future expansion. Label conduit stub out(s) in pull box "for future expansion to the direction of expansion". Wire connections in pull boxes should use waterproof, insulated multi-tap connectors, by Burndy, or IIsco, or equivalent. 54.3.7 Wiring All wiring shall be copper conductors installed in conduit to meet the National Electric Code. Minimum size current carrying conductor for exterior installations shall be #10 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 30 of 60 AWG copper. Furnish conductors of solid or stranded copper of the gauge shown in the contract. Insulation for conductors must be Type THW, XHHW, XHHW-2, USE, RHH, RHW, THWN, and THWN-2. All insulation must be designed for 600 volts and meet NEC requirements. Metal Clad cable (MC) or Armored Cable (AC) shall not be allowed in exterior applications. Exterior lighting shall be powered at 120/240V-1PH-3W unless otherwise noted on the plans. Wiring color code shall be as follows: Line 1 =Black Line 2=Red Neutral=White Ground= Green 54.3.8 Bonding and Grounding All PVC or PVC coated GRC conduits from a metered power source shall have a raceway ground conductor installed with the current carrying conductors, sized to the NEC. Ground conductor shall have the size increased to match current carrying ` conductor size increase for voltage drop purposes. P All light standard foundations shall have a 5/8-inch diameter x 8-foot long, copper clad driven ground rod installed in the pull box next to the light standard. Top of rod t shall be minimum of 4-inches below grade. Exothermic weld or underground rated lug connect a #6 AWG soft drawn bare copper conductor from rod through %2-inch trade size conduit in the foundation to the lug on the pole in the back of the hand hole. All grounding electrodes shall be bonded together per the NEC. 54.3.9 35' Luminaires with Cobra LED Assembly- Colored Furnish galvanized steel luminaire standards colored "Hunter Green", and meeting MDT Type 10 in accordance with the provisions of Subsection 703.04.4. Furnish 10' mast arms in accordance with Subsection 703.04.5. Furnish Cobra LED assembly. ° Provide breakaway bases on all luminaires to meet the criteria set forth in the AASHTO publication Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals. All luminaires shall be light emitting diode (LED). Color temperature 3,000K, per ANSI C78.377-2011 standard. All luminaires shall be equipped with a surge suppression device with a minimum immunity level of l0kV. All luminaires shall have a minimum ingress protection (IP) rating of IP66, and shall be UL/ETL listed for wet locations. All luminaires shall be equipped with a 0-10V or DALI dimming driver, capable of receiving input line voltage 120V-277V. Driver shall comply with Federal Communication Commission (FCC) 47 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) part 15 non- consumer radio frequency interference (RFI) and/or electromagnetic interference (EMI) standards. Minimum power factor (PF) shall be 0.9 at full input power. Maximum total harmonic distortion(THD) shall be 20 percent at full input power. A minimum 10-year warranty is required for all parts,materials, and shipping required to repair or replace luminaire. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 31 of 60 All luminaires are to be equipped with an ANSI C136.41 7-pin receptacle. Shorting caps are to be installed on each luminaire. Luminaires are to have either a Type II or Type III distribution, as shown on the Drawings. Access to all internal parts requiring replacement shall not require tools (i.e., "tool-less entry"). Luminaire shall be tested in accordance with IES LM79 and TM21 certifying photometric performance and rated life, respectively. LM79 (performance) and TM21 (predicted life) testing shall both be for the same luminaire's operating drive current as specified. Luminaires shall have a minimum L70 life of 100,000 hours based on IES TM21 testing. Luminaire system efficacy shall be no less than 80 lumens per input watt. Luminaire shall have an external label per ANSI C136.15 and internal label per ANSI C 13 6.22. Luminaires shall be equipped with internal leveling bubble. Breakaway connections using sheer bolts must have a skirt to protect the bolts. Luminaires shall be colored hunter green. Luminaire distribution shall be equal or less than the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America's (IES) TM 15-11 Backlight, Uplight, and Glare (BUG) ratings as follows for Collector and Arterial streets: B3 UO G2. Luminaires shall be mounted in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. Plumb or level all elements, symmetrically arrange, and securely assemble. Conceal all conductors in the poles and assembly. Luminaires shall have an adjustable slipfitter-type mounting system for the installation on 1.25 -inch (1.66-inch o.d.) to 2-inch (2.375-inch o.d.) outside diameter pipe tenons. Slipfitter shall consist of a two-piece clamp and four 9/16-inch hex bolts. Slipfitter shall allow for a vertical tilt adjustment of +/- 5 percent in order to mount plumb for a UO rating. Approved manufacturers of Cobrahead style are Cree XSP, Lumec Roadfocus, GE Evolve LED Cobrahead, or approved equal. Design calculations were based on GE Evolve 132W LED lamps. 54.3.10 Poles All poles, mast anns, and luminaires for street lights and signal poles shall be round, tapered steel with galvanized, or galvanized with a colored finish. All poles, foundations, and breakaway bases shall meet the criteria set forth in the AASHTO publication Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals. Street light standards shall have an access panel and cover near base for access to wiring, fusible, in-line, water tight, breakaway connectors on wiring in pole hand hole area such as Bussman type water tight fuse holders. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 32 of 60 54.3.11 Pole Bases Unless otherwise protected, a breakaway base should be provided for all street light standards. Breakaway bolt couplings are aluminum connectors or sleeves that are designed to shear when the pole is hit. The bottom of the coupling is threaded onto the foundation anchor bolts, and the light standard is attached to the top of the coupling. Four couplings are used with each light standard. Where breakaway supports are required, use the breakaway bolt coupling unless it will not function with the approved light standard. The frangible transformer base consists of a cast aluminum apron between the concrete foundation and the base of the pole. It is designed to deform and breakaway when hit by a vehicle bumper. Use the frangible transfer base where a breakaway base is justified but breakaway bolt couplings cannot be used. 54.3.12 Colored Finish Furnish new pole standards,mast arms, luminaire assemblies, cabinets, and all associated mounting hardware that are colored "Hunter Green" (RAL #6005). Do not color anchor bolts, associated hardware, service assemblies or traffic and pedestrian signal indication housings. Provide colored electrical items by powder coating or factory painting. Furnish materials and submittals conforming to MDT Section 710. Paint or powder coat in accordance with MDT Section 612. The colored finish may require an extended lead time. 54.3.13 Service Assemblies All street lighting systems shall be metered separately from other uses, except for street lights installed in conjunction with traffic signal poles. Service assemblies and metered pedestals shall be located away from intersection corners, behind the sidewalk, outside of the sight triangle and within the public right-of- way or easement, as shown on the Drawings. Electric services shall use NEMA Type 3R cabinets with hinged, lockable covers and r 3/8-inch holes for a padlock. Services shall be equipped with 3-way switches for hand- off-auto operation. Wire photocell on/off control in the auto position. Service assemblies shall house electrically held lighting contactors that are 12-pole with 30-amp contacts rated at 600V and 120V coils. Street lighting circuits shall be automatically controlled with turn lock mounting delayed response photo cells. Service assemblies shall have a 120V, twist-lock receptacle type photoelectric cell with matching receptacle base attached to the assembly with heavy duty galvanized c-channel structure using 1-inch galvanized rigid conduit, mounted 8- feet above grade. Orient window of photocell to face north. Photocell to operate the i lighting contactors for on/off control when hand-off-auto is in the auto position. Meters shall be installed a minimum of 4-feet and maximum of 5-feet above grade to the center of the meter. ! 54.3.14 Remove & Salvage Existing Luminaires Remove and salvage electrical items of work as shown on the Drawings. Salvage items to the City of Bozeman shop complex at 814 N. Bozeman Avenue. Securely attach all miscellaneous parts and reusable hardware to the equipment to prevent loss or damage. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 33 of 60 Dispose of non-salvageable items legally off the project. Contact the City of Bozeman shop complex at 406-582-3200 to coordinate delivery. Remove electrical items of work as shown on the Drawings. When removals impact an existing electrical system to remain in place, adjust the existing system for the removal to provide a complete and working system. This work includes but is not limited to providing all connections, new and re-wiring, hardware, conductors, and abandonment as necessary. 54.4 Payment. All work under this provision is included in the lump sum bid price for Electrical. 55. FLEXIBLE DELINEATORS Furnish flexible reinforced post delineators meeting the requirements of the City of Bozeman MPWSS Modifications Section 09810. For surface mount flexible delineators use Flex Stake Series 750, or approved equal. For ground mount flexible delineators use Flex-Stake Series 670 or approved equal. Install delineators as specified by the manufacturer's recommendations at the locations shown on the Signing Plans. All work under this provision is included in the lump sum bid price for Signing. 56. GUARDRAIL Provide a stiffened MGS guardrail system with 12-gauge weathering W-beam rail, steel posts, and end sections as shown in the Drawings, meeting the requirements of MDT Section 705. See MDT Detailed Drawings 606-05B and 606-80 for a schedule of guardrail hardware and additional details. Install guardrail system as shown on the Drawings, meeting the requirements of MDT Section 606, to protect the existing Northwestern Energy electrical switch gear in the southwest quadrant of the roundabout. Adjust post spacing based on existing utilities and bury depths. Payment for work under this provision is at the unit bid price per linear feet of Guardrail, including end sections. 57. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT—COLORED & PATTERNED 57.1 Description. Construct 9-inch thick pigment-dyed colored Portland Cement Concrete Pavement (P.C.C.P.) roundabout truck apron on a prepared base course in accordance to MPWSS Section 02515. Use integral colors only. No staining of concrete is allowed. 57.2 Materials. Provide materials meeting Section 501 and 551 of the MDT Standard Specifications. Also provide the following materials: 57.2.1 Concrete. Submit an independent mix design meeting the criteria for Class Pave concrete (4,000 PSI) in Subsection 551.03 of the MDT Standard Specifications to the Engineer for approval a minimum of 10 working days before the start of paving work. Furnish Type I or 1I Portland cement in accordance with Subsection 551.02.1. 57.2.2 Integral Color. Furnish integral colored concrete for P.C.C.P., "Sorrento Red" by L.M. Scofield Company, Douglasville, Georgia, (800) 800-9900, or approved equal. 57.2.3 Cure and Seal. Furnish a curing compound meeting COB MPWSS Modification Section Part 2.5 for the colored concrete. Apply the number of coats recommended by the manufacturer. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 34 of 60 57.2.4 Joint Sealant. Furnish silicone caulking joint sealant for all joints at the truck apron in a matching color that meets color manufacturer's recommendations. Sealant color must be provided from same manufacturer as integral color, or a sample of the cured colored concrete with the sealant must be provided to the Engineer for approval. 57.2.5 Stamping Panels. Provide brick patterned professional grade imprinting tools by L.M. Scofield Company, or approved equal. 57.3 Construction. 57.3.1 Submittals. Submit a plan for placing, curing, and traffic phasing on the P.C.C.P. to the Engineer for approval a minimum of 10 working days before the start of paving work. Include specific detail of joint layout at manholes, water valves, drop inlets, monument boxes, and other structures in the P.C.C.P. section. Also submit color and pattern samples, a list of all materials to be used for the coloring and stamping, and the manufacturer's specifications. 57.3.2 General. Place and finish concrete using a stationary side form method meeting the requirements in Subsection 501.03 of the MDT Standard Specifications. 57.3.3 Joint Layout. Construct the joints as shown in the plans. Coordinate construction sequencing with the P.C.C.P.joint layout details as shown in the plans. Temporarily bend down any rebar posing a hazard to traffic. 57.3.4 Joint Sealant. Install the colored sealant following the manufacturer's recommended installation. 57.3.5 Construction Joints. Provide construction joints as needed for phasing operations. Place construction joints at transverse contraction joint locations only, as shown on the plans. 57.3.6 Deformed Tie Bars. Install deformed tie bars at the locations and spacing shown on the plans. Tie bars may be placed prior to paving with supports adequate to maintain depth, location and spacing. Use supports approved by the Engineer. 57.3.7 Dowel Bars. Dowel all transverse joints using epoxy coated round bars at the depth and spacing shown on the plans. Completely cover each bar with bond breaker. Place dowels within a tolerance of 0.25 inches for skew, spacing and depth. Place dowel bars prior to paving with supports adequate to maintain depth, location and spacing. Use supports approved by the Engineer. Use a dowel bar inserter only with the Engineer's written approval. Meet the contract requirements for dowel spacing, depth, and alignment prior to the commencement of paving operations. 57.3.8 Color and Stamping. Color and stamp the P.C.C.P. following the professional standards and practices of the manufacturer, the American Concrete Institute, MPWSS, and the MDT Standard Specifications. 57.3.9 Curbs. Construct the uncolored truck apron curb and 9" thick spill curb and gutter adjacent to P.C.C.P. as shown in the plans. Coordinate curb construction with construction phasing and sequencing. 57.3.10 Accelerated Paving Techniques. Submit a request with details and specifications for accelerated paving techniques to the Engineer for approval. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 35 of 60 57.3.11 Opening to Traffic Strength Requirements. All tests must be witnessed by the Engineer to be valid. No traffic or any equipment other than joint sawing equipment is permitted on the concrete pavement until the concrete has developed sufficient strength. Submit to the Engineer for approval a method to determine opening to traffic strengths in accordance with MPWSS Section 02515 Part 3.23. The pavement may be opened to traffic and construction equipment when strengths are approved by the Engineer. 57.3.12 See Provision No. 30 and MPWSS Section 02515 Part 3.12 for testing requirements. 57.4 Repair. Correct spalls and cracks in accordance with MDT Subsection 501.03.15. 57.5 Pavement Thickness. Verify the P.C.C.P. thickness using the Survey Method in accordance to MDT Subsection 501.03.20.A.1. Pavement thickness deficiencies and unit bid price reduction shall be in accordance with MDT Subsection 501.03.20.B and C. 57.6 Acceptance and Payment. Patterned and colored concrete pavement is measured for payment at the unit bid price per square yard of P.C.C.P. (Colored & Decorative, 9" Thick) for completed and accepted quantities in accordance to MDT Subsection 501.03.20. B and C. The adjacent curbs are paid separately under Concrete Curb and Gutter. Payment is full compensation for preparation, materials, coloring, placing, finishing, stamping of the decorative P.C.C.P. truck apron, incidentals, and includes furnishing and installing deformed tie bars, dowels, setting and maintaining wire control lines, sawing longitudinal and transverse joints, sealant, reinforcing steel, accelerated paving techniques, and testing for opening to traffic. 58.LANDSCAPING 58.1 Seed Area Descriptions. Lawn: Existing quality seeded areas, existing irrigated areas, or areas near the roadway. Field: Existing native grassed and non-irrigated areas. 58.2 Seeding. Hydraulic seed all disturbed areas in accordance with MPWSS Section 02920. Provide the following seed mixes and application rates: Area Species Seeding Rate lbs/acre Lawn Commercial turf grass mixture, specifically blended for 80.0 and adapted to the Bozeman area. Must contain: 2 varieties of Kentucky bluegrass (50%by weight) 1 variety of turf-type perennial ryegrass (25%by weight) 1 variety of turf-type creeping red fescue 25%by weight) Field Piyor slender wheatgrass 4.0 Covar sheep fescue 8.0 Rosana western wheatgrass 15.0 Critana thickspike wheatgrass 15.0 Reubens Canada bluegrass 4.0 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 36 of 60 58.3 Fertilizer Application. Area Nitrogen P205 Lawn 10lbs/acre 30lbs/acre Field 10lbs/acre 301bs/acre 58.4 Weed Barrier Fabric. Furnish and install a double layer of woven, needle-punched polypropylene fabric with a minimum weight of 4 ounces per square yard at the roundabout center island. 58.5 Landscape Rock. Furnish and install clean, washed 1.5-inch average diameter decorative landscape rock from local sources to a depth of six-inches at the roundabout center island. 58.6 Reset Tree. Remove and reset the newly planted tree to the location shown on the Drawings. Provide a hole that is twice the diameter of the removed root ball. Backfill the reset root ball with a mix of imported topsoil and mulch. 58.7 4" PVC. Provide 4" diameter PVC sleeves at the locations shown on the Drawings, located under the sidewalk base course, for future use and irrigation system adjustments. 58.8 Payment. All work under this provision including weed fabric, landscape rock, hydraulic seeding, seed mix, fertilizer, reset tree, 4" PVC sleeves, and all incidentals is paid at the lump sum bid price for Landscaping. 59. PAVEMENT MARKINGS This work is the application of temporary striping, interim pavement markings, final pavement markings, and removal of markings in accordance with Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Section 620 specifications. Furnish and install epoxy pavement markings as shown on the Drawings in accordance with MDT Subsection 620.03.7 and 620.03.8. Apply final epoxy pavement markings a minimum of 30 calendar days after seal coat operations per MDT Subsection 620.03.7. Epoxy is included in the lump sum bid price for Pavement Markings. Furnish and install extruded in-laid thermoplastic as shown on the Drawings in accordance with MPWSS Section 02582. Thermoplastic is included in the lump sum bid price for Pavement Markings. Furnish and install Interim Pavement Markings of Waterborne Traffic Paint in accordance with MDT Subsection 620.03.6. Interim pavement markings are one application of the pavement markings shown in the Drawings, placed after the chip seal and prior to the final pavement marking application. Interim Pavement Markings are included in the lump sum bid price for Pavement Markings. Furnish and install Temporary Striping in accordance with MDT Subsection 620.03.5. Temporary striping includes all markings placed prior to chip seal application, including striping for winter shutdown and paving operations. Temporary Striping is included in the lump sum bid price for Pavement Markings. Remove epoxy and paint pavement markings, as shown on the Drawings and any markings located outside of reconstruction areas in the new chip seal areas, in accordance with MPWSS Section 02581 Section 3.3 and this provision. Remove plastic and thermoplastic markings, as shown on the Drawings and any markings located outside of reconstruction areas in the new chip SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 37 of 60 seal areas, by mechanically scarifying and roughening the existing plastic pavement marking surfaces to produce a uniformly roughened surface that, when sealed, is smooth and matches the adjacent surfaces. Clean-up and remove all debris from all pavement marking removals prior to the seal coat operation. Remove Pavement Markings are included in the lump sum bid price for Pavement Markings. 60. MIGRATORY BIRDS AND EAGLES Follow the requirements of the Migratory Bird Act Treaty Act as described in the Nationwide Permit requirements, see Appendix B for additional information. The Contractor shall verify migratory birds and eagles are not nesting in trees prior to performing tree removals and tree trimming. The nesting season is typically from April 15th to August 16'h 61. PRE-MANUFACTURED SUBSURFACE DETENTION SYSTEM 61.1 General. This work is the furnishing and installation of the pre-manufactured subsurface CSP detention system supplied by True North Steel, or approved equal, for the detention of storm water runoff. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to install the CSP system in accordance with the Drawings and this provision. 61.2 Standards. In addition to MPWSS Sections 02720 and 02725, and the City of Bozeman Modifications, the following standards apply: • AASHTO Design Section 12—Soil Corrugated Metal Structure Interaction Systems • AASHTO Construction Section 26—Metal Culverts • AASHTO M36 — Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe, Metallic-Coated for Sewers and Drains • AASHTO M274 — Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Aluminum-Coated (Type 2), for Corrugated Steel Pipe 61.3 Materials. A. Aluminized Type II material shall conform to the applicable requirements of AASHTO M 274 or ASTM A929. CMP shall be manufactured in accordance with the applicable requirements of AASHTO M-36 or ASTM A760. B. The pipe sizes, gauges and corrugations shall be as shown on the Drawings. Joint performance requirements are published in Division II, Section 26.4.2, of the current edition of the AASHTO Bridge Construction Specifications. C. Soil tight, gravity flow, non-pressure, drainage pipe joints shall conform to AASHTO M36 and ASTM A760. Minimum joint spacing shall be 10 ft. D. Pipe barrels shall be connected at the ends by use of a collecting manifold on at least one end allowing for distribution of stored stormwater throughout the system. Use of bulkhead plates as pipe ends may be substituted for one end of the system. When only one manifold is utilized then cross over equalizer pipes are recommended to connect the pipes. E. All fittings shall be manufactured prior to arriving on the jobsite to ensure structural integrity. Fitting reinforcement shall be in accordance with ASTM A998 and reinforcing details. 61.4 Submittals. The Contractor shall submit the following to the Engineer for approval: • Shop Drawings indicating materials to be furnished and installed under this item of work, and all applicable standards for materials, required tests of materials, and design assumptions for structural analysis. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 38 of 60 • Site layout drawings, product specifications, materials, corrugation, gage, hydraulic storage data, and supported calculations of proposed alternative products or materials. • All proposed alternatives to the CSP system shall conform to applicable above referenced AASHTO and ASTM specifications. NCSPA provides design service life guidance for certain products up to 100 years in recommended environments. 61.5 Performance. A. The CSP System proposal shall be sized in accordance to the Drawings and approved by the Engineer. If the Contractor proposes an alternate material or system type (other than corrugated steel pipe), the Contractor shall provide to the Engineer a summary report on stage- storage curves, design calculations,HydroCAD modeling and engineering drawings. B. The CSP System shall include manhole access with minimum diameter of 30 inches to provide adequate access to the system for inspection and maintenance. A minimum of two manholes is recommended to provide safe access and regress. Cleanouts or inspection ports are not acceptable access points for maintenance and inspection nor are any other alternatives which do not allow for full entry into the system. C. The CSP System shall be designed for minimum HS-20/HS-25 final live loading requirements with a minimum of 12 inches of cover to bottom of flexible pavement for pipe diameters less than or equal to 96 inches. D. The CSP System shall be designed so as the hydraulic grade line will increase evenly throughout the barrels of the system. Transverse movement of stormwater from one storage compartment or barrel to an adjacent compartment or barrel as one barrel is filled shall not be permitted. All storage compartments shall be connected via manifold (or connecting pipe) versus by transporting stormwater through stone voids in backfill. 61.6 Products. The manufacturer of the CSP system shall be one that has regularly supplied the engineering design and production of underground detention systems for at least fifteen years and which has a history of successful production, acceptable to the Engineer. The CSP System shall be supplied by TrueNorth Steel, 701 13th Avenue East, West Fargo, ND 58078, or approved equal. Sampling, testing, and inspection of metal sheets and coils used for manufacturing the CSP System shall be in accordance with the referenced specifications of this provision. All fabrication of the product shall occur within the United States. 61.7 Construction. A. The CSP System installation shall be in accordance with AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highways Bridges, Section 26, Division II or ASTM A798 and in conformance with the project plans and specifications. B. The Contractor shall notify workers and sub-contractors of the design load limits for the system. For temporary construction vehicle loads, an extra amount of compacted cover may be required over the top of the pipe. The Height-of-Cover shall meet the minimum requirements shown in the table on the next page. The use of heavy construction equipment necessitates greater protection for the pipe than finished grade cover minimums for normal highway traffic. Once the construction vehicle loadings are ceased, the cover can be reduced to those shown on the Drawings. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Pag6 39 of 60 Minimum Cover Requirements ft Pipe Span Axle Loads (kips) 18-50 50-75 75-110 110-150 12"to 42" 2.0' 2.5' 3.0' 3.0' C. Excavate subgrade to native gravels. Prepare foundation and provide Type B backfill in accordance with MPWSS Section 02221. Install the CSP system in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and related sections of the contract documents. Handling & assembly shall be in accordance with National Corrugated Steel Pipe Association's (NCSPA) recommendations. 61.8 Payment. Include all costs for this work in the lump sum bid price for Subsurface Detention System. 62. TRENCH BACKFILL Native or onsite suitable backfill material is preferable to Imported Trench Backfill for new pipe installation. Clay, organics, and saturated or near saturated soils will not be permitted for use as native backfill material. Backfill materials shall be placed in maximum 8-inch compacted lifts and shall be compacted to at least 95% of the material's maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D698. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a Proctor (moisture/density relationship) for the backfill material. If native materials are found unsuitable for trench backfill, the Contractor shall substitute the unsuitable materials with suitable onsite materials. No additional payment will be made to the Contractor for the onsite substitution of trench backfill materials or removal and disposal of unsuitable excavated materials. If onsite substitution trench backfill materials are depleted, the Engineer may approve the installation of imported trench backfill prior to its placement. Imported Trench Backfill will be paid by the cubic yard at the contract unit price and payment includes the removal, haul, and disposal of excavated unsuitable backfill soils. Imported Trench Backfill will be measured and paid by the cubic yard (at an assumed compaction of 95% and at optimum moisture content of a standard proctor) based on a 5-foot maximum trench width. The Contractor shall provide haul tickets to the Engineer at the end of each working day summarizing how much material was placed and where it was placed. No payment will be made for Imported Trench Backfill not documented on haul tickets. This Contract estimates a quantity of Imported Trench Backfill to establish a unit bid price, and the actual amount will vary. No adjustment in the unit bid price will be made regardless of the final quantity of Imported Trench Backfill installed. 63. GARBAGE COLLECTION The Contractor shall coordinate with garbage services to maintain collection to residences and businesses during construction. The Contractor shall provide trucks access to garbage and recycling containers, or the Contractor shall move containers to a location determined by the collection agency, according to the standard collection schedule. No additional payment or compensation will be considered for this work. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 40 of 60 64. MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT 64.1 Scope. This section describes the method of measurements and basis of payment for all work covered by the Contract Documents. For the purposes of this Contract, this Measurement and Payment Section shall govern and take precedence over all other references to measurement and payment (with exception to any addenda) referenced in these specifications. 64.2 Bid Prices. The bid price for each item of the Contract in the Bid Proposal shall cover all work shown on the Drawings and required by the specifications and other Contract Documents. All costs in connection with the work, including furnishing all materials, equipment, supplies and appurtenances; providing all required construction support plants, equipment, and tools; and performing all necessary labor and supervision to fully complete the work, shall be included in the unit and/or lump sum prices bid in the Bid Proposal. The amounts shown on the Bid Proposal shall be the contract price. No item that is required by the Contract Documents for the proper and successful completion of the work will be paid for outside of or in addition to the prices submitted in the Bid Proposal. All work not specifically set forth as a pay item in the Bid Proposal shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the prices bid. 64.3 Retainage. Retainage in the amount of 5% will be withheld from each progress payment. 64.4 Estimated Quantities. Any estimated quantities stipulated in the Bid Proposal or other Contract Documents are approximate and are to be used; (1) only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and (2) for the purpose of comparing the bids submitted for the work. 64.5 Incidentals. The following measurement and payment sections do not necessarily name all the incidental items required by the Contract Documents to complete the work. The cost of all such incidentals shall be included in the various related bid items. Final payment will not be made until the work is complete and accepted by the Owner. 64.6 Method of Measurement. No measurement of items contained in this Contract will be made on items representing a lump sum bid. Measurement of items contained in this Contract will be made on the number of items represented by each unit installed and described in further detail in the payment section. 64.7 Basis of Payment. Item No. Description I. Mobilization, Bonding & Submittals (May Not Exceed 5% of Total Base Bid): * General: This bid item shall include mobilization, bonding, insurance, permitting, and submittals. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Transport and set up all equipment, materials and other items needed to complete the project; • All permits, coordination and compliance inspections required for work; • Bonding and Insurance; • Provide all submittals, the construction schedule, and other paperwork required prior to construction start up. * Measurement: Measurement is one lump sum item. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 41 of 60 * Payment: Payment is at the unit bid price per lump sum. Payment of this bid item will be allowed once the Contractor is fully mobilized, all submittals are received, and bond and insurance certificates have been submitted and approved; thereon 100% payment will be allowed. This bid item may not exceed five percent(5%) of the total base bid. 2. Construction Surveying, Staking, & Testing: * General: This bid item shall include providing field surveying equipment, trained personnel, and staking services for all construction activities in accordance with this contract. This bid item also includes all testing services not provided by the Owner's Testing Company. * Work Included: • Provide all surveying equipment and all required surveying and staking as specified; • Provide all set up and take down of electronic surveying devices for location of grades and finished work; • Provide all surveys, staking, and grade control as specified; • Provide personnel for the operation of the necessary equipment; • Produce and deliver to the Engineer all staking notes and testing reports; • Provide all testing services not provided by the Owner's Testing Company; • Provide field survey for non-destructive thickness verification of P.C.C.P.; • Install two permanent metal property pins delineating new easement corners at the northeast parcel at the Durston Ferguson intersection. * Measurement: Measurement is one lump sum item. * Payment: Payment is at the unit bid price per lump sum. Partial payments will be made based on the percentage of the surveying and staking provided. 3. Traffic Control: * General: This bid item shall include providing traffic control submittals, personnel and devices for all construction activities. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Prepare and provide traffic control plans, including all iterations and for winter shutdowns as necessary, for approval; • Public and Agency notifications; • Obtain all required agency approvals and provide an approved traffic control plan; • Furnish, install, maintain, relocations for sequencing changes, and removal all necessary traffic control devices and markers; • Provide personnel for flagging and other traffic control tasks as needed; • Furnish, install, maintain and remove temporary traffic and pedestrian signals, warning signals, ADA accessibility, pavement markings, and signing for vehicles, pedestrians, and bicyclists; • Furnish, install, maintain, and remove Temporary Concrete Barrier Rail and Temporary Attenuators as required for vertical and horizontal hazards based on construction sequencing and traffic control. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 42 of 60 * Measurement: Measurement is one lump sum item. * Payment: Payment is at the unit bid price per lump sum. Partial payments will be made on the basis of the percentage of the traffic control provided and removed from the project site. 4. Erosion Control & Permits: * General: This bid item shall include preparing applications and obtaining project permits, and procuring and installing all required erosion control devices. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • All permits and fees, coordination and compliance inspections required for work including but not limited to the NOI, SWPPP, and any requirements for the 404 Permit, Stream Protection Act 124, and 401 Certification permits; • Procuring and installing temporary erosion control devices as required, and permanent erosion control devices at pipe outlets and at terminal road sections as necessary; • Monitoring the performance of erosion control devices and providing corrections, improvements, or maintenance as necessary; • . Removal of temporary devices. * Measurement: Measurement is one lump sum item. * Payment: Payment is at the unit bid price per lump sum. 5. Dewaterin : * General: This bid item shall include dewatering, bypass pumping, and permitting to construct the project with shallow groundwater levels. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • All dewatering and discharge plans, permits, fees, coordination and compliance inspections required for work; • Disposal of waste water; • Furnish, install, maintain and remove dewatering and bypass pumping facilities. * Measurement: Measurement is one lump sum item. * Payment: Payment is at the unit bid price per lump sum. 6. Topsoil-Strip, Salvage, and Reuse: * General: This bid item.includes the stripping, salvage, stockpiling, and reuse of topsoil within the construction limits. Remove all topsoil to provide a reuse/replacement quantity to cover all disturbed areas within the construction limits shown on the plans with a 6" thick layer of salvaged topsoil. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Stripping, salvaging, and stockpiling of existing topsoil to approved stockpile locations within existing right-of-way or at a Contractor SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 43 of 60 furnished site located off the project; • Hauling, placing, spreading salvaged topsoil on disturbed areas within construction limits to a 6" depth; • Grading the topsoil to finished grade elevations and slopes. * Measurement: Measurement is per cubic yard of final topsoil in place at finished grade. * Pay ent: Payment is at the unit bid price per cubic yard. 7. Topsoil-Imported: * General: This bid item includes furnishing and installing imported topsoil including any stockpiling and re-handling of topsoil, if there is not adequate salvage topsoil material available within the project limits to cover all disturbed areas to a 6" thick depth of topsoil. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Imported topsoil including hauling, stockpiling, and re-handling of topsoil; • Hauling, placing, spreading salvaged topsoil on disturbed areas within construction limits to a 6" depth; • Grading the topsoil to finished grade elevations and slopes. * Measurement: Measurement is per cubic yard of final topsoil in place at finished grade. Plan quantities are an estimate only. * Pam: Payment is at the unit bid price per cubic yard. 8. Monument Box: * General: This item includes furnishing and installing monument boxes using a Professional Land Surveyor, at the locations shown on the drawings. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Furnish and install monument box; • Setting and marking the monument point dictated by monument records by a State of Montana Professional Land Surveyor. * Measurement: Measurement is per each monument box. * Payment: Payment is at the unit bid price per each monument box installed. 9. Remove Drainage: * General: This bid item includes the removal or abandonment and disposal of portions of the existing storm drain system, culverts,manholes, and inlets. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Saw cutting; • Excavation of the storm drain system, culverts, inlets, or manholes to expose and remove/abandon; • Removal and disposal of storm drain pipes, culverts, end sections, inlets, manholes, grates, rims, aprons, and excess material; SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 44 of 60 • Any exploratory excavation, repair work, protection, and slowdown in progress due to encountering any utility which crosses the existing pipes; • Backfilling, re-grading, and compacting the removal areas. * Measurement: Measurement is at the lump sum for removing all existing drainage components necessary. * Payment: Payment is at the lump sum bid price. 10. Reset Pipe: * General: This bid item includes the removal and resetting of existing pipe sections, FETS, and trash racks. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Excavation and removal of existing pipe sections including backfilling, compaction, and re-grading; • Trench excavation, foundation preparation and compaction, pipe bedding and backfill to place the pipes to the lines and elevations specified; • Removal and disposal of all waste materials; • Connections to the existing storm drain pipes or culverts including concrete collar connections, precast mitered bends, angled joint connections, and bends; • Connections to FETS and Trash Racks as shown on the Drawings; • Any exploratory excavation, repair work, protection, and slowdown in progress due to encountering a utility which crosses the buried pipes. * Measurement: Measurement for reset pipes is by the linear foot measured along the flowline for the installed and accepted pipes. * Payment: Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is at the unit bid price per linear foot of reset pipe for the type, size and material specified. 11-15. Pipe- Drainage: * General: These bid items shall include furnishing and installing new pipe for the storm drain system and for culvert replacement and extensions, of the material and dimensions specified. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Saw cutting; • Trench excavation, foundation preparation and compaction, and furnishing and placing Type 1 and Select Type 1 pipe bedding with geotextile to place the pipes to the lines and elevations specified; • Flowable fill as required; • Removal and disposal of all material generated from excavation; • Subexcavation of saturated or yielding subgrades as required to provide a firm,unyielding pipe foundation bed; • Furnishing and placing subexcavation foundation material as a subbase to pipe bedding as required to provide for a firm, unyielding pipe bed; • Furnishing and placing backfill, re-grading, and backfilling and compacting trench areas as necessary; SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 45 of 60 • Connections to the existing storm drain pipes or culverts; • Furnishing and installing PVC, RCP, RCPA, CMP, CMPA, CSP Slotted Drain system pipes and appurtenances; • Concrete collar connections, precast mitered bends, angled joint connections, and bends; • Furnishing and installing FETS and TRASHGUARDS as shown on the Drawings; • Coordination with the Farmer's Canal; • Temporary stream and irrigation diversion facilities for pipe installation outside of the non-irrigated and non-low flow periods, and to provide irrigation water to downstream users; • Any exploratory excavation, repair work, protection, and slowdown in progress due to encountering a utility which crosses the buried pipes. * Measurement: Measurement for pipes is by the linear foot measured along the flowline for the installed and accepted pipes. * Payment: Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is at the unit bid price per linear foot of pipe for the type, size and material specified. 16-18. Manholes and Inlets: * General: This bid item shall include the installation of various sizes and types of combination manholes and inlets, manholes, curb inlets, outlet structures, and median inlets associated with the storm drainage and culverts. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment,materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Saw cutting; • Excavation, foundation preparation and compaction, and furnishing and placing bedding material with geotextile; • Removal and disposal of all material generated from excavation; • Flowable fill as required; • Connections to the existing pipes and any joints; • Furnish and install manholes structure with all required penetrations and slots,precast bases and roof slabs, dry well holes, steps, shelves, frame and cover, grates,joint sealer, adjustment rings and risers, flexible gasket joints, and pipe connections; • Furnish and install all inlets with grates as specified; • Shop drawings; • Furnish and install drain rock, fabric, interior drops,joint seals and fast setting hydraulic cement; • Finish grade the drainage leading to inlets/manholes; • Testing as specified, including but not limited to light, leakage, deflection, trench and backfill compaction, and joints; • Any exploratory excavation, repair work, protection, and slowdown in progress due to encountering a utility which crosses manholes or inlets. * Measurement: Measurement is per each for the various size manholes and inlets for the installed and accepted item. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 46 of 60 * Payment: Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is at the unit bid price per each for the type, size and material specified of manhole and inlet. 19. Subsurface Detention System: * General: These bid items shall include furnishing and installing a new pre- manufactured subsurface detention system, of the material and dimensions specified, at the location shown on the Drawings. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Shop Drawings and submittals; • Trench excavation, foundation preparation and compaction, excavation to native gravels, furnishing and placing bedding and backfill; • Removal and disposal of all material generated from excavation; • Subexcavation of saturated or yielding subgrades as required to provide a firm, unyielding foundation bed of native gravels; • Furnishing and placing subexcavation replacement foundation material as a subbase to pipe bedding as required to provide for a firm, unyielding foundation; • 30" CSP perforated lateral pipe, bulkheads, weirs, bands, risers, inlets and outlets, manhole casing, manhole frame and cover, concrete grade rings, geotextile, 1" minus clean crushed rock,joints, bends, connections, and all appurtenances; • Connections to the PVC storm drain pipes; • Any exploratory excavation, repair work, protection, and slowdown in progress due to encountering a utility which crosses the system. * Measurement: Measurement is lump sum for the installed and accepted Subsurface Detention System. * Payment: Payment for the completed and accepted quantity is at the lump sum unit bid price for Subsurface Detention System. 20. Adjust Manhole: * General: This bid item shall include all equipment, labor and associated work to adjust manholes to finished grade by raising or lowering with removal and replacement of portions of the cone or barrel sections or using grade rings. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Coordinating with respective utility owner; • Saw cutting; • Excavation, compaction, backfill, and testing; • Adjusting and/or sloping manhole to finished grade elevation with grade rings; • Modifying manhole to finished grade elevation with removal and replacement of new cone or barrel sections and adjusting and/or sloping manhole to finished grade elevation with grade rings; • Make final manhole adjustments before paving; • Removal and disposal of unsuitable materials replaced by the work. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 47 of 60 * Measurement: Measurement for Adjust Manhole is per each. * Payment: Payment is at the unit bid price per each Adjust Manhole. 21. Adjust Water Valve: * General: This bid item shall include all equipment, labor and associated work for adjusting water valves to finished grade. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Coordinating with City of Bozeman for operations; • Adjusting water valve and curb stops including final adjustments before paving. * Measurement: Measurement for Adjust Water Valve is per each. * Payment: Payment is at the unit bid price per each Adjust Water Valve. 22. Bollards: * General: This bid item includes the installation of new bollards and the removal and disposal of existing bollards. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Excavation, removal, and disposal of bollards, foundations, and excess material; • Backfilling, re-grading, and compaction; • Furnishing and installing heavy duty steel pipe bollard filled with concrete, concrete foundation, and painting. * Measurement: Measurement is per each Bollard. * Payment: Payment is at the unit bid price per each Bollard installed and accepted and includes the cost of bollard removals. 23. Rigid Board Insulation: * General: This bid item includes furnishing and placing 60 PSI (per COB MPWSS Modification Section 02660.2.15) water line insulation as shown in the plans, and other areas as identified by the Engineer. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Trench excavation, disposal of excavated material, trench compaction; • Furnish and install bedding sand and insulation board; • Cutting and abutting board ends on irregular alignments to provide a neat seam between each board installed; • Backfill and compaction as necessary. * Measurement: Measurement is per square foot of insulation placed and accepted. * Pam: Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is at the unit bid price per square foot of Rigid Board Insulation. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 48 of 60 24. Street Excavation(Above Sub rgrade): * General: This bid item includes clearing, grubbing, tree removal, urban street excavation, transporting onsite or imported excavation for embankment fill construction, compaction, and disposal of excess material encountered within the construction limits necessary to construct the project to the lines and grades noted in the specifications and drawings. This bid item also includes all project saw cutting and the removal and disposal of existing concrete sidewalk, curb, asphalt pavement, concrete pavement, and miscellaneous ' items within the construction limits to be removed, not otherwise identified as a specific bid item. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work; • Utility company coordination to facilitate construction of the project; • Protecting existing underground, at-grade, and overhead utilities including gas,phone, TV, power, fiber, cable during excavation efforts; • All necessary temporary supporting of utilities; • Clearing, grubbing, tree and stump removal within the construction limits or as directed by the Engineer, including haul and disposal of cleared and grubbed materials; a Removal, relocation, or disposal of miscellaneous items including landscaping beds and decorative landscaping rock; t • Trimming and removing existing trees as shown on plans or as directed by the Engineer; i • Coordination with the City of Bozeman Forester and protection of existing i trees that are not to be disturbed; • Saw cutting for removing existing road items including saw cutting pavement, sidewalk, curb and gutter; • Removal, hauling, and disposal of existing bituminous surfacing, existing concrete pavement, existing concrete curb, pin down curb, gutter and i sidewalk as shown on the plans, or otherwise as required; a All urban excavation of material to construct the roadway, sidewalks, and driveways shown on the drawings; • Importing borrow material as necessary to balance the earthwork; • Haul or other transportation required to place the onsite excavated material or imported borrow material and stockpiles; • Placing and compacting clean embankment material meeting minimum density specifications at the lines, grades, and elevations required; • Offsite disposal of excess material including haul and waste disposal; j • Ditch and culvert inlet/outlet grading; • Driveway grading and efforts to match existing grades; • Subgrade preparation and compaction; • Dust control; • Final grading and clean up. * Measurement: Measurement for Street Excavation is per cubic yard of plan quantity. Over-excavation not authorized by the Engineer, or excavation SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 49 of 60 outside the lines, grades, elevations, and dimensions as shown in the Drawings will not be considered for measurement. Any material removed and replaced or wasted for the Contractor's convenience will not be considered for measurement. * Payment: Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is at the unit bid price per cubic yard of Street Excavation(Above Subgrade). 25. Subexcavation and Replacement Below Sub rg ade (Imported Materials): * General: This bid item includes the subexcavation to a depth determined by the Engineer, disposal of unsuitable material, and replacement with imported 3"minus pit run material. Geosynthetic is paid separately. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Excavation, disposal, and haul of unsuitable material below subgrade; • Foundation preparation and compaction; • Furnishing,placing, and compacting imported 3"minus pit run material; • Furnish moisture-density proctors; • Producing weight tickets for the Engineer's records for each load; • Final grading and cleanup. * Measurement: Measurement is per cubic yard by measuring the subexcavated area and computing the volume prior to backfilling. Over-excavation not authorized by the Engineer will not be considered for measurement. * Payment: Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is at the unit bid price per cubic yard. Payment includes the subexcavation and replacement material. Haul tickets are required for documentation of replacement material. 26. Separation Geotextile: * General: This bid item includes all equipment, labor and associated work for furnishing and installing separation geotextile at the locations as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Furnish and install separation geotextile fabric on all subgrade areas as shown on the Drawings and as directed by the Engineer, including all overlaps and keys as necessary. * Measurement: Measurement is at the square yard in place. Required overlaps, vertical walls, keys, and excess fabric are not measured for payment. * Payment: Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is at the unit bid price per square yard for Separation Geotextile. 27. Geosynthetic: * General: This bid item includes all equipment, labor and associated work for furnishing and installing geosynthetic at the subexcavation locations shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 50 of 60 • Furnish and install geosynthetic to line the subexcavation perimeter as shown on the drawings and as directed by the Engineer, including all overlaps and keys as necessary. * Measurement: Measurement is at the square yard in place. Required overlaps, vertical walls, keys, and excess fabric are not measured for payment. * Payment: Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is at the unit bid price per square yard for Geosynthetic. 28-29. Sub-base Course (3"Minus) / Crushed Base Course (1.5" Minus): * General: These bid items include providing and placing base course material of the gradation and material specifications indicated to complete work as noted in the specifications and Drawings. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Excavation, crushing, screening and all other work necessary to meet material specifications; • Loading, haul or other transportation required to place the material on-site to construct the project; • Furnish moisture-density proctors; • Place the material meeting minimum density specifications at the locations, depths, lines, grades and elevations required; • Furnishing and placing water for compaction and dust control. * Measurement: Measurement is per cubic yard, complete and accepted in- place. * Payment: Payment for accepted quantities is at the unit bid price per cubic yard for each specified gradation. 30. Asphalt Pavement, PG 58-28: * General: This bid item includes providing and placing the bituminous surface course of specified thickness, lifts, and area. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Excavation, crushing, screening and all other work necessary to meet material specifications; • Loading, haul or other transportation required to place the material; • Place the material meeting minimum density specifications at the locations, depths, lines, grades and elevations required to construct the project; • Provide aggregate production control testing and project specific mix- design of the product; • Provide all bituminous material (PG 58-28) and tack coat (between lifts), to complete the work in accordance to the mix-design and specifications; • Furnishing, loading, hauling, handling, measuring, mixing, manipulation, placing, shaping, compacting,rolling, finishing and testing of materials for the original installation; • Removal of newly placed pavement, furnishing, loading, hauling, SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 51 of 60 handling, measuring, mixing, manipulation, placing, compacting, rolling, finishing and testing of materials for improving unsatisfactory areas. • Provide refinery certifications of the bituminous product; • Weighing each truck load of material at a certified scale prior to delivery; • Producing weight tickets for the Engineer's records for each load; • The Contractor is responsible for density testing during asphalt placement. The Owner is responsible for asphalt core testing, which is the basis of payment, see Special Provision #30. • Removal and disposal of any wasted bituminous materials. * Measurement: Measurement is by the tons placed of specified bituminous surface course for the completed and accepted work as measured at the certified batch plant scale, measured prior to site delivery. * Payment: Payment is at the unit bid price per ton of Asphalt Pavement in accordance with core testing requirements in Special Provision#30. 31. Asphalt Seal and Chip Coat: * General: This bid item is providing and placing bituminous material covered with aggregate over the specified area. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Surface preparation and cleaning including installing building paper to all inlets, valves, manholes, and monument boxes; • Furnishing, installing, and removing "No Parking" signs along both sides of the streets; • Traffic control for seal and chip coat operations; • Stockpiling materials; • Protection of all inlets, sign posts, luminaires, signals, trees, shrubs, tops of curb and gutters from splashing bituminous material and aggregates; • Provide all bituminous material, aggregate, and building paper as required to complete the work in accordance to the specifications; • Furnishing, loading, hauling, handling, measuring, mixing, spreading, spraying, placing, compacting, rolling, sweeping, brooming, finishing and testing of materials to the locations shown on the Drawings or as determined by the Engineer; • Provide refinery certifications of the bituminous product; • Removal and disposal of any loose or wasted aggregate and bituminous materials; • Cleaning of gutters, inlets,valves,manholes, and monument boxes. * Measurement: Measurement is by the square yard placed. * Payment: Payment is at the unit bid price per square yard of Asphalt Seal and Chip Coat. 32. P.C.C.P. (Colored &Decorative, 9" Thick): * General: This bid item is providing and placing reinforced colored 9" thick Portland Cement Concrete Pavement, and applying a stamp patterning. * Work Included: SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 52 of 60 • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Provide project specific mix design; • Provide all materials required to complete the work in accordance to the mix design and specifications, including cement, integral color, admixtures, curing compounds, seal, joint sealant, reinforcement, aggregates,professional grade stamping materials, and finishing materials; a Loading haul or other transportation required to place the material; • Providing all materials and labor to perform any cold/hot weather and high early strength opening concreting procedures; • Providing grade control and form work; • Providing and placing reinforcing steel and dowels; • Installing the uncolored 9" thick spill curb and truck apron curb adjacent to the colored P.C.C.P. (curbs are paid separately under Curb and Gutter); • Furnishing and installing jointing materials and joint saw cutting; • Place, shape, compact, finish, seal, and cure the concrete meeting the specifications at the locations, depths, lines, grades, and elevations required to construct the truck apron including adjacent curbs; • Removal and disposal of excess or wasted materials including concrete, steel, and aggregate; • Protection of P.C.C.P. until sufficient cure strength, including Traffic Control as necessary; • Non-destructive field survey verification for thickness; • Removal, disposal, repair, and replacement of defective or deficient concrete pavement section as determined by the Engineer. * Measurement: Measurement is by the square yard complete and accepted in place. * Payment: Payment is at the unit bid price per square yard of P.C.C.P. (Colored &Decorative, 9"Thick) in accordance with the Special Provisions. 33. Concrete Sidewalk 6" Thick(With 3" Thick Gravel Base) * General: This item includes construction of 6" thick concrete sidewalks, A.D.A. ramps, and driveways, including 3" thick base course gravels. * Work Included: • All labor,tools, equipment,materials,royalties and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Excavation, shaping and compaction of underlying subgrade; • Furnish,place, shape, and compact 3"minimum thickness of sidewalk base course gravels to achieve proper sidewalk lines, grades and elevations shown on the Drawings; • Furnish,place, and strip form work; • Machine grade control for machine-placed sidewalk and any necessary subgrade compaction for adjacent surfaces supporting paving machines; • Furnish and place cast-in-place Portland Cement Concrete with Fibermesh reinforcement for sidewalks and A.D.A. ramps meeting the lines, grades, and thicknesses shown on the Drawings; • Furnish and place all reinforcing steel,joint material, finishing, curing, SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 53 of 60 r coating and other materials as necessary; • Construct all connections to existing concrete sidewalks and driveways, including drilling reinforcing into the existing concrete features; • Provide saw cutting and broom finish as specified; • Provide all materials and labor to perform any hot/cold weather concreting procedures. * Measurement: Measurement is per square yard of concrete placed including A.D.A. ramps. * Payment: Payment is at the unit bid price per square yard of concrete placed including base gravels and A.D.A. ramps. Payment for this item will be made after the work has been completed and accepted, and verified by the Engineer to meet A.D.A. requirements. Detectable Warning Panels are paid separately. 34. Detectable WarningPanels: anels: * General: This item includes furnishing and installing A.D.A. Detectable Warning Panels in the concrete sidewalk ramps as shown on the Drawings. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Cast iron or ductile iron warning panels meeting the requirements shown on the Drawings. * Measurement: Measurement is per square yard placed. * Payment: Payment is at the unit bid price per square yard of warning surface installed and accepted, verified by the Engineer to meet A.D.A. requirements. Concrete sidewalk and base gravels under the detectable warning panels are paid separately under Concrete Sidewalk. 35-36. Concrete Curb and Gutter, Concrete Median Curb * General: These bid items include the installation of the various types of concrete curb and gutter to the dimensions and at the locations shown on the plans, including standard curb and gutter, laydown curb and gutter, curb and gutter transitions, curb at the slotted drain, median curb, 9" thick spill curb adjacent to the colored P.C.C.P., truck apron curb, and curb terminals. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment,materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Furnish and install all reinforcement, doweling, and supports; • Furnish and erect all forming,prepare existing concrete in contact with the pour; • Furnish, place and finish concrete; • Install all various types of curb and gutter listed above including laydown curb and gutter for driveways and A.D.A. ramps; • Furnish and install pre-molded mastic material for expansion joints, contraction joints, and other necessary jointing; • Surface preparation and median curb rebar connection to existing pavement as shown on the Drawings; • Curing, finishing, testing concrete; • Strip and remove forming; SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 54 of 60 • Provide all materials and labor for any cold/hot weather concreting. * Measurement: Measurement for Concrete Curb and Gutter is per linear foot of curb and gutter installed. The linear distance measurement is the distance measured along the top back of the curb. * Pa ny lent: Payment for Concrete Curb and Gutter is at the unit bid price per linear foot of curb and gutter placed and accepted, verified by the Engineer to meet A.D.A. requirements. Base gravels under concrete curb and gutter are paid separately per cubic yard of subbase course and crushed base course. i 37. Concrete Median Cap: General: This bid item includes the installation of a 4" thick concrete cap in the median islands including 2"thick base gravels. i * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment,materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Furnish and install all reinforcement, doweling,box outs, and supports; • Furnish and erect all forming,prepare existing surfaces in contact with the pour; • Furnish,place, compact,install, and finish 2"thick crushed base course with 4"thick concrete cap; • Furnish and install jointing and bond breaker; • Curing, finishing, testing concrete; • Strip and remove forming; • Provide all materials and labor for any cold/hot weather concreting. * Measurement: Measurement for Concrete Median Cap is per square yard of median cap installed and accepted. * Payment: Payment is at the unit bid price per square yard of Concrete Median Cap placed and accepted. Base gravels under the median cap are included in the unit bid price of concrete median cap. 38. Guardrail: * General: This item includes furnishing and installing the guardrail system as shown on the Drawings. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Furnish and install a stiffened guardrail system and end sections that limit dynamic deflection; • Submittal and approval of shop drawings; • Clearing, grubbing, excavation, foundation preparation, base installation, guardrail installation; • Backfill, compaction, and re-grading the guardrail area. • Any exploratory excavation, repair work,protection, and slowdown in progress due to encountering a utility which crosses the guardrail posts. * Measurement: Measurement is per linear foot of guardrail. * Payment: Payment is at the unit bid price per linear foot of Guardrail installed and accepted. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 55 of 60 39. Electrical: * General: This item includes furnishing and installing electrical items for the street lighting system, as shown on the Drawings. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Clearing, grubbing, strip and salvage topsoil, saw cutting, trench excavation, trench shoring, backfilling, flowable fill for crossings and backfill, trench patching with replacement of asphalt, gravels or concrete along the trenching, final grading, topsoil replacement, seeding and sodding replacement, and final cleanup at electrical installation sites; • Borings under existing facilities; • Furnishing and installing conduits of the material type and size shown on the plans, including caps, markers, elbows, and fittings as necessary; • Sono-tube or foundation excavation, furnishing and placing foundation concrete and rebar, curing; • Furnishing and installing composite pull boxes and lids of the type and size shown on the plans including foundation soils preparation and compaction, and connection of conduits; • Furnishing and installing conduit, pull boxes, foundation concrete, copper cable, and copper conductors of the size and type shown on the plans; • Furnish, install, and wire the new service assemblies including all appurtenances and connections for a complete and working service; • Power connection and coordination with Northwestern Energy; • Furnish and install new photo electric controls; • Furnish and install NEMA Type 3R cabinets with a hinged lockable door, terminal strip, wiring and connections; • Furnish and install colored luminaire, mast arm, LED assembly, wiring, connections, grounding, mounting hardware, accessories, and all appurtenances for a complete and working lighting system; • Coordination with the City of Bozeman and factory representatives; • Removing, salvaging, transport, and delivery to the respective owner of removed various electrical items; • Furnishing and installing wiring and conduits to match existing material type and size as necessary for a working system, including caps, markers, elbows, fittings, connections to existing, rewiring as necessary; • Powder coating or factory painting; • Any exploratory excavation, repair work, protection, flowable fill, and slowdown in progress due to encountering utility conflicts at installations. * Measurement: Measurement is per one lump sum. * Payment: Payment is at the unit bid price per lump sum of Electrical installed and accepted. 40. Signing: * General: This item includes furnishing and installing new signs, removing signs, reusing signs, and new delineators at the locations shown on the Drawings. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 56 of 60 * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Clearing, grabbing, stripping and salvaging topsoil, excavation, backfilling, compaction, final grading, topsoil replacement, seeding and sodding replacement, and final cleanup at signing installation sites; • Foundation excavation, furnishing and placing concrete foundations and rebar, curing foundation concrete; • Furnishing, installing, and mounting new signs, foundations, posts, breakaway devices, and mounting hardware for posts and luminaires, any electrical wiring and connecting existing electrical for school speed signs; • Removing, salvaging, and transporting existing signs to the City shop; • Reusing signs including removing and salvaging signs, furnishing and installing a new foundation and post, and mounting hardware; • Removing existing delineators; • Furnishing and installing new delineators; • Any exploratory excavation, repair work, protection, flowable fill, and slowdown in progress due to encountering any utility crossing the work. * Measurement: Measuremenf is per one lump sum. * Payment: Payment is at the unit bid price per lump sum for Signing completed and accepted items of work. 41. Pavement Markings: * General: This item includes furnishing and installing new pavement markings including thermoplastic, epoxy, and words and symbols at the locations shown on the Drawings in a single, final application. This work also includes the removal of existing epoxy, paint, and thermoplastic markings. Temporary and interim markings are also included in this work. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Pre-application surface preparation including sweeping, cleaning, grinding, and all work necessary to prepare the surface to place the markings; • Furnishing and installing new thermoplastic and epoxy pavement markings to the specified color and style including words and symbols; • Removal of existing pavement markings; • Temporary pavement markings and removals as necessary; • Interim pavement markings. * Measurement: Measurement is per one lump sum. * Payment: Payment is at the unit bid price per lump sum of Pavement Markings installed and accepted. 42. Landscaping: * General: This item includes seeding and fertilizing all disturbed areas. This work also includes all miscellaneous landscaping items of work including resetting trees, weed fabric, decorative landscaping rock, and 4" PVC sleeves. * Work Included: SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 57 of 60 • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Preparing areas for seeding and smooth grading over construction slopes; • Furnishing and placing certified weed-free seeding and fertilizer; • Hydraulic seeding all slopes; • Coordination of seed and topsoil placement with installation or relocation of sprinkler systems and electrical systems; • Double layer of weed barrier fabric and landscaping decorative rock in the central island; • 4"PVC sleeves under new sidewalks; • Remove and reset trees. * Measurement: Measurement is per lump sum. * Pavment: Payment is at the unit bid price per lump sum of Landscaping. 43. Adjust Sprinkler System: * General: This bid item shall include the adjustment or relocation of lawn irrigation sprinkler systems in conflict with the work. *. Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, royalties and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Coordination with the irrigation system owner and Engineer, prior to and during all work; • Temporarily shutting down water flow to complete the work; _ • Identify and expose all fixtures and subsurface components to be relocated; • All trenching for relocated components; • Removing, relocating, or adjusting sprinkler irrigation system components to a location not in conflict with the proposed work; • Supplying and installing new heads and components to complete an operational irrigation system; • Backfilling and spreading salvaged topsoil to meet adjacent grades; • Seeding at sprinkler installation sites; • Leak testing and final operational adjustments to provide adequate head-to- head irrigation coverage; • Provide all equipment, tools and materials for conducting all testing and adjustments required; • Extending systems to the new boulevards; • Remove and dispose of all materials removed that are not to be salvaged. * Measurement: Measurement shall be per each Adjust Sprinkler System as determined by the Engineer. * Payment: Payment for the completed and accepted quantities will be by the contract unit price bid per each Adjust Sprinkler System. 44. Fencing: * General: This bid item includes the removal of existing fence, and the installation,maintenance and removal of temporary chain link fence. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 58 of 60 complete the work as specified; • Excavation, removal, and disposal of fence, posts, braces, wires, mesh, and foundations including backfilling, compaction, and re-grading; • Installation, maintenance, and removal of temporary fencing of 6' tall chain link fence with privacy slats at the construction permit area at the northeast quadrant of Durston and Ferguson; • Protection of existing fences that are not to be disturbed. * Measurement: Measurement is per one lump sum. * Paent: Payment is at the lump sum bid price for Fencing. 45. Drainage Geotextile: * General: This bid item includes all material, labor and associated work for furnishing and installing drainage geotextile. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Furnish and install drainage geotextile to line the type 2 bedding perimeter as specified, and as directed by the Engineer including all overlaps and keys as necessary. * Measurement: Measurement is at the square yard in place, excluding overlaps and keys. * Pam: Payment for the completed and accepted quantities is at the unit bid price per square yard for Drainage Geotextile. 46. Pipe Bedding Type 2: * General: This bid item shall include furnishing and placing type 2 bedding material in accordance with MPWSS Section 02221 as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Laboratory moisture-density data and field density testing; • Excavation, foundation preparation and compaction; • Removal, haul, and disposal of unsuitable materials being replaced by the bedding; • Any exploratory excavation, repair work, protection, and slowdown in progress due to encountering a utility which crosses the bedding areas; • Bedding material placement, compaction, and cleanup. * Measurement: Measurement for Pipe Bedding Type 2 material is by the cubic yard, complete and accepted in-place as shown in the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. * Payment: Payment for complete, measured, and accepted quantities is at the unit bid price per cubic yard of Pipe Bedding Type 2. 47. Miscellaneous Work: * General: This bid item includes any minor work or materials on the project not covered by the other bid items. * Work Included: Miscellaneous Work items will be determined by the Engineer. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 59 of 60 * Measurement & Payment: Measurement and Payment is based on Time and Materials documentation, as directed and approved by the Engineer. 48. Imported Trench Backfill * General: This bid item shall include providing and placing of imported trench backfill material as approved by the Engineer. * Work Included: • All labor, tools, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified; • Excavation, screening and all other work necessary to meet material specifications; • Loading, haul or other transportation required to place the materials; • Place and compact the material to meet minimum density specifications at the locations, depths, lines, and grades required to construct the project; • Removal, haul, and disposal of excavated unsuitable materials; • Furnishing and placing water for compaction and dust control. * Measurement: Measurement for import trench backfill material will be by the cubic yard, complete and accepted in-place and verified with haul ticket documentation. * Payment: Payment will be made for complete, measured, and accepted quantities at the contract unit price bid per cubic yard. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page 60 of 60 SECTION 5. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Intentionally Left Blank TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Incorporation of Montana Public Works (MPW) Technical Specifications: The Technical Specifications as found in Montana Public Works Standard Specifications (MPWSS), Sixth Edition, April 2010, and all subsequent addendum, are incorporated by reference and made a part of this Contract. Incorporation of Montana Department of Transportation Technical Specifications: The Technical Specifications contained in the Montana Department of Transportation (MDT) Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, 2014 Edition, and all subsequent Supplemental Specifications are incorporated by reference and made a part of this Contract. Specific applicable sections are referenced in the Contract Documents and supersede MPWSS requirements and COB Modifications and Additions to the MPWSS. Incorporation of City of Bozeman Modifications and Additions to MPWSS: The following modifications and additions by the City of Bozeman (COB) to the MPWSS Technical Specifications and Standard Drawings, including all addendum,supersede MPWSS requirements: Section 01500 Construction and Temporary Facilities Section 01570 Construction Traffic Control Section 01580 Temporary Water Supply Section 01700 Contract Closeout Section 02112 Removal of Existing Pavement, Concrete Curb,Sidewalk, Driveway and/or Structures Section 02113 Adjusting Existing Manholes, Lampholes, Inlets, Water Valve Boxes, Water Services And Fire Hydrants To Grade Section 02221 Trench Excavation And Backfill For Pipelines And Appurtenant Structures Section 02235 Crushed Base Course Section 02502 Asphalt Prime And/Or Tack Coat Section 02504 Asphalt Seal Coat Section 02510 Asphalt Concrete Pavement Section 02528 Concrete Curb And Gutter Section 02529 Concrete Sidewalks, Driveways, Approaches, Curb Turn Fillets, Valley Gutters And Miscellaneous New Concrete Construction Section 02581 Pavement Markings and Markers Section 025 82 Reflective Thermoplastic Pavement Markings Section 02660 Water Distribution System Section 02720 Storm Drain Systems Section 02730 Sanitary Sewer Collection Systems Section 09810 Street Signs Appendix A Listing and Status of MPWSS Standard Drawings Appendix B Listing of City of Bozeman Standard Drawings Appendix C Standard Drawings for City of Bozeman Modifications to MPWSS Appendix D I City of Bozeman Approved List of Copper Connectors NOTE: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT INCLUDED IN THE MPWSS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUPERSEDED BY THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page lof 1 Intentionally Left Blank is r�O�130Z �•-1N CO.N►;fi CITY OF BOZEMAN MODIFICATIONS TO MONTANA PUBLIC WORKS STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SIXTH EDITION PREPARED BY CITY OF BOZEMAN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Approved March 31, 2011 Authorized by Ordinance No. 1611, April 5, 2004 Including Addendum No. 1 Approved 8/26/13 Including Addendum No. 2 Approved 4/20/15 Including Addendum No. 3 Approved 8/1/2017 FOREWORD Because the City of Bozeman has unique requirements which are not addressed iri the "Montana Public Works Standard Specifications"(MPWSS),Sixth Edition,April,2010,the "City of Bozeman Modifications To Montana Public Works Standard Specifications" was created. This document addresses those specific requirements which the City of Bozeman has pertaining to Public Works projects which are not addressed in the MPWSS. All Public Works projects for the City of Bozeman shall be done in accordance with MPWSS and City of Bozeman Modifications to MPWSS. Where a City of Bozeman modification to MPWSS does not exist for a particular Section of MPWSS it shall be assumed the work is to be completed in accordance with the appropriate MPWSS Section. When a City of Bozeman modification to the MPWSS does exist the requirements of that modification supersede the related MPWSS requirement. The same holds true for City of Bozeman Standard Drawings; however, there are some City of Bozeman Standard Drawings which do not replace or supersede the MPWSS Standard Drawing but are additional drawings created specifically for the City of Bozeman. Each Section of the MPWSS that has been modified is listed in the Table of Contents of the "City of Bozeman Modifications To Montana Public Works Standard Specifications." The entire Section from the MPWSS has not been rewritten for these modifications. Instead, modifications are indicated for a specific subsection,paragraph, sentence or drawing. Appendix A of these modifications contains a list of MPWSS Standard Drawings followed by "Deleted", "Replaced", or "Active". "Deleted" indicates that the drawing is not to be used. "Replaced" indicates that the drawing has been replaced by a City of Bozeman Standard Drawing and"Active"means that the drawing is useable as shown in MPWSS. Appendix B contains a list of City of Bozeman Standard Drawings. It is the intent of the City of Bozeman to revise this document on an as-needed basis. Written comments on the "City of Bozeman Modifications To Montana Public Works Standard Specifications"may be submitted to the City Engineer. A form for submitting suggested changes can be found in Appendix E. Additional copies of the City of Bozeman Modifications to Montana Public Works Standard Specifications may be obtained from the office of the City Engineer located at 20 E. Olive Street in Bozeman, Montana. COBMODS 6'h Edition Page 1 of 1 FOREWARD TABLE OF CONTENTS BIDDING REQUIREMENTS CONTRACT FORMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT Instructions To Bidders Form Special Provisions DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01500 Construction and Temporary Facilities Section 01570 Construction Traffic Control Section 01580 Temporary Water Supply Section 01700 Contract Closeout DIVISION 2—SITEWORK Section 02112 Removal of Existing Pavement, Concrete Curb, Sidewalk,Driveway and/or Structures Section 02113 Adjusting Existing Manholes, Lampholes, Inlets, Water Valve Boxes, Water Services And Fire Hydrants To Grade Section 02221 Trench Excavation And Backfill For Pipelines And Appurtenant Structures Section 02234 Sub Base Course Section 02235 Crushed Base Course Section 02502 Asphalt Prime And/Or Tack Coat Section 02504 Asphalt Seal Coat Section 02510 Asphalt Concrete Pavement Section 02528 Concrete Curb And Gutter Section 02529 Concrete Sidewalks, Driveways, Approaches, Curb Turn Fillets, Valley Gutters And Miscellaneous New Concrete Construction Section 02581 Pavement Markings and Markers Section 02582 Reflective Thermoplastic Pavement Markings Section 02660 Water Distribution System Section 02720 Storm Drain Systems Section 02730 Sanitary Sewer Collection Systems Section 09810 Street Signs APPENDIX A Listing of Status of MPWSS Standard Drawings APPENDIX B Listing of City of Bozeman Standard Drawings APPENDIX C Standard Drawings for City of Bozeman Modifications to MPWSS Sixth Edition APPENDIX D City of Bozeman Approved List of Copper Connectors COBMODS 6 h Edition Page 1 of 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS Intentionally Left Blank I SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION AND TEMPORARY FACILITIES 1.4 Revise this section as follows: Be responsible for dust and vehicle off-tracking control, providing all equipment and personnel for the work.Furnish Engineer name(s)and telephone number(s) of the person(s) responsible for dust and vehicle off-tracking control during evenings and weekends.If the person cannot be contacted,Owner or City of Bozeman may, at Contractor expense, perform the work or contract the work out. Assure all storm water pollution prevention permits are approved, and any required erosion control devices are in place before beginning any land disturbance. COBMODS 6ie Edition Page 1 of 1 SECTION 01500 Addendum 3 Intentionally Left Blank SECTION 01570 CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC CONTROL 1.3 NOTIFICATIONS Add the following: D. Notify police department,fire department,ambulance services,and bus companies of any planned street closures a minimum of 24 hours before closing any street. Add the following section: 1.4 STANDARD DRAWINGS Refer to the following Standard Drawings in Appendix C: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 01570-1, Traffic Control, Minimum Standard, Urban Work Site, 4 Lane Road, Work Site Closing One Lane City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 01570-2, Traffic Control, Minimum Standard, Urban Work Site, 2 Lane Road, Work Site On Centerline City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 01570-3, Traffic control, Minimum Standard, Urban Work Site, 4 Lane Road, Work Site On Centerline Partially Blocking Inside Lanes City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 01570-4, Traffic Control, Minimum Standard,Urban Work Site,2 Lane Road, 1 Lane Partially or Fully Closed By Work Area City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 01570-5, Traffic Control, Minimum Standard, Rural Work Site, Work Adjacent to The Present Traveled Way City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 01570-6, Traffic Control, Minimum Standard, Rural Work Site,Utility Work On or Across the Present Traveled Way City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 01570-7, Pedestrian Traffic Control for Temporary Sidewalk Closure City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 01570-8, Sidewalk Closure with Detour 4.1 PAYMENT Add the following section: D. Measurement and payment for Construction Traffic Control will be made only if listed as a separate item in the bid documents. If not listed in the contract as a bid item, Construction Traffic Control shall be considered an incidental cost to be included in other items in the contract requiring Traffic Control to complete that item. COBMODS 6"'Edition Page 1 of 1 SECTION 01570 Intentionall SECTION 01580 TEMPORARY WATER SUPPLY 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Replace this section with: Provide temporary water service to all residential and commercial service connections interrupted by water system replacement or extension projects.The Contractor shall verify with the Engineer and Owner at least 72 hours(excluding weekends and holidays)prior to the suspension of service to the areas where consumers will require a temporary water supply. Temporary water service shall include temporary service for commercial or residential fire protection unless otherwise approved by the City of Bozeman Fire Department. 3.1 GENERAL D. Replace this section with: Fire protection is included unless specifically approved otherwise by the City of Bozeman Fire Department. The Fire Department may require the Contractor to provide personnel for continuous "fire watch" in lieu of temporary fire service connections. 3.2 LOCATING CURB STOPS A. Replace this section with: The Contractor shall be solely responsible for all activities related to locating and exposing curb stop valves to the individual properties. Curb stop valves shall only be operated by Water Department personnel. Existing conditions shall be identified and noted by the Contractor. Any existing condition that is suspected to indicate a defect of the curb stop valve,box,or service shall be reported immediately to the Engineer. 3.3 LAWN WATERING CONNECTIONS A. Replace this section with: Each house connection shall be equipped with a wye or splitter with a valve to allow for lawn watering.Plastic fittings are not permitted.The connection to each customer shall require a short section of high-pressure flexible rubber hose at the connection point. House-to-house connections are not permitted. All connections shall be from the approved temporary water system. Additionally, each service must have a backflow prevention fitting. COBMODS 6TH Edition Page 1 of 1 Section 01580 Intentionally Left Blank I I I i SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1.1 CLEANUP Add the following requirement: B. Contractor shall provide personnel to remove utility covers for any required pre- paving, final, or warranty inspections. 1.4 WARRANTIES AND BONDS Add the following requirement: B. Prior to acceptance of the publicly maintained infrastructure, the Contractor shall post a Maintenance Bond with the Owner equal to 20% of the actual cost of the improvements to correct any deficiencies in workmanship and/or materials which are found within the two-year warranty period.The City of Bozeman shall be named as a dual oblige on the bond. The City of Bozeman expressly reserves the right to draft the Maintenance Bond for repairs not completed by the Property Owner,Developer, or Contractor within thirty calendar days of being advised that repairs are required. The Commencement Date for the Maintenance Bond shall be the date of acceptance by the City of Bozeman on the Certificate of Completion and Acceptance. The Maintenance Bond shall remain in full force for the two-year period following this date,however if the expiration date of the Maintenance Bond falls after November 16, the expiration date of the Maintenance Bond shall be June 30 of the following year.Maintenance Bonds may be in the form of a Surety Bond or a Certified Check. COBMODS 6'h Edition Page 1 of 1 SECTION 01700 Addendum 2 Intentionally Left Blank SECTION 02112 REMOVAL OF EXISTING PAVEMENT, CONCRETE CURB, SIDEWALK, DRIVEWAY AND/OR STRUCTURES 3.1 GENERAL Add the following section: D. Exercise care in removal of existing tree roots that conflict with the work. Tree roots shall be removed by sawcutting the roots to a neat line at the extent of the excavation. Remove only the minimum amount of roots necessary in order to complete the work. COBMODS 6 h Edition Page 1 of 1 SECTION 02112 Intentionally Left Blank SECTION 02113 ADJUSTING EXISTING MANHOLES, LAMPHOLES, INLETS,WATER VALVE BOXES, WATER SERVICES AND FIRE HYDRANTS TO GRADE 1.2 STANDARD DRAWINGS Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02213-1, Manhole Adjustment Detail Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02213-2, Water Valve Adjustment Detail Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02213-1, Manhole Adjustment Detail Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02213-2, Water Valve Adjustment Detail PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL Add the follofving section: B. East Jordan Iron Works Model 69 screw type adjustable risers may be used to adjust existing valve boxes to grade. Do not use these adjustable risers on new valve boxes; add mid-section extensions to provide correct valve box adjustment. COBMODS 6 b Edition Page 1 of 1 SECTION 02113 IntentionallyBlank • • it it • • i • SECTION 02221 TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPELINES &APPURTENANT STRUCTURES 2.1 PIPE BEDDING MATERIALS A. TYPE 1 PIPE BEDDING 2. Modify this section as follows: Provide Type 1 Bedding consisting of imported sand, sandy gravel, or fine gravel having a maximum 3/4 inch size and a maximum plasticity index of 6,determined by AASHTO T89 and T90 or by ASTM D4318. 2.3 FLOWABLE FILL A. If used, Flowable Fill is to meet the requirements of Section 2225, Flowable Fill. Add the following: 1. Flowable fill is required for trench excavations in streets that are designated as arterial or collector unless alternative backfill has been approved by the City Engineer. 3.1 PROTECTION OF EXISTING PROPERTIES A. General 1. Add the following: Replace any tree, bush, hedge, planter or similar vegetation or landscaping damaged during the course of the work with a planting equal to that damaged in kind, size, and location. The contract warranty period for performance applies also to the instances described herein. 4. Modify this section as follows: Do not cut and replace existing services from the mains to private property which interfere with trenching operations unless the work has been specifically approved by the City of Bozeman Water/Sewer Department. If approved, the cost for this work will be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. Do not interrupt water service for more than four hours. Install a temporary service connection approved by the City of Bozeman Water Department if service is interrupted for a longer . period. Protect temporary services from freezing or interruptions of use during the construction period. COBMODS 6"Edition Page 1 of 2 SECTION 02221 Addendum 2 3.6 TRENCH FILLING AND BACKFILLING C. Trench Backfill 4. Watering C. Add the following requirements: Water from the City of Bozeman's municipal system may only be obtained from the metered service located at the Vehicle Maintenance Facility, 1814 N. Rouse Ave. The Contractor shall reimburse the City Water Department for the cost of the water used at a rate determined by the Water Department. D. Replacement of Unsuitable Backfill Material 1. Modify this section as follows: Remove and dispose of excavated soils that are saturated and cannot be readily conditioned or dried to be made suitable, contain deleterious materials or have characteristics that,in the opinion of the ENGINEER, render the soils unsuitable as backfill. Add the following: G. Quality Assurance Testing 1. Compaction testing frequency and location. a. Compaction testing shall be done on each lift of backfill material. b. Trench backfill tests shall be done within the first 100 feet of a mainline trench operation and at no more than 200-foot intervals thereafter. C. All service lateral trench backfills shall be tested. d. Compaction testing around all manholes and valve boxes shall be done independently of the main line. C. Testing shall be done by the project Engineer. COBMODS 6 h Edition Page 2 of 2 SECTION 02221 Addendum 2 SECTION 02234 SUB BASE COURSE PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Add the following: Limit use of recycled concrete and/or asphalt in the sub base course to a maximum of 50% by weight. Recycled material shall be mechanically blended to assure thorough mixing. COBMODS 6 h Edition Page 1 of 1 SECTION 02234 Intentionally Left BlankWAMM-mm- MR 44 � I Aii moo SECTION 02235 CRUSHED BASE COURSE PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Add the following: Limit use of recycled concrete and/or asphalt in the crushed base course to a maximum of 50% by weight. Recycled material shall be mechanically blended to assure thorough mixing. 2.2 CRUSHED BASE MATERIAL Add the following section: E. When available, incorporate reclaimed glass cullet into the base course material. A minimum of 3% and a maximum of 15% of the base course material shall be reclaimed glass. The reclaimed glass shall be crushed so that 100% of the crushed glass passes a 3/8 inch screen. No more than 10% of the material retained on an individual sieve 1/4 inch or larger shall be glass, based upon visual examination and weight. COBMODS 6"'Edition Page I of 1 SECTION 02235 I ji L 40 Ai Intentionally Left Blank 40 • . SECTION 02502 ASPHALT PRIME AND/OR TACK COAT PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, do not use type SS-1h emulsified asphalt. COBMODS 6'b Edition Page I of I SECTION 02502 Intentionally Blank- SECTION 02504 ASPHALT SEAL COAT 3.2 CONSTRUCTION METHODS B. Weather Limitations Add the following requirements: 2. Do not perform seal coat work if the local radio weather forecast includes a probability of precipitation greater than 45%within the intended schedule of operations for the day. Regardless of the weather forecast, seal coat work may be suspended if impending adverse weather conditions occur in the vicinity of the work. D. Application of Asphalt Material Add the following requirements: 7. Building paper shall be applied to the surface of any street drain inlet,water valve box, manhole cover, monument box, or other similar item, prior to beginning asphalt application on the street. For any such item not adequately covered by paper, the Contractor must re-open or clean as necessary any asphalt to the satisfaction of the City Engineer prior to final payment. It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to dispose of all building paper or other material used for covering manholes,valve boxes,monument markers, etc. E. Application of Seal Coat Material 4. Revise this section as follows: Immediately after spreading, roll the aggregate with self-propelled, pneumatic-tired rollers. Roll in a longitudinal direction, beginning at the outer edges of the treatment and working toward the center. Overlap the previous strip by about one-half the roller width. Do not allow the roller speed to exceed 7 mph during initial rolling, or 15 mph after initial rolling. Complete the first rolling of the aggregate within one-half hour of it being spread. Continue rolling until a smooth,thoroughly compacted surface is obtained. Roll at least three complete passes with each roller. If the seal coat is finished in partial widths at a time,leave 4 to 6 inches of the inside edge uncovered with aggregate to permit overlap of asphaltic material when the remaining portion of the surface is treated. 5.Add the following: Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents,the City of Bozeman will remove and dispose of all loose aggregate from the pavement after the work is completed for projects done under contract to the City. COBMODS 6'°Edition Page 1 of 2 SECTION 02504 3.4 PROTECTION OF SIDE STREET STRUCTURES AND TRAFFIC CONTROL Add the following requirenzents: C. It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to furnish and post "No Parking" signs along both sides of the street(s) intended for seal coating. The "No Parking" signs shall be posted at 100-foot intervals and securely fastened to their support posts. (Wood laths may be used.) It is also the responsibility of the Contractor to remove and dispose of all "No Parking" signs and their supports immediately after the seal coating operations have been completed on each street. "No Parking" signs shall be posted 24 hours in advance of seal coating operations. The Contractor shall notify the public as to the proposed streets to be seal coated and the corresponding dates of the construction activities. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing all vehicles from streets to be seal coated. Traffic will be allowed onto streets upon completion of the seal coat street improvements. However,traffic will be required to operate at 15 mph for a period of 48 hours following completion of the seal coat. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to erect, maintain and remove the temporary speed control signs for the appropriate streets. COBMODS Ob Edition Page 2 of 2 SECTION 02504 SECTION 02510 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 2.2 PLANT MIX AGGREGATES Add the following: J. Reclaimed glass may be added to the aggregate for plant mix. A maximum of 3% crushed glass may be blended in the mix. The glass shall be crushed so that 100%of the glass passes a 3/8 inch sieve, and no more than 8% passes a No. 200 sieve. If glass is used in the mix, 1%hydrated lime(by weight) shall be added to the mix as an anti-stripping agent. Hot plant mix asphalt with glass is limited to binder or base courses and is not to be used in surface or friction courses. 2.3 ASPHALT BINDER MATERIAL A. 1. Grades: Add the following requirement: Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, the type and grade of asphalt cement shall be performance grade 58-28 (AASHTO Performance Graded Binder Specification MP-1). 3.14 PATCHING B. Surface Preparation Add the following requirements: 3. d. Tack coat all existing asphalt edges prior to placing new asphalt concrete. e. If hot plant mix asphalt is not available, temporarily patch the pavement using a 3000 psi(minimum)concrete(M-3000 or C-3000), with a minimum thickness of 3 inches. Remove the temporary patches and replace with hot mix asphalt when it becomes available. f. Thickness of the pavement patch will equal that of the existing pavement, unless otherwise approved. 3.16 SPREADING AND FINISHING: Revise this section as follows: A. Spread and finish meeting the following requirements: 1. The maximum lift thickness is 3 inches (compacted depth) for surface courses and 4 inches (compacted depth) for base courses COBMODS 6TH Edition Page 1 of 1 SECTION 02510 • • • • • IntentionallyBlank jig • • • s • • • s • • • • • • • • • • i • • • • • SECTION 02528 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER 1.1 DESCRIPTION B. Revise as follows: Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02528-1, Standard Curb and Gutter Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02528-2, Drive-over Curb and Gutter Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing 02528-1, Integral Concrete Curb and Gutter 3.2 FOUNDATION PREPARATION D. Revise as follows: For new street construction or street reconstruction,place gravel base course for the street 9"beyond the back of curb. 3.6 STRIPPING FORMS AND FINISHING B. Finishing Add the following requirement: 3. After finishing and brooming, stamp a mark into the concrete to mark sewer and/or water service lines. The mark shall be either a"W" for water or an "S"for sewer. The mark shall be 3"tall and stamped a minimum of 1/"into the face of the curb. The marking shall locate the end of the stubbed sel vice at a 90-degree angle to the curb. COBMODS 6'h Edition Page I of I SECTION 02528 Intentionally Left Blank SECTION 02529 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS,APPROACHES, CURB TURN FILLETS, VALLEY GUTTERS, AND MISCELLANEOUS NEW CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION 1.2 REFERENCES A. Revise as follows: Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02529-1, Double Gutter Detail for Street Intersection Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02529-2, Standard Fillet Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02529-3, Type I Street Monument Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02529-4, Type II Street Monument Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02529-5A, Boulevard Driveway Approach Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02529-513, Curb Walk Driveway Approach Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02529-713, Curb Walk Alley Approach Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02529-8, Accessibility Ramp Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02529-9, Swale Crossing Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02529-1, Double Gutter Detail for Street Intersection Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02529-2, Standard Fillet Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02529-3, Type I Street Monument Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02529-5, Driveway Approach With Sidewalk Adjacent to Curb Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02529-713, Curb Walk Alley Approach Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawings No. 02529-8,Pedestrian Ramp Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawings No. 02529-8A,Blended Transition Pedestrian Ramp Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No.02529-11,Residential Driveway Approach Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02529-12, Non-Residential Driveway Approach. Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02529-13, Non-Residential Driveway Approach for Arterial Streets. Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02529-14, Concrete Storm Drainage Outlet and Inlet Chases Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02529-15,Publicly-Maintained Sidewalk Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02529-16, Asphalt Pathway Typical Section Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02529-17, Concrete Class 1 Trail Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02529-18, Class 2 Trail 2.4 GRAVEL BASE MATERIAL Add the following: B. Washed rock material meeting the following Table of Gradations may be used as base material. COBMODS 6'Edition Page I of 2 SECTION 02529 Addendum 2 Table of Gradations - Washed Rock Base Material Percentage by Weight Passing Square Mesh Sieves Sieve Size % Passim 1" 100 3/4" 90-100 3/8" 10-55 No. 4 0-10 2.5 CURING AND PROTECTIVE COATING MATERIALS Add the following requirement: C. The curing compound used on colored concrete shall be a high solid acrylic cure, Day/Chem Aggre-Gloss J-25 (manufactured by Dayton Superior)or approved equal. 3.8 JOINTS. C. Revise this section as follows: Divide sidewalk into sections using contraction joints formed by a jointing tool or other approved methods. Extend the contraction joints into the concrete for at least one-fourth its depth and make the joints approximately 1/8 inch wide. Unless otherwise directed, space contraction joints at maximum 10-foot intervals or a distance equal to the sidewalk width,whichever is less. In continuous sidewalk runs,install expansion joints at the location of every fifth contraction joint.For machine-placed sidewalk, install expansion joints with a maximum spacing of 150 feet. 3.11 MISCELLANEOUS NEW CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION Add the following requirement: B. Construct all curb ramps with detectable warning surfaces in conformance with the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG). Detectable warning plates shall be either cast iron or ductile iron. COBMODS 6"'Edition Page 2 of 2 SECTION 02529 Addendum 2 SECTION 02581 PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND MARKERS (PREFORMED PLASTIC, PAINTS AND ENAMELS) 1.2 STANDARD DRAWINGS Add the following Standard Drawings which are applicable to this section: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02581-1, Typical Pavement Markings for Pedestrian Crossings City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02581-2, Typical Pavement Markings for School Crossings 2.1 PREFORMED PLASTIC PAVEMENT MARKING MATERIAL A. Add the following: Pre-formed plastic pavement marking material to be Premark Plus® manufactured by Flint Trading Inc. or approved equal. D. Revise this section as follows: Assure plastic pavement markings for inlay into new asphaltic surfaces are capable of being applied just before the final rolling of the new surface and can be rolled into place with conventional pavement rollers. For inlay applications, assure the plastic and adhesive are not damaged by pavement temperatures exceeding 150'F or by water on roller drums. Insure that the pavement markings are installed according to manufacturer's recommendations. Add the following: 2.3 EPDXY PAVEMENT MARKING PAINT A. Furnish and install epoxy paint in accordance with the applicable sections of Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, Montana Department of Transportation, latest edition including any supplements. COBMODS 6'Edition Page I of 1 SECTION 02581 Intentionally Left Blank SECTION 02582 REFLECTIVE THERMOPLASTIC PAVEMENT MARKINGS 1.1 DESCRIPTION D. Revise this section as follows: Furnish thermoplastic that is hydrocarbon based. Furnish thermoplastic material that,while on the roadway surface and at any natural ambient temperature, will exist in a hard solid state with cold ductility that permits normal movement with the road surface without chipping and or cracking. 3.4 APPLICATION A. 2. Extruded (Inlaid) Add the following: d. Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, all transverse pavement markings and words and symbols shall be 400 mils thick, and all longitudinal lines shall be 270 mils thick. COBMODS 6 h Edition Page 1 of 1 SECTION 02582 Intentionally Left Blank SECTION 02660 WATER DISTRIBUTION 1.4 STANDARD DRAWINGS Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02660-3, Thrust Blocking for Water Main Valves Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02660-4,Fire Hydrant Setting Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02660-5, Hydrant Location Detail Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02660-6, Water Service Line Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02660-7, Blowoff Valve Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02660-3, Thrust Blocking for Water Main Valves Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02660-4, Fire Hydrant Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02660-5, Hydrant Location Detail Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02660-6, Water Service Line Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02660-7, Typical Blowoff Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02660-8, Hydrant Barrier Posts Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02660-10, Typical Valve/Tee Restraint Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02660-11, Water Main Crossing Below Existing Sewer Main Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02660-12, Water Service Line, 4" and Larger Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02660-12A, Typical Riser Configuration Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02660-13, Standard Fire Service Line Installation, Class I, II, and III Systems Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02660-14, Standard Fire Service Line Installation, Class IV and V Systems Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02660-15, Water Service Line from Curb Stop to Building (Lines 2" and Smaller) Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02660-16, Water and Sewer Main and Services Location Standards Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No.02660-17,Water Service Interior Clearances Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02660-18, Irrigation Meter Pit, 3/" or 1" Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02660-19, Irrigation Meter Pit, 1 %2" or 2" 2.2 PIPE MATERIALS B. Ductile Iron Pipe 1. Revise as follows: Furnish Class 51 wall thickness meeting AWWA C151, American National Standard for Ductile Iron Pipe for 12"diameter pipe and smaller. For pipe sizes greater than 12", furnish as specified in the contract documents. 2. Revise as follows: Use underground pipe having mechanical or push-on joints meeting AWWA C111. Use underground fittings having mechanical joints meeting COBMODS 6`b Edition Page 1 of 14 SECTION 02660 Addendum 3 AWWA C111. Use restrained joint pipe for all stream crossings and for pipe installed in casings. If restrained joints at fittings are required, use Megalug mechanical joint restraint or Megaflange restrained flange adapter,manufactured by EBBA Iron Sales, or Uni-flange Series 1400 retainer glands,manufactured by Ford Meter Box Company, MJ Field Lok® Series DI, manufactured by US Pipe, Field Lok® 350 Gaskets for push-on joints, manufactured by US Pipe, Sigma One-Lok Series SLD manufactured by Sigma Corporation, or approved equal. 4. Fittings Delete the use of gray-iron fittings, add the following requirements: All fittings must be manufactured in accordance with applicable AWWA standards at ISO 9001-2000 approved manufacturing facilities. These manufacturing facilities must be covered under periodic audits by third party accreditation bodies for evaluations. These evaluations shall include manufacturing processes,quality control,corrective and preventative actions, and document control. In addition, distribution centers must be audited by Third Party Approval Agencies for periodic confirmation tests and surveillance audits. These periodic confirmation tests and surveillance audits shall document continuation of product approvals by auditing the entire quality systems including design, infrastructure, system implementation, distribution, training, quality control and assurance, and document control. All fittings must be manufactured in accordance with NSF 61. 5. Joints a. Revise as follows: Assure the fitting interior is cement mortar lined meeting AWWA C 104,or fusion-bonded epoxy lined meeting ANSI/AWWA C 116/A21.16. Assure the fitting exterior is bituminous tar coated 1 mil thick or fusion-bonded epoxy lined meeting ANSI/AWWA C116/A21.16. Use compact fittings having a rated working pressure of 350 psi following manufacturer recommended laying lengths. 6. Couplings Delete the use of cast iron or gray iron sleeves. Add the following requirements: a. 4) Furnish one of the following copper to copper compression connection couplings: Mueller H15403; Ford C44-xx-Q style; or AY McDonald 4758Q for 3/4", 1", 3/4" x 1", and 1" x 1 1/2". No connection couplings are permitted from the corporation stop to the curb stop for 3/" and 1" services. 5) Hymax® couplings shall not be used. C. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe Delete the use of thispipe material for water lines D. Concrete Cylinder Pipe Delete the use of this pipe material for water lines COBMODS 6'Edition Page 2 of 14 SECTION 02660 Addendum 3 E. Water Service Pipe Revise this section as follows: 1. Use copper or ductile iron pipe in water service line construction as specified in the contract documents and meeting the following specifications. a. Furnish service pipe of the size or sizes specified. A water line is designated a service line or water main based on its use,not its size. Generally, a line serving a single building or facility is considered a service line; a line serving more than one building, or intended to serve more than one building or facility is generally designated a water main. The standard sizes of services are 3/4", 1", 1'h", 211, 411 , 6", or 8". The minimum size of a fire service is 1". b. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, furnish and install the service pipe from the main to 8 feet past the property line with a curb stop and curb box installed 8 feet past the property line. Install the water service lines in accordance with City of Bozeman Standard Drawings 02660-6 and 02660-12 and where applicable with"City of Bozeman Fire Service Line Standard", City of Bozeman Standard Drawings 02660-13 and 02660-14. C. Copper Service Pipe 1) Use copper, type K annealed, meeting AWWA Standard C800. Use straight lengths for 1.5" and 2" services. d. Polyethylene Service Pipe Delete the use of this pipe material for permanent water lines. e. Ductile Iron Pipe 1) Use ductile iron pipe for water service lines that are 4" in diameter or larger. Furnish ductile iron pipe which conforms to the requirements of Section 02660. 2.3 TAPPING SLEEVES AND VALVES: Revise this section as follows: A. Tapping sleeves shall be ductile iron or stainless steel, split-sleeve,mechanical joint type with end and side gaskets. They shall have a Class 125, ANSI B 16.1 outlet flange. They shall be rated for a minimum of 200 psi working pressure and shall contain a threaded plug for testing purposes on the neck or body of the tapping sleeve. Gaskets shall be manufacturers' standard suitable for use in potable water systems. Bolts and nuts shall be Cor-Ten,Dura-Bolt, or stainless steel. The sleeve shall be as manufactured by Mueller Company, Model H-615 or H-304, or as manufactured by Romac Industries, "SST" Stainless Steel Tapping Sleeve with ductile iron flanged outlet; unless otherwise approved by the City of Bozeman. COBMODS 61h Edition Page 3 of 14 SECTION 02660 Addendum 3 B. Tapping valves shall be as specified in Section 02660 2.8 A. 3, with flanged inlets compatible with the flange of the tapping sleeve and mechanical joint outlet. Tapping valves shall be iron body,bronze mounted gate valves with non-rising stems with design, construction and pressure rating conforming to AWWA Specification C509. Stem seals shall be double "O" ring seals designed so that the seal above the stem collar can be replaced with the valve under pressure in full open position. C. The tapping sleeve and valve shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor and the wet tap made by the City of Bozeman Water Department with the cost paid by the Contractor. The Contractor shall excavate the existing main at the location to be tapped to confirm the appropriate pipe dimensions prior to ordering the fittings. The tapping sleeve shall be installed with the outlet set on the horizontal plane. A concrete thrust block shall be installed behind the tee. 2.4 CORPORATION STOPS Revise this section as follows: 1. Furnish 300 psig ball valve brass corporation stops with inlet end to suit tapping requirements and conductive compression connection outlet for type K copper tubing. Furnish either Mueller B25008, Ford FB 1000-x-Q, or A.Y. McDonald 4701BQ corporation stops. 2.5 SERVICE CLAMPS Revise this section as follows: 1. Furnish flat, double strap, bronze metal service clamps (service saddles) with Neoprene gaskets and corporation stop threads. Use Mueller BR 2 B Series, Ford 202B, or AY McDonald 3825. 2.6 CURB STOPS Revise this section as follows: 1. Furnish curb stops with ball type curb valves with Minneapolis pattern screw box mounts for 3/4", 1", 1%", and 2" services, with 90' open to close operation. Furnish curb stops that conform to the following: Service Size Curb Valve and Curb Stop 3/4" Ford Ball Valve Curb Stop B44-333-M-Q llh" Minneapolis Thread, Mueller B-25155 1lh"Minneapolis Thread,or A.Y. McDonald 6104Q,part number 4182-035 I 1" Ford Ball Valve Curb Stop B44-444-M-Q 11/z" Minneapolis Thread, Mueller B-25155 l lh"Minneapolis Thread,or A.Y.McDonald 6104Q,part number 4182-192 1Y2" Ford Ball Valve Curb Stop B44-666-M-Q 2" Minneapolis Thread, Mueller B-25155 2" Minneapolis Thread, or A.Y. McDonald 6104Q, part number 4182-137 COBMODS 6 h Edition Page 4 of 14 SECTION 02660 Addendum 3 2" Ford Ball Valve Curb Stop B44-777-M-Q 2" Minneapolis Thread, Mueller B-25155 2" Minneapolis Thread, or A.Y. McDonald 6104Q, part number 4182-081 2.7 CURB BOXES Revise this section: as follows: 1. Furnish Minneapolis pattern base, extension type curb boxes having 7 foot extended lengths. Provide 5-foot stationary rods in all curb boxes. Use the following curb boxes: 3/" and 1" Curb Stops: Mueller H10388 curb box 1 1/" top with a 2 t/2"base tapping(with a 2 1/z"x 1 1/z" standard black hex bushing a 5/8" stationary rod) Ford EM2-70-58 curb box 1 1/"top with a 2 1/2"base tapping(with a 2 %2"x 1 1/2" standard black hex bushing a 9/16" stationary rod) 1 1/z" and 2" Curb Stops: Mueller H10304 curb box 2" top with 3" base tapping (with a 3" x 2" standard black hex bushing and 3/" stationary rod that fits with 2" top section) or A.Y. McDonald Model 5624 2. Center and place the top section of a valve box with lid over all curb boxes that fall within asphalt pavement. 2.8 VALVES A. Gate Valves Revise this section as follows: 3. Gate valves shall be used for all lines from 4" up to and including 20". Furnish gate valves for underground installation equipped with a 2-inch square operating nut for key operation. All valves are to open counterclockwise. Valves are to be equipped with mechanical joints for pipe connections. Furnish Mueller 2360 valves or American Flow Control Series 2500 Ductile Iron Resilient Wedge Gate valves for sizes 12"and smaller,and Mueller 2361 or American Flow Control Series 2500 Ductile Iron Resilient Wedge Gate valves for sizes 14"to 20",or American AVK Series 65 Ductile Iron Resilient Wedge Gate Valves for sizes 4"through 12", Series 45 for 14" and 16"valves,and Series 55 for 18"and 20"valves,or Kennedy 8572/8571 for 12" and smaller and 7572/7571 for 14" to 20". Bolts and nuts for the stuffing box, wrench nut cap screw, and bonnet shall be Type 304 stainless steel. B. Butterfly Valves Revise this section as follows: 1. Furnish Class 250, rubber seated, butterfly valves for water distribution systems sized 24"and larger,meeting AWWA C504 requirements.Valves to COBMODS 6ih Edition Page 5 of 14 SECTION 02660 Addendum 3 be equipped with mechanical joint ends and lubricated screw type operators designed for underground service. Furnish butterfly valves by Mueller, Kennedy, ValMatic Series 2000, or M&H. All fasteners shall be Type 304 stainless steel. Add the following section: C. OS &Y Valves 1. For service lines 4" and larger, furnish a UL listed flanged Kennedy, American Flow Control, or Mueller OS &Y valve as the first fitting inside the building. For fire service lines 2"and smaller,furnish a NIB CO T-104-0 OS & Y valve as the first fitting inside the building. Bolts and nuts for the stuffing box, wrench nut cap screw, and bonnet shall be Type 304 stainless steel. 2.9 VALVE BOXES Add the following requirement: B. Valve boxes shall be East Jordan Iron Works 8560 series. Valve box lids for fire service lines shall be East Jordon Iron Works Product Number 06800029 or approved equal. 2.10 FIRE HYDRANTS Revise this section as follows: B. Furnish hydrants with 51/a"valve openings,flanged inlet,one 5" storz connection and two 21/2"hose connections. Storz connectors to be by Harrington Company.Assure hose nozzle threads meet ASA Specification B26 for National Standard Fire Hose Coupling Screw Threads,71h threads per inch. Furnish National Standard operating nut. Furnish hydrants opening counterclockwise and having an arrow on the hydrant top designating the opening direction. D. Paint the hydrant portion above the ground line red. Furnish hydrants so that there is a minimum of 6%' of cover over the hydrant lead unless specified otherwise on the approved plans. Furnish Mueller Super Centurion 250 model hydrants or Waterous 5 1/" Pacer model hydrants per Water Department specifications, or American AVK Series 2780 Nostalgic Fire Hydrant, or Kennedy K81D hydrant. Furnish Mueller Defender Security Device, with locks keyed to City of Bozeman Standard,for each hydrant installed. Add the following section: 2.13 METER PITS A. Meter pit installations may be allowed for certain service lines such as for irrigation systems. The use of meter pits must be specifically approved by the Water Superintendent. If the use of a meter pit is allowed, the following - Manufacturers are approved: Mueller, AY Mc Donald, and Ford. The Meter COBMODS 6'h Edition Page 6 of 14 SECTION 02660 Addendum 3 Department shall approve specific models proposed for use on a case-by-case basis. Add the following sections: 2.14 "NO-LEAD" BRASS A. Brass components of waterworks materials in contact with potable water shall be of No-Lead Alloy (UNS/CDA No. C89833). Components that do not come in contact with potable water shall be UNS/CDA No. C83600-85-5-5-5 and shall conform to AWWA Standard C800 (ASTM B-62 and ASTM B-584). 2.15 INSULATION A. Insulation for water pipelines shall be expanded polystyrene rigid board foam plastic with a compressive strength of 60 psi at 10% deformation, minimum. 3.2 PIPE INSTALLATION FOR WATER MAINS C. Laying of Pipe Revise as follows: 10. Construct reaction or thrust blocks at all tees; tapping tees, plugs, valves (except tapping valves and hydrant auxiliary valves that are part of a hydrant assembly),reducers, caps,vertical bends, and at horizontal bends deflecting 22%° or more. Limit using metal rods or straps for thrust restraint to those specified on the plans, or where the use of concrete thrust blocks would be impractical. Do not use metal rods or straps unless specifically approved by the City of Bozeman. Construct reaction blocks from concrete having a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 pounds per square inch at 28 days. Place blocking between undisturbed ground and the fitting to be anchored,as shown on Standard Drawing 02660-1. The size of thrust(gravity)blocks for vertical bends will be as designed by the Engineer. Place the blocking so that pipe and fitting joints are accessible for repair. In lieu of concrete thrust blocks, thrust restraint may be provided utilizing Megalug® , Uni-FlangCm , MJ Field Lok® Series DI, Field Lok® 350 Gaskets for push-on joints,manufactured by US Pipe, Sigma One Lok Series SLD manufactured by Sigma Corporation,or approved equal joint restraints, for all fittings that require thrust restraint, except for cut-in or tapping tees (for mains or services) and bends on service lines inside building foundations, unless specifically prohibited by the City of Bozeman. Install the mechanical restraints in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and at all joints as specified by the Engineer. D. Pipe Jointing COBMODS 6'Edition Page 7 of 14 SECTION 02660 Addendum 3 1. Rubber Gasket, "Push-On" Joints Add the following requirement: b. All sections of newly installed water main shall provide continuity for electrical current. In order to provide continuity, insert a minimum of three brass or bronze conductive wedges in the joints of ductile iron pipe. Insert a copper wedge between cast iron and ductile iron pipe joints in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Conduct a continuity test of new mains when required by the Engineer or City of Bozeman. 3. Connections to Existing Mains Add the following requirements: C. All wet taps to water mains in use shall be made by the City of Bozeman Water Department at the expense of the Contractor. All dry taps or connections shall be made by the Contractor. Any new or existing valve which controls water in the municipal system shall be operated by City of Bozeman personnel only. The Contractor shall pressure test tapping tees prior to tapping by the Water Department. The tapping tees shall be hydrostatically pressurized to a minimum pressure of 200 psi, and the testing apparatus shall be in place for verification by the Water Department tapping personnel. d. The Contractor is responsible for 24 hour advance notification, in writing, to all affected customers of a water main shut-down. The written notification is to include the date,time and estimated duration of interrupted service. The written notification is also to include the name and phone number of the Contractor's representative who is coordinating the shut-down as well as the phone number of the City of Bozeman Water Department. All commercial customers affected by the water main shut-down must sign a notification sheet acknowledging that they have been informed of the date and time of the shut-down. The City of Bozeman reserves the right to determine the likely duration of the main shut-down based on the proposed work and Contractor experience, and require the installation of temporary water services by the Contractor. e. Clean and disinfect temporary water systems in accordance with the requirements for cleaning and disinfecting new water mains. Do not connect existing services to the temporary system until bacteriological tests show successful disinfection. Provide backflow protection at the point of connection of the temporary system to the municipal system, and at each point of connection of the temporary water system to the individual services. f. Remove any existing blow-offs or temporary flushing hydrants upon completion of the connection to the existing main, and install a brass plug upon removal of the corporation stop. COBMODS 61e Edition Page 8 of 14 SECTION 02660 Addendum 3 Add the following section: D. Pipe insulation 1. If the Water Superintendent has allowed water pipe to be installed with less than 6.5 feet of cover, provide insulation as directed by the Engineer. 2. Provide insulation as directed by the Engineer where water pipes cross any storm drains or culverts. 3.3 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT A. Revise this section as follows: Polyethylene encasement or other corrosion protection is not required unless corrosive soils are encountered or anticipated. When specified for corrosion protection,wrap all direct bury cast or ductile iron pipe and fittings including hydrants,valve boxes,curb boxes,and all other metal parts and surfaces, in polyethylene encasement. B. Polyethylene encasement for use with ductile iron pipe shall meet all the requirements for ANSI/AWWA CI05/A21.5,Polyethylene encasementfor Ductile Iron Pipe Systems, and shall be V-BioTM Enhanced Polyethylene Encasement. C. The polyethylene encasement shall be overlapped one foot in each direction at joints and secured in place around the pipe, and any wrap at tap locations shall be taped tightly prior to tapping and inspected for any needed repairs following the tap. Add the following new section: 3.3.5 DETECTABLE BURIED WARNING TAPE A. Install detectable warning tape centered over all water mains, service lines, and hydrant leads. Install tape a minimum of 18" and maximum of 24" below finish grade. COBMODS 6`'Edition Page 9 of 14 SECTION 02660 Addendum 3 3.4 TESTING, CLEANING &DISINFECTING WATER MAINS, VALVES &FITTINGS A. Hydrostatic and Leakage Testing 1. Add the following: The required minimum hydrostatic pressure for any test is 200 psi. 2. Add the following: Assure that the testing gauge is marked in increments no greater than 10 psi. 4. Revise this section as follows: Conduct the leakage test concurrently with the hydrostatic pressure test for 2 hours. Leakage is defined as(1)the quantity of water supplied into the pipe,or any valved section thereof,necessary to maintain pressure within 5 PSI of the specified test pressure(after the pipe has been filled with water and purged of air) for the duration of the 2 hour test period, and (2) the quantity of water supplied into the pipe, or any valved section thereof, required to return the pressure to the specified test pressure at the end of the 2 hour test period. Add the following requirements: 11. Chlorination, testing, and sampling shall comply with AWWA Standard C651-92. There shall be no allowable leakage for resilient seat gate valves.At least 24 hours prior to beginning water main tests,a testing schedule shall be submitted by the Contractor to the City Engineering Office for approval. The schedule shall specify the proposed sequence of testing and the methods and procedures which will be used to complete the tests. Hydrostatic and leakage testing shall not be conducted concurrently with chlorination of water mains. All heavily chlorinated water must be flushed from the system prior to pressurizing the new mains. 12. Any existing or new water main valves which are used to take water from the City of Bozeman distribution system for the purpose of filling,testing, chlorination or flushing, shall be operated by the City of Bozeman Water Department personnel only,with the Contractor requesting such operation at least 24 hours in advance. All existing water main valves are to be operated only by City of Bozeman Water Department personnel. 13. Allow five days after placement of concrete for thrust blocks before performing hydrostatic or leakage testing. If high-early strength concrete is used, allow two days after placement of concrete before performing hydrostatic or leakage testing. Provide adequate cold blocking as required for all thrust blocks that will not have the necessary curing time prior to testing. 14. For sections of mains that cannot be hydrostatically tested, assure that all joints are visually inspected for leakage under line working pressure by City of Bozeman representative prior to backfilling. B. Cleaning Water Mains Add the following requirements: COBMODS 6'h Edition Page 10 of 14 SECTION 02660 Addendum 3 5. Prior to any main flushing the City of Bozeman Engineering Office shall be notified and provided with a flushing schedule and plan a minimum of 24 hours in advance of any main flushing. The City of Bozeman Fire Department shall be allowed adequate access to conduct pressure and flow testing of fire hydrants during the flushing process. 6. Any existing or new water main valves which are used to take water from the City of Bozeman distribution system for the purpose of filling,testing,chlorination or flushing, shall be operated by the City of Bozeman Water Department personnel only with the Contractor requesting such operation at least 24 hours in advance. All existing water main valves are to be operated only by City of Bozeman Water Department personnel. 7. Install an adequately-sized corporation stop on all main stubs longer than 10 feet to allow for the flushing of the stubs (see Table 1 MPW Section 02660). Following completion of all tests,remove corporation stops,install brass plugs,and assure plugs do not leak after main has been charged.A representative from the City of Bozeman must witness this work. C. Disinfecting Water Mains 3. Methods of Chlorination a. 1) Tablet Method Revise this section as follows: a) The tablet method consists of placing calcium hypochlorite granules(tablets shall not be used)in the water main as it is being installed and then filling the main with potable water when installation is completed.This method may be used only if the pipes and appurtenances are kept clean and dry during construction. b) Placing of calcium hypochlorite granules. During construction, calcium hypochlorite granules shall be placed at the upstream end of the first section of pipe, at the upstream end of each branch main, and at 500- foot intervals. The quantity of granules shall be as shown in Table 2. c) Warning: This procedure must not be used on solvent welded plastic or on screwed joint steel pipe because of the danger of fire or explosion from the reaction of the joint compounds with the calcium hypochlorite. d) When installation has been completed, fill the main COBMODS 6"'Edition Page 11 of 14 SECTION 02660 Addendum 3 with water at a velocity not exceeding 1 fps. Take precautions to assure that air pockets are eliminated. Leave this water in the pipe for at least 24 hours. If the water temperature is less than 41°,leave the water in the pipe for at least 48 hours. Position valves so that the chlorine solution in the main being treated will not flow into water mains in active service. TABLE 2 OUNCES OF CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE GRANULES TO BE PLACED AT BEGINNING OF MAIN AND AT EACH 500-FT INTERVAL Pipe Diameter (d) (in.) Calcium Hypochlorite Granules (oz.) 4 1.7 6 3.8 8 6.7 10 10.5 12 15.1 14 and larger D2 x 15.1 Where D is the inside pipe diameter in feet D = d/12 D. Bacteriological Tests 1. Revise this section as follows: After final flushing and before the water main is placed in service,test a sample, or samples, collected from the main(s)for turbidity and organisms. Collect at least one sample for every 1200 feet of new main and from each branch. a. Once the water main has been flushed following the successful completion of chlorination and pressure testing,the water line must be refilled with water and'allowed to sit a minimum of 24 hours prior to the collection of samples for bacteriological tests. A second set of samples is to be taken a minimum of 24 hours after the first set of samples. Samples shall be taken in accordance with AWWA Standard C651-92. New water mains shall be placed in service by City of Bozeman personnel only. b. Collect samples from new water mains out of service lines or temporary taps. Samples may only be taken out of fire hydrants or flushing hydrants if approved in advance by the City of Bozeman. If hydrants are approved as sample locations,operate hydrants using the auxiliary valves or curb stops to prevent groundwater from entering hydrant. Assure that hydrants are kept from freezing during testing. C. Following the completion of bacteriological tests, assure that all COBMODS 6°i Edition Page 12 of 14 SECTION 02660 Addendum 3 temporary piping has been removed, and all temporary corporation stops have been removed and replaced with brass plugs. 3.6 VALVES A. Add the following requirement: For butterfly valves, set the operating nut on the west side of mains that run north-south, and on the north side of mains that run east- west. C. Valve Thrust Blocks 1. Revise this section as follows: Install valves with thrust blocks and anchor rods meeting City of Bozeman Standard Drawing 02660-3 requirements. Thrust blocks are required on all valves size 6" and larger, except for tapping valves and hydrant auxiliary valves attached to the hydrant shoe flange. In lieu of concrete thrust blocks, thrust restraint may be provided utilizing Megalug®, Uni-FlangeTM, MJ Field Lok® Series DI, or approved equal joint restraints. 3.7 FIRE HYDRANTS B. Revise this section as follows: Provide drainage at the hydrant base by placing clean gravel under and around it. Place gravel at least 1 foot on all sides from the base of the hydrant to at least 6 inches above the drain opening. Brace the hydrant against undisturbed earth at the trench end with concrete backing as detailed on the plans. In lieu of concrete thrust blocks, thrust restraint may be provided utilizing Megalug®,Uni-FlangeTM,or approved equal joint restraints.Furnish hydrants with the specified gate valves. Install hydrants meeting City of Bozeman Standard Drawings 02660-4 and 02660-5. Where no curb exists or the minimum distance of three feet behind the curb cannot be met or there is no other adequate protection, install protective barrier posts in accordance with City of Bozeman Standard Drawing 02660-8 when required by the Water Superintendent. Protect the hydrant fi om damage during installation and backfilling operations. Hydrants may be subject to replacement by the Contractor if any of the protective paint coating is damaged during installation. If hydrant extensions are required, only one coupler will be allowed on the operating rod. 3.8 SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION Revise this section as follows: A. Provide all work and materials for the complete service line installation, including trench excavation and backfill;making the water main tap;furnishing and installing the corporation stop, curb stop and box,service clamp where necessary, and service line with fittings as required to make the connections to the stops. Provide a minimum of 6'h feet and a maximum of 8 feet of cover measured as noted on City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02660-6. Use compression fittings for all service line fittings. Do not use sweat or solder fittings. Use a continuous length of pipe with no couplings between the corporation stop and the curb stop for 3/4" and V COBMODS 6'Edition Page 13 of 14 SECTION 02660 Addendum 3 services. B. Mark the water service line stub end using a steel fence post painted blue, 6.5 feet long,buried 2.5 feet in the ground. Set post 1' from curb box. After bacteriological tests have passed and the test results have been submitted to the Water Department, open all curb stops in the presence of the Engineer to assure the service lines are flushed and all corporation stops are open. All main line valves are to be operated by Water Department personnel only. C. Service line installation from the end of the stub into the building shall be as per City of Bozeman Standard Drawings 02660-12 or 02660-15. Service lines shall not be installed from the end of the stub into the building until the main line has been accepted by the City and placed into service. The water service line from the stub into the building may be reduced in size,however the size reduction must be made within 18"of the curb stop or outside valve. Connections to existing stubs(either for domestic or fire service)that have remained dormant or unused longer than 6 months may require re-flushing or disinfection at the discretion of the Water Superintendent prior to being placed into service. The Water Superintendent may require bacteriological testing to assure that the dormant line has not become contaminated. 3.9 TAPPING Revise this section as follows: A. Tap the newly installed water mains unless specified otherwise. Provide a minimum distance of 18"between service taps. The City of Bozeman Water Department will tap any existing water mains. For taps on existing mains, the Contractor is responsible for scheduling and coordinating with the Water Department. The Contractor will be charged a fee for each tap made by the Water Department. All taps on existing mains require tapping saddles and corporation stops to be supplied and installed by the Contractor prior to tapping of the main by the Water Department. B. Perform tapping using an approved tapping machine using clean, sharp drill taps and/or shell cutters. 3/4-inch and 1-inch taps may be made directly into the barrel of ductile iron pipe without using service saddles. Direct tap into the pipe barrel to the depth exposing a maximum three threads of the corporation stop. Taps greater than 1" on a 6" line require the use of saddle clamps. Taps 4" and larger to existing water mains which are 4" and larger require the use of a tapping sleeve and valve. COBMODS 6 b Edition Page 14 of 14 SECTION 02660 Addendum 3 SECTION 02720 STORM DRAIN SYSTEMS 1.2 CERTIFICATION BY MANUFACTURER Add the following: B. All Precast Concrete Products shall be manufactured by a supplier that is certified by one of the following,NPCA (National Precast Concrete Association), PCI (Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute), or ACPA (American Concrete Pipe Association). Plant must be certified prior to and during production of precast. 1.4 STANDARD DRAWINGS Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02720-1, 30" Standard Storm Drain Inlet Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02720-3, Sanitary Sewer and Storm Drain Manhole Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02720-4, Standard Straight Manhole Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02720-5, 48" Standard Manhole Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02720-8, Standard Cast Iron Cover Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02720-9, Standard 24" Cast Iron Ring Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02720-1, 36" Standard Storm Drain Inlet Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02720-1A, Standard Square Storm Drain Inlet Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02720-1B, Combination Manhole and Curb Inlet Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02720-3, Sanitary Sewer and Storm Drain Manhole Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02720-4, Standard Straight Manhole Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02720-11, Storm Drain Debris Rack 2.1 GENERAL A. Add the following: All culverts shall be reinforced concrete with flared-end sections unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. All public storm drain systems shall be constructed with reinforced concrete pipe, with solid-wall or corrugated PVC pipe for pipe sizes 36" and less, or with HP Storm Pipe manufactured by Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc., for pipe sizes 24" and less. COBMODS 6"'Edition Page I of 3 SECTION 02720 Addendum 3 2.2. PIPE MATERIALS E. MANHOLES d. Frames and Covers 1. Revise this section as follows: Furnish D&L Foundry A-1178 ring and cover or East Jordan Iron Works 3771/3772 series ring and cover,or approved equal. Furnish 7"rings unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. Assure that all covers have two pick holes, 1" minimum, 1 1/4 " maximum diameter. Cover lettering shall be "Storm Drain". Covers shall have a City of Bozeman logo cast into the cover. The design of the logo to be approved by the Street Superintendent. F. INLETS AND CATCH BASINS Revise this section as follows: a. Unless otherwise approved,furnish either of the following frames and grates: Neenah R-3067-L, Deeter #2047L, D & L Foundry I-3517, or East Jordan Iron Works 7030 with T1 back and Type M6 grate.Inlet castings shall have a logo cast into the curb-piece stating"Dump no Waste,Drains to Waterways" or similar.For catch basins at sag locations,use East Jordan Iron Works Type M7 grate or approved equal. Add the following section: G. DRY WELLS a. Dry wells shall be provided with either locking covers or interior steps. 3.1 PIPE AND SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION Add the following: F. Install detectable buried warning tape centered over all storm sewer mains and service lines.Install tape a minimum of 18"and maximum of 24"below finish grade. 3.2 MANHOLES A. Construction 1.Revise this section as follows: Construct manholes to the specified dimensions. Unless otherwise shown on the plans,do not form channels in storm drain manholes. Assure that the lowest pipe invert is 9" higher than the base of the manhole. 3.5 TESTS COBMODS Oh Edition Page 2 of 3 SECTION 02720 Addendum 3 Add the following requirement: D. T.V. Inspection 1. All storm drains are required to be inspected using a television camera before final acceptance. All television inspections of new storm drains shall be done by the City of Bozeman Sewer Department at Contractor expense unless otherwise approved by the Water/Sewer Superintendent. Schedule inspections with the Sewer Department a minimum of one week in advance.De-watering equipment must be shut down a minimum of 24 hours prior to the television inspection to allow groundwater to return to typical levels. Adequately flush the storm drain lines prior to each television inspection. T.V. inspection of dry lines is not acceptable. A storm drain line will be considered deficient and unacceptable if 1)the alignment is outside the specified limits,2)water ponds in any section to a depth equal to or greater than a value 2 times the grade tolerance specified herein under Section 02720 3.1 E. L, or 3) the pipe has visible defects such as open joints,pinched gaskets, cracked barrels or bells, or similar defects. Correct any deficiencies and schedule a re-inspection by the Sewer Department. Storm drain lateral lines(inlet lines)may be subject to the same T.V.inspection requirements as storm drain mains at the discretion of the Water/Sewer Superintendent. COBMODS 61h Edition Page 3 of 3 SECTION 02720 Addendum 3 Intentionally Left Blank SECTION 02730 SANITARY SEWER COLLECTION SYSTEMS 1.2 CERTIFICATION BY MANUFACTURER Add the follofving: B. All Precast Concrete Products shall be manufactured by a supplier that is certified by one of the following, NPCA (National Precast Concrete Association), PCI (Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute), or ACPA (American Concrete Pipe Association). Plant must be certified prior to and during production of precast. 1.4 STANDARD DRAWINGS Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02720-3, Sanitary Sewer and Storm Drain Manhole Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02720-4, Standard Straight Manhole Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02720-5, 48" Standard Manholes Showing Two Types of Cone Sections Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02720-8, Standard Cast Iron Cover Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02720-9, Standard 24" Cast Iron Ring Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02730-2, Sanitary Sewer Service Line Delete: Standard Drawing No. 02730-3, Deep Sanitary Sewer Service Line Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02730-3, Deep Sanitary Sewer Service Line Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02660-16, Water and Sewer Main and Services Location Standards Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02720-3, Sanitary Sewer and Storm Drain Manhole Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02720-4, Standard Straight Manhole Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02730-2, Sanitary Sewer Service Line Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02730-4, Sanitary Sewer Cleanout Add: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02730-5, Standard Drop Manhole 2.1 GENERAL A. Revise this section as follows: Furnish new sewer pipe and fittings as specified in the Contract Documents and meeting the materials and testing requirements of this Section. Furnish in-line wye branches of the same material and design as the sewer pipe unless specified otherwise. Saddle-type fittings are allowed only upon approval by the Sewer Superintendent. Pipe strength classifications are shown on the plans and/or are listed in the Contract Documents. Do not use tee branches unless specifically approved by the City of Bozeman. COBMODS 6"Edition Page I of 5 SECTION 02730 Addendum 3 2.2 PIPE MATERIALS Delete the use of High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe and Corrugated PVCpipe for sanitary sewers A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 2. Gravity Sewer Pipe a. Revise this section as follows: Furnish gravity sewer pipe meeting one of the following requirements: 1) ASTM-3034,"Standard Specifications for Polyvinyl Chloride Sewer pipe and Fittings", with an SDR of 35 8" - 15". 2) ASTM F679, T-1 wall thickness (SDR 35), "Standard Specifications for PVC Large Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings" 18"—271) . 3) SDR 26 PVC pipe for 4" and 6" service lines. 5. Fittings Revise this section as follows: a. Assure wye fittings for connecting service lines are of the same material, construction, and joint design as the main sewer pipe. 2.3 MANHOLES A. General 1. Add the following: Do not use flat-top (straight) manholes unless specifically called out on the plans or in the Contract Documents. Unless noted otherwise, flat-top manholes are only to be used when the distance from the rim to the invert is less than 6 feet. D. Frames and Covers 1. Revise this section as follows: Furnish D & L Foundry A-1178 ring and cover, or East Jordan Iron Works 3771/3772 series ring and cover, or approved equal. Furnish 7" rings unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. Assure that all covers have two pick holes, V minimum, 1 '/" maximum diameter. Cover lettering shall be"Sanitary Sewer". Covers shall have a City of Bozeman logo cast into the cover.The design of the logo to be approved by the Sewer Superintendent. 3.1 PIPE AND SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION D. Laying Pipe Delete references to tee fittings. E. Tolerances COBMODS 6 b Edition Page 2 of 5 SECTION 02730 Addendum 3 1. Revise asfollows: Install the pipe within 1/2" of the specified alignment and within 1/4" of the specified grade, provided that such variation does not result in a level or reverse sloping invert. Add the following: F. Install detectable buried warning tape centered over all sanitary sewer mains and service lines.Install tape a minimum of 18"and maximum of 24"below finish grade. 3.2 MANHOLES A. Construction 2. Add the following requirements: Unless otherwise approved by the City of Bozeman, make all break-in connections to existing manholes by using a core drilling machine. Trim off and remove all excess gasket material inside manholes. 3. Revise this section as follofvs: Install adjusting rings on each manhole to bring the manhole rim elevation to match the existing or specified ground elevations. A maximum of 12" of adjusting rings are permitted. Furnish concrete adjusting rings reinforced with the same percentage of steel as the riser and top, or HDPE adjusting rings. To adjust the rim to match the slope of a street,use rubber-composite tapered adjusting rings. Install Ram-Nek or approved equal joint sealant compound between the first adjusting ring and the top of the manhole, between each adjusting ring, and between the last adjusting ring and the manhole frame. 3.3 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE LINES A. Revise this section as follows: Construct service lines in accordance with City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02730-2 or, if authorized by the Engineer, City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 02730-3. Install the service line to a point 8 feet past the property line unless shown or specified otherwise on the plans. Plug the end of the service line with a stopper and gasket,using a gasket of the same type used for pipe jointing.Do not grout the plugs.For multiple service lines installed in the same trench,maintain a minimum of 2 feet clear between each service line and service tap. For service lines connected to existing mains, use Schedule 40 PVC pipe with solvent weld joints or SDR 26 PVC pipe with gasketed joints, and provide all equipment, material, labor and incidentals necessary to install the service line from the main to the building. The City of Bozeman Sewer Department shall make all main taps for new sewer services connected to existing mains, at the Contractor's expense. Inserta TeesO may be used for service line connections to existing mains. 3.4 TESTS COBMODS 6'h Edition Page 3 of 5 SECTION 02730 Addendum 3 A. Add the following requirements: At least 24 hours prior to beginning sewer main and manhole tests, provide a testing schedule to the Engineer and the City Engineering Office for approval. Specify the proposed sequence of testing and the methods and procedures which will be used to complete the tests. D. Water Test 1. Add the following requirement: If the water test method is used, verify groundwater levels at the time of testing by installing piezometers or test pits in the immediate area of the sewer line that is being tested. E. Air Test (Alternate) 9. Revise this section as follows: For test sections exceeding the maximum lengths, either shorten the test section to an allowable length; test according to Uni-Bell Standard Uni-B-6-98; or use the water test. Add the following requirement: 10. If the air test method is used to test the sewer mains, test manholes for leakage by filling each manhole with water to the top of the manhole. Measure the leakage by checking the water level drop in the manhole over a four hour period.Allow time to soak the manholes in advance of performing tests. The allowable leakage for manholes is 0.1 gal/hr/ft-dia/ft-head. G. T.V. Inspection 1. Revise this section as follows: All sewers are required to be inspected using a television camera before final acceptance. All television inspections of new sewers shall be done by the City of Bozeman Sewer Department at Contractor expense unless otherwise approved by the Water/Sewer Superintendent. Schedule inspections with the Sewer Department a minimum of one week in advance. De-watering equipment must be shut down a minimum of 24 hours prior to the television inspection to allow groundwater to return to typical levels. Adequately flush the sewer lines prior to each television inspection. T.V. inspection of dry sewer lines is not acceptable. A sewer line will be considered deficient and unacceptable if 1) the alignment is outside the specified limits, 2) water ponds in any section to a depth equal to or greater than a value 2 times the grade tolerance specified herein under Section 02730 3.1 E. 1.,or 3)the pipe has visible defects such as open joints, pinched gaskets, cracked barrels or bells, or sirnilar defects. Correct any deficiencies and schedule a re-inspection by the Sewer Department. Sanitary sewer service lines maybe subject to the same T.V. inspection requirements as sanitary sewer mains at the discretion of the Sewer Superintendent. COBMODS 6'Edition Page 4 of 5 SECTION 02730 Addendum 3 Add the following section: J. Manhole Vacuum Testing 1. Vacuum testing of manholes may be done in lieu of water testing.Testing shall be done in accordance with "ASTM C1244-05a, Standard Test Method for Concrete Sewer Manholes by the Negative Air Pressure(Vacuum)Test Prior to Backfill",with the exception that the testing shall be done after backfilling. COBMODS 6"'Edition Page 5 of 5 SECTION 02730 Addendum 3 Intentionally Left Blank Add the following new section: SECTION 09810 STREET SIGNS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This section is furnishing,fabrication,installation and the removing and resetting of signs in accordance with these and other specifications,the Standard Drawings,and in the location as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. 1.2 REFERENCES MUTCD Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices 1.3 STANDARD DRAWINGS Standard Drawings in Appendix C applicable to this section are as follows: City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 09810-1, Sign Installation Standards City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 09810-2, Dead End Barricade City of Bozeman Standard Drawing No. 09810-3, Standard Street Marker Sign Location 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. The following definitions define the signing work to be done when the respective terms are used in the Contract. 1. NEW Signs designated "New" are to be furnished new and erected at the locations specified. 2. REUSE Signs designated"Reuse" are to be removed from the existing post or posts and remounted on a new post or posts at the locations specified. 3. REPLACE Signs designated"Replace" are to be removed and replaced with the specified "New" standard signs, including new post or posts, at the existing or specified new locations. 4. RESET Signs designated"Reset" are to be removed and reset at the locations specified using the existing sign faces and supports. 5. REMOVE Signs designated"Remove" are to be removed,to include the sign or sign assembly and sign supports. COBMODS 6'Edition Page 1 of 4 SECTION 09810 Addendum 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 POSTS A. Use 2" perforated square tube 14 gauge galvanized steel posts for all sign posts unless otherwise specified on the plans. Use Telspar or approved equal sign posts. Anchor posts as shown on Standard Drawing 09810-1. 2.2 STREET NAME MARKER SIGNS A. Provide street marker(D-3)signs which meet all applicable MUTCD Standards.For publicly-maintained streets,use white lettering on a green background.For privately- maintained streets, use white lettering on a blue background. For ground-mounted signs, furnish 9"flat-blade aluminum sign blanks, 0.08 inches thick. Provide a 1/4" white border around the edge of the sign. Use white Highway Font letters for the street name. Lettering for street names shall be mixed-case consisting of an initial upper-case letter followed by lower-case letters. Letter height is specified as the height of the initial upper-case letter. The nominal loop height of the lower-case letters shall be 3/ the height of the initial upper-case letter. Street names shall have 6 inch letters, and 3 inch letters for street abbreviations or city sections (e.g. Street, Avenue, Road). Attach signs back to back on signpost with two 3/8" drive rivets with 1" backing washers. For overhead signs, blank and letter sizes shall be determined by engineering design and shall meet the requirements of the MUTCD. 2.3 REGULATORY, WARNING, CONSTRUCTION, AND GUIDE SIGNS A. Assure that all signs meet applicable MUTCD Standards. Furnish construction grade aluminum sign blanks,0.08 inches thick. Attach signs to the posts with a minimum of two 3/8" drive rivets with backing washers. For signs smaller than 18"xl8",use 3/8" x 1"washers; for larger signs use 3/8" x 1.5"washers. 2.4 SIGNPOST FOUNDATION SLEEVES A. Furnish 21/" non-perforated 12 gauge galvanized steel square tube foundation sleeves for all sign posts. Use "Telspar Quik Punch" or approved equal. Install sleeves in concrete anchor as shown on Standard Drawing 09810-1. 2.5 REFLECTIVE SHEETING A. Reflective sheeting for signs shall be Type IV("High Intensity Prismatic")or better. . 2.6 DELINEATORS A. For flexible delineators,use Flex-Stake Series 750 for surface mount and Flex-Stake Series 670 for ground mount, or approved equal. COBMODS 6ie Edition Page 2 of 4 SECTION 09910 Addendum 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SIGN INSTALLATION A. Assure that all signs are installed according to MUTCD Standards. Locate signs where shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Assure that signs are installed plumb, at the correct height, and with the edge of the sign a minimum of two feet from the face of the curb or edge of pavement. 3.2 SIGN REMOVAL OR REPLACEMENT A. As directed by the Engineer, salvage existing signs designated to be removed or replaced to the site specified by the City of Bozeman. Properly dispose of all signs designated for removal or replacement which have not been designated for salvage. PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4.1 GENERAL A. The following are pay items for the work covered under this section. Payment for these items is full compensation for providing all materials, tools, labor and equipment necessary to complete the item and all incidental work related thereto, whether specifically mentioned herein or not. 1. NEW SIGNS Measurement of signs is per each sign installed. Payment for signs is made at the contract unit price bid per each sign installed, which includes furnishing and installing sign posts and sign faces and all other work necessary or incidental for completion of the item. 2. REUSE SIGNS Measurement of signs is per each sign installed. Payment for signs is at the contract unit price bid per each sign reused. Such price or prices and payment will be full compensation for furnishing and erecting the new sign supports and remounting the sign,removing and disposing of the existing sign supports, and backfilling of removal sites. 3. REPLACE SIGNS Measurement of signs is per each sign replaced. Payment for signs is at the contract unit price bid per each sign replaced. Such price or prices and payment will be full compensation for removing and disposing of the existing sign and furnishing and erecting the new sign supports and sign faces. 4. RESET SIGNS Measurement of signs is per each sign reset. Payment will be made at the contract unit price bid per each sign reset. Such price and payment will be full compensation for all work and materials including dismantling and removal, resetting, furnishing and installing break away devices (if required),breakdown of foundation material and backfill of removal sites, and all incidentals necessary to COBMODS C h Edition Page 3 of 4 SECTION 09810 Addendum 3 complete the work. When not provided for in the contract, reset signs will not be paid for directly but will be considered incidental to and included in payment for other items in the contract. 5. REMOVE SIGNS Measurement of signs is per each sign removed. Payment will be made at the contract unit price bid per each sign removed. Such price and payment will be full compensation for removing each sign and supports, removal from the project,breakdown of foundation material,and backfilling removal sites. COBMODS 6'u Edition Page 4 of 4 SECTION 09810 Addendum 3 APPENDIX A MONTANA PUBLIC WORKS STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS STANDARD DRAWINGS Drawing Description Status 2213-1 Manhole Adjustment Detail Replaced 2213-2 Water Valve Adjustment Detail Replaced 2221-1 Typical Utility Trench Detail Active 2221-2 Pipe Bedding Alternate Active 2222-1 Trench Plug Excavation Detail Active 2528-1 Detail of Standard Curb and Gutter Replaced 2528-2 Detail of Drive Over Curb and Gutter Deleted 2529-1 Double Gutter Detail for Street Intersection Replaced 2529-2 Standard Fillet Replaced 2529-3 Type I Street Monument Replaced 2529-4 Type 1I Street Monument Deleted 2529-5 A Boulevard Drive Approach Detail Replaced 2529-5 B Curb Walk Drive Approach Detail Replaced 2529-6 Retrofit Drive Approach Active 2529-7A Boulevard Alley Approach Detail Active 2529-713 Curb Walk Alley Approach Detail Replaced 2529-8 Accessibility Ramp Replaced 2529-9 Swale Crossing Deleted 2529-10 Mailbox Mounting For Curbline Delivery Active 2660-1 Thrust Blocking for Water Main Fittings Active 2660-2 Water And Sewer Main Separation Active 2660-3 Thrust Blocking For Water Main Valves Replaced 2660-4 Fire Hydrant Setting Replaced 2660-5 Hydrant Location Detail Replaced 2660-6 Water Service Line Replaced 2660-7 Blowoff Valve Replaced 2720-1 30" Standard Storm Drain Inlet Replaced 2720-2 24" Standard Riser Inlet Active 2720-3 Sanitary Sewer And Storm Drain Manhole Replaced 2720-4 Standard Straight Manhole (ASTM C-478) Replaced 2720-5 48" Standard Manhole (Cone Sections) Deleted 2720-6 Precast Manhole Bases Active 2720-7 Typical Manhole Channel Details Active 2720-8 Standard Cast Iron Manhole Cover Deleted 2720-9 Standard 24" Cast Iron Ring Deleted 2720-10 Storm Drain Service Line Active 2730-1 Nomograph For Air Testing Gravity SewerMains Active 2730-2 Sanitary Sewer Service Line Replaced 2730-3 Deep Sanitary Sewer Service Line Deleted COEMODS 6'Edition Page 1 of 1 APPENDIX A BlankIntentionally Left • • • • • e • • • • • • • APPENDIX B CITY OF BOZEMAN STANDARD DRAWINGS Drawing Description 01570-1 Traffic Control, Minimum Standard, Urban Work Site, 4 Lane Road, Work Site Closing One Lane 01570-2 Traffic Control, Minimum Standard,Urban Work Site, 2 Lane Road,Work Site On Centerline 01570-3 Traffic Control,Minimum Standard,Urban Work Site, 4 Lane Road,Work Site On Centerline Partially Blocking Inside Lanes 01570-4 Traffic Control,Minimum Standard,Urban Work Site,2 Lane Road, 1 Lane Partially or Fully Closed By Work Area 01570-5 Traffic Control,Minimum Standard,Rural Work Site,Work Adjacent to the Present Traveled Way 01570-6 Traffic Control,Minimum Standard,Rural Work Site,Utility Work On or Across the Present Traveled Way 01570-7 Pedestrian Traffic Control for Temporary Sidewalk Closure 01570-8 Sidewalk Closure with Detour 02213-1 Manhole Adjustment Detail 02213-2 Water Valve Adjustment Detail 02528-1 Integral Concrete Curb and Gutter 02529-1 Double Gutter Detail for Street Intersection 02529-2 Standard Fillet 02529-3 Type I Street Monument 02529-5 Driveway Approach With Sidewalk Adjacent to Curb 02529-713 Curb Walk Alley Approach 02529-8 Pedestrian Ramp 02529-8A Blended Transition Pedestrian Ramp 02529-11 Residential Driveway Approach and Sidewalk Details 02529-12 Non-Residential Driveway Approach 02529-13 Non-Residential Driveway Approach for Arterial Streets 02529-14 Concrete Storm Drainage Outlet and Inlet Chases 02529-15 Publicly-Maintained Sidewalk 02529-16 Asphalt Pathway Typical Section 02529-17 Concrete Class 1 Trail Typical Section 02529-18 Class 2 Trail Typical Section 02581-1 Typical Pavement Markings for Pedestrian Crossings (Type "A" Crossings) 02581-2 Typical Pavement Markings for School Crossings (Type "B" Crossings) 02660-3 Thrust Blocking For Water Main Valves 02660-4 Fire Hydrant 02660-5 Hydrant Location Detail 02660-6 Water Service Line 02660-7 Typical Blowoff COBMODS 6ie Edition Page 1 of 2 Appendix B Addendum 3 Drawing Description 02660-8 Hydrant Barrier Posts 02660-10 Typical Valve/Tee Restraint 02660-11 Water Main Crossing Below Existing Sewer Main 02660-12 Standard Domestic Service Line Installation for Sizes 4" and Larger 02660-12A Typical Riser Configuration 02660-13 Standard Fire Service Line Installation For Class I, II and III Systems 02660-14 Standard Fire Service Line Installation For Class IV and V Systems 02660-15 Water Service Line From Curb Stop to Building (Lines 2" and Smaller) 02660-16 Water and Sewer Main and Services Location Standards 02660-17 Water Service Interior Clearances 02660-18 Irrigation Meter Pit, 3/" or 1" Services 02660-19 Irrigation Meter Pit, 1 t/2" or 2" Services 02720-1 36" Standard Storm Drain Inlet 02720-1A Standard Square Storm Drain Inlet 02720-1B Combination Manhole and Curb Inlet 02720-3 Sanitary Sewer and Storm Drain Manhole 02720-4 Standard Straight Manhole 02720-11 Storm Drain Debris Rack 02730-2 Sanitary Sewer Service Line 02730-3 Deep Sanitary Sewer Service Line 02730-4 Sanitary Sewer Cleanout 02730-5 Standard Drop Manhole 09810-1 Sign Installation Standards 09810-2 Dead End Barricade 09810-4 Standard Street Marker Sign Location COBMODs 6'Edition Page 2 of 2 Appendix B Addendum 3 APPENDIX C Complete list of Standard Drawings to be used with the City of Bozeman Modifications to Montana Public Works Standard Specifications, Sixth Edition: Drawing Description COB 01570-1 Traffic Control, Minimum Standard, Urban Work Site, 4 Lane Road, Work Site Closing One Lane COB 01570-2 Traffic Control, Minimum Standard, Urban Work Site, 2 Lane Road, Work Site On Centerline COB 01570-3 Traffic Control, Minimum Standard,Urban Work Site, 4 Lane Road, Work Site On Centerline Partially Blocking Inside Lanes COB 01570-4 Traffic Control,Minimum Standard,Urban Work Site,2 Lane Road, 1 Lane Partially Or Fully Closed By Work Area COB 01570-5 Traffic Control,Minimum Standard,Rural Work Site,Work Adjacent To the Present Traveled Way COB 01570-6 Traffic Control, Minimum Standard, Rural Work Site, Utility Work On or Across the Present Traveled Way COB 01570-7 Pedestrian Traffic Control for Temporary Sidewalk Closure COB 01570-8 Sidewalk Closure with Detour COB 02213-1 Manhole Adjustment Detail COB 02213-2 Water Valve Adjustment Detail MPW 02221-1 Typical Utility Trench Detail MPW 02221-2 Pipe Bedding Alternate MPW 02222-1 Trench Plug Excavation Detail COB 02528-1 Integral Concrete Curb And Gutter COB 02529-1 Double Gutter Detail For Street Intersection COB 02529-2 Standard Fillet COB 02529-3 Type I Street Monument COBMODS 6'Edition Page I of 4 APPENDIX C Addendum 3 COB 02529-5 Driveway Approach With Sidewalk Adjacent To Curb MPW 02529-6Retrofit Drive Approach MPW 02529-7A Boulevard Alley Approach Detail COB 02529-713 Curb Walk Alley Approach COB 02529-8 Pedestrian Ramp COB 02529-8A Blended Transition Pedestrian Ramp MPW 02529-10 Mailbox Mounting for Curbline Delivery COB 02529-11 Residential Driveway Approach and Sidewalk Details COB 02529-12 Non-residential Driveway Approach COB 02529-13 Non-residential Driveway Approach for Arterial Streets COB 02529-14 Concrete Storm Drainage Outlet and Inlet Chases COB 02529-15 Publicly-Maintained Sidewalk COB 02529-16 Asphalt Pathway Typical Section COB 02529-17 Concrete Class 1 Trail Typical Section COB 02529-18 Class 2 Trail Typical Section COB 02581-1 Typical Pavement Markings for Pedestrian Crossings COB 02581-2 Typical Pavement Markings for School Crossings MPW 02660-1 Thrust Blocking for Water Main Fittings MPW 02660-2Water And Sewer Main Separation COB 02660-3 Thrust Blocking For Water Main Valves COB 02660-4 Fire Hydrant COB 02660-5 Hydrant Location Detail COB 02660-6 Water Service Line COBMODs 6'n Edition Page 2 of 4 APPENDIX C Addendum 3 COB 02660-7 Typical Blowoff COB 02660-8 Hydrant Barrier Posts COB 02660-10 Typical Valve/Tee Restraint COB 02660-11 Water Main Crossing Below Existing Sewer Main COB 02660-12 Standard Domestic Service Line Installation for Sizes 4" and Larger COB 02660-12A Typical Riser Configuration COB 02660-13 Standard Fire Service Line Installation For Class 1, 11 And III Systems COB 02660-14 Standard Fire Service Line Installation For Class IV And V Systems COB 02660-15 Water Service Line from Curb Stop to Building (Lines 2" and Smaller) COB 02660-16 Water And Sewer Main And Services Location Standards COB 02660-17 Water Service Interior Clearances COB 02660-18 Irrigation Meter Pit, 3/" or 1" Services COB 02660-19 Irrigation Meter Pit, 1 t/2" or 2" Services COB 02720-1 36" Standard Storm Drain Inlet COB 02720-1A Standard Square Storm Drain Inlet COB 02720-1B Combination Manhole and Curb Inlet MPW 02720-224" Standard Riser Inlet COB 02720-3 Sanitary Sewer And Storm Drain Manhole COB 02720-4 Standard Straight Manhole MPW 02720-6Precast Manhole Bases MPW 02720-7Typical Manhole Channel Details MPW 02720-10 Storm Drain Service Line COB 02720-11 Storm Drain Debris Rack COBMODS 61 Edition Page 3 of 4 APPENDIX C Addendum 3 MPW 0273 0-1 Nomograph For Air Testing Gravity Sewer Mains COB 02730-2 Sanitary Sewer Service Line COB 02730-3 Deep Sanitary Sewer Service Line COB 02730-4 Sanitary Sewer Cleanout COB 02730-5 Standard Drop Manhole COB 09810-1 Sign Installation Standards COB 09810-2 Dead End Barricade COB 09810-4 Standard Street Marker Sign Location COBMODS 6'h Edition Page 4 of 4 APPENDIX C Addendum 3 City of Bozeman Approved list of Copper Connections COPPER TO COPPER UNIONS BRAND SIZE TYPE IFACTORY NUMBER A.Y. McDonald 3/a" Compression 3 piece 4758Q Ford 3/" Compression 3 piece C44-33Q Mueller 1/" Compression 3 piece H15403 A.Y. McDonald 1" Compression 3 piece 4758Q Ford 1" Compression 3 piece C44-44Q Mueller 1" Compression 3 piece 15403 A.Y. McDonald 1 1/2" Compression 3 piece 4758Q Ford 1 1/2" Compression 3 piece C44-66Q Mueller 1 %2" Compression 3 piece H15403 A.Y. McDonald 2" Compression 3 piece 4758Q Ford 2" Compression 3 piece C44-77Q Mueller 2" Compression 3 piece H15403 A.Y. McDonald 3/X1" Compression 3 piece 4758Q Mueller 3/X1" Compression 3 piece H15403 A.Y. McDonald 1X11/2" Compression 3 piece 4758Q COPPER TO COPPER 90'S BRAND SIZE TYPE IFACTORY.NUMBER A.Y. McDonald 1 1/2" Compression 4761 Q Mueller 1 %2" Compression H15526 A.Y. McDonald 2" Compression 4761Q Mueller 2" Compression H15526 STRAIGHT STOPS BRAND SIZE TYPE IFACTORY NUMBER A.Y. McDonald 1/" Compression 610OMWQ Mueller 3/" Compression B24350 A.Y. McDonald 1" Compression 610OMWQ Mueller 1" Compression B24350 A.Y. McDonald 1 V2" . Compression 610OMWQ Mueller 11/2" Compression B24335 A.Y. McDonald 2" Compression 610OMWQ Mueller 2" Compression B24335 COBMODS 6'b Edition Page I of 3 APPENDIX D ANGLE STOPS BRAND SIZE TYPE FACTORY NUMBER A.Y. McDonald 3/" Compression 4602BQ Mueller %" Compression B24258 A.Y. McDonald 1" Compression 4602BQ Mueller 1" Compression B24258 A.Y. McDonald 1 %2" Compression 4602BQ Mueller 11/2" Compression B24276 A.Y. McDonald 2" Compression 4602BQ Mueller 2" Compression B24276 CORPORATION STOPS BRAND SIZE TYPE FACTORY NUMBER A.Y. McDonald %" Ball Corps 4701BQ Mueller 3/" Ball Corps B25008 Ford 3/" Ball Corps FB10003Q A.Y. McDonald 1" Ball Corps 4701BQ Mueller 1" Ball Corps B25008 Ford 1" Ball Corps FB10004Q A.Y. McDonald 1 1/2" Ball Corps 4701BQ Mueller 1 1/2" Ball Corps B25008 Ford 1 %2" Ball Corps FB10006Q A.Y. McDonald 2" Ball Corps 4701BQ Mueller 2" Ball Corps B25008 Ford 2" Ball Corps FB10007Q CURB STOPS BRAND SIZE TYPE FACTORY NUMBER A.Y. McDonald %5' Ball Valves/Minneapolis Thread 6104Q Mueller %" Ball Valves/Minneapolis Thread B25155 Ford %" Ball Valves/Minneapolis Thread B44-333MQ A.Y. McDonald 1" Ball Valves/Minneapolis Thread 6104Q Mueller 1" Ball Valves/Minneapolis Thread B25155 Ford 1" Ball Valves/Minneapolis Thread B44-444MQ A.Y. McDonald 1 1/2" Ball Valves/Minneapolis Thread 6104Q Mueller 1 1/2" Ball Valves/Minneapolis Thread B25155 COBMODS 6°i Edition Page 2 of 3 APPENDIX D CURB STOPS BRAND SIZE TYPE FACTORY NUMBER Ford 1 '/2" Ball Valves/Minneapolis Thread B44-666MQ A.Y. McDonald 2" Ball Valves/Minneapolis Thread 6104Q Mueller 2" Ball Valves/Minneapolis Thread B25155 Ford 2" Ball Valves/Minneapolis Thread B44-777MQ CURB BOXES BRAND SIZE TYPE FACTORY NUMBER Mueller All H10388 with bushings as required SADDLES BRAND SIZE TYPE IFACTORY NUMBER A.Y. McDonald 4" 2838 Ford 4" for DIP 20213-540 Mueller 4" BR2130474IP A.Y. McDonald 6" 2838 Ford 6" for DIP 20213-750 Mueller 6" BR2130684IP A.Y. McDonald 8" 2838 Ford 8" for DIP 20213-962 Mueller 8" BR21308991P A.Y. McDonald 10" 2838 Ford 10" for DIP 20213-1212 Mueller 10" BR213 1104IP A.Y. McDonald 12" 2838 Ford 12" for DIP 20213-1438 Mueller 12" BR213 1314IP Note: Other copper connectors may be approved by the Water Superintendent on a case by case basis. COBMODS 6'h Edition Page 3 of 3 APPENDIX D Intentionally Left Blank rn I d °' orn a-) w� LOLL- a� 1N't�~' wz O p toW�, OQ N 0M M - � V) w~HO ON O Q N 7d-:10 Z d' M = LLI CO ! r �" w in o Ln o �j x 53» �c a_Z cV c0 LLJ N sN 2 0 ~J N W_ 0 Z cn W z ° o� — QQ rWw 3 W J Xof O Z 3z �M o Q DO .-Wow ~ m Q o Z wz = O _ _ p Zo J U gcd „ a. aci c o 0 o c LL Q c U m N C U QQN Z U CL m w U O cEN o ° E F-- F- s O . O= .� CO W In i'(D ♦� L'n O E (� In M ' N - E N.N_ 10 N N O Nex^ �ED� n c w -0c ° � = N Wa LEIE � o N O ZUo o m0 O O ,: » Z .mow u E c `o« aEi N Nm N m (D° m � o > a m E a c a) O a C, Upc O x E U U S] E O O p .N-p U x C ,� 'O, 0 v U - o mcm Eco of o °'moo a u;4) _0 ' ° � ° ° ZZ v m c 'o ° m E� p .+ U O C ,+ 7 N H E E; o o o v `m m aci m L-` °,' : '-0 W Q' o E L n N ° o U E v o 3 ° o m ui Eowmoo ON aQ 2 � Lu0- c E c-u ca. O O N a� Q' c ° ° °gy (Am f• C N m p1.0 V) N N C CD `4 I O 0 En U m+.n N O C I m C Q 'O++ O z • � O 'Z ° 2 0 E N, u , i6 • L-ain NQ N O �'O mZ .`C y H (O N L O 0� oca - p uc wO oIto S :Z - o oC c d p La))W a 0 7F UN m O Uw � 3 W 10 cn Ld O Z O O O d-o o N W O O m =moo mw ak= m a N 0 7 Jan O.Z C "° ,,Lo O d 0 ° O 2 ° m O Y 0 Z"cd�Ld O ° 2O CL Cl c O E O C� Q•- a UZ LQ O 3 co � ¢ m w o'o -OV E m cmi O EF W cU 5 °>m � c� L.> M- O > a wXof °CU ,V) <-0oaNm>=v F Z CV M t sn co r °o N I rn #3Ey F CD o rn .- _ _ �� o� O L��! N W C O p o c o r U ° v p N - c E av J o °_ c O _ v n a x . L E N E N'N N s O Z E $ ;� >v ` cap o _rn = W o _ W O cc o CU. Yc � d w Z:) V) U °=v E ° "LLJ $ a E LLJ u = Ea co 0 xWZN vwI w :P, c aO ° xw`Er, j W oE °° °° cOO X c V ° O F J9g ) E c L,OIi E° ° ° N Zo a-W f v u : o W ='a ° w'u °c J J o EEC 0 t E�� Y w _o a ov OZ � U o EY c m`y c u E y o Q D LLJ f— o `m o v 0° °o'o a c ~ m Z J °"# � -0 `E w o° Z W uo= ° ww 0)o E ncu Q W U —Om U Z 0, L L°O�v Z c O Cie cO ` I 4N)-c V —'cZ ° °Ehr °u_J LL- QN _ ._ Q N° a w Z '°a I.j W a yL I �—o y o o c LL aN N Qz o'rno p m�_ F-'E o�o I rn`ov in Z p o U m Q W L J W v _ O C� c0 I C .:..^0.... W pJI ruiy °ulU�n COL:: M Q �`oFz ZoOy w$oU•`oF ow &�copoaoY O , 00vnc EQ coU c � wV w°Z a J1 Z Ea Q O i o > 0 �w � °1 LLJ vQ� --a af Y U d m NZ Z� fy Nj to 1-� a0 z � � z 1 w � N O Q Wz W q U d N ro M t r� (n ^x,, Q mN- H = H a -2z N M ~J N LLJ ~ Ln o Ln o = = r = N M M - = . oil GO A a snow LL �p _- M wv_' 00 � a_ w F-F x^ xO ln��W' Nc Z w �o �O to M r` rn rn LO c O O U O O /^ O ° U C O � N j O U J U _ C c ov 7w E o Z Va o E U c o N T> >. c E a v I y iN 3 Z W 7 N °0`l L p .:. E N.6 gn °o u7 = N c Z ' Z C y o N 71 1 N n�� .. Iil Q ° O O am r o O w v _ W J NW °wv E ° r a E xwow mm N m ° v� o .fO.. > Z � Z W OaU' 3 av� Eo. �2 ° xNE O W 0 m �OOw _c Xcc E oo `oo o 'Nv U N C U m V`�' U J Z Z u« 7 Eo of o °'moo �� u o Eoy OZO � E E a ° " o c c 7.D C7 ME -" tE ;« ° c7� Q W Z 00 o c Z � N U o o w O O m ; o wN wE u v�r acne � oY c$ o ono Q � m 3 � N m N y U N O o u E I Q 2 r of+=o �°`o J a.�aZ oN �Eur u7 ° L� � LLJ Q =mac ¢ N7o �p°'Z 'cca° QZZI— : z.O:::: • N �� N NL I c r0 cm o c Q Q mrno r7 of c io Q o I rno ID CL X� c0 (n L Z w N Q I v d o o<w�c L'� Om °z z°O d av a°'c o °Z gv o m yLx a d0 o ov aLln NWt o f Q Z Va-'IIIJN a2'7°C�pa°3N O • bi E we<$°>4)°v)vdEuc°i U Z • o a w z°w>� a onf Z 5Y U�NvwQa oQ N¢.>w� N M 4 is m lh a0 z � in z N � O Q Pal w O H w z O E-+ 0 N M M d U d N LLI S W N ♦- CO N J 0 wo a O a> d a w of 0 0 �cno�w w— m o o o U) (O 00� M w—O' d M a_ w~F-U w ILD0 W 00 d ?iM� (n r\ Nl u o j U O N N O C U o w T ° w L N oE° pv o E o o .. to )I�EQ��I I �01!,I E Nw v o N = o O Qcy- o N o v— o am r a v v o L am° E o c o r m w W ii New E a c o a J W v c p x ^E Z c u i E o o o `o `o 'm-a C/1 —1 oo axov �c cE c o`w Q Q N c acid m Eo ° p ° o H xcy m wcrn ° +`U+p `oc jam.- Z Y Q' Y Q U E E c o o o v E u — a � .F. 0 CL O �IJiOL�i_ o oEv No o� u Evo > W o J p p a E av o.° i v -o U O y O v U w e E c° Z O Q O] pain't v oY o — —o v J J -ain't v N °v t c�—c m o N LLJ m'=c Z (n o� O?o O o p • p v V No �ovz Sv`p U Q J N� I �E�Np Jc p O U C O O N U W at c�'M.om ° mm=° t c ~ — LL ND_ Zv~� WoO",pI ocv J Icc Qwly d o<wzcr-2 EQW J j0 �uNa 5avv wwa,;m Lw Z o U WZ°OZO v �«wg ww o o W Q Z Q LL_ C to Y v c °� oo �g m ao°a N°o ~ N O W 0cv�-MNVpovat�"oco`E • Q 3oC�HNJ�aw'J°pZU' oVa;w U w o f°ow ov a>m aN��Er 5 p v .�• Z o>I, rn U a�v�Q�p Q Nm >_v .. N inn 4 Ld ' ^ ad Q Z � U O � Z U� —a z oF_z z boa NQ' oho O Q a X�w q _jv w ZaZ O Lu ao� Z a Ld Ua N OM M �Ha Q H o LL U] Lij 0 w Ln o n o E a:.• Q IN W N M T. 7..:• ~Z J A 'uroRK; o o:m o ,Iln i > Q- w� N J (O M dM ooa. W~~O x1-1 it is x0 Nc Z = W �tZJO 73::M� V �E�W o lf) u C O c p 0 ° Lo a� t ° O N y D y I > O 7 O ° 1 Q N 3 U) 3 Q N c N v ° L Z C: p , rn m o o N w 0- - 6 ° ° o W Hd{N o o c [' o_ D N dML E p I x� c En c0 � Y2 � N ? ems° o 0 0 c-0 0 °c° Z aH ty', `o E o o f o 12 O O Q A�JOM 'I Qd '` c o0 0� � JZ � .`. 3.. Q LLJ J o NO oC u I— � Uw c ° N (U a°'i Q � OQ ACC. E U Q N pp U N ° C U — _ O p Y F- w fA O L U_ a�O "D-- ° 1— mD N L.� Q O W O a 0 . o °o p C a`� I LL. 0 f/7 �L a0 oai ft, ,C° � OEvi� QZ � � T N 70 �'p NZ Q CL o� NL 1 ° Eo m1 0) rn c"''5a N O t C F+ — 3 �.' w �0 U o I ° CL °oQw >,E oc � 3+�W� QQ ° Z a� o� p U Z aEi+ O 0 oU a'ct N - o-� !N/1 Ul J N a2.5 Vp c) 0 0— Q O O_w ° O—'p N U0> p) �N C: 0W OJmO N - p I, a- c V N � O Q W Q O � � Q Ez �20AC ' H i.V1�O R k o �w Q� 2 xa w 00a_ N r\ �p rn ': 114 O L I v M 'i 4,ji L L p N + w ?i s pl O 0- O >.N L r E N �v [ €Y p ° a = I � o� o O Q) 3._ m 3 N 3 Q . p L > p N C N O a - L N N p •_ a N L O N ° O 0 N L L— W d In +' p I_LI Z H;r X w O°' ° N ° a L C (/) aoU o ma s c Ea co F— Ld L O r-+ p L C O c (n ao��� 3 E L E O O E O !wog L " S c, 0 � OUQ> o f o o o 0 o O J 0 Cl) U m5 O.: 3 0) L o L ° W O O En c U Q J N M o O o Z Z W ' `I!IIIi'I13I: L O Lo_ w vi E o � 01 OJ N 0) L c E O � °, - U 0 oOX^ 0n °'ao°i . Oo � -0 (A UO al pw0 Z L c C a F— w ao 0) ) : �o � Z Q ZFr— W 0-0 U p U) I 0— ) (n Q J a- ro3 c . c c f - F- F- 0 o c Z ~ w° ° o 0 �o N o I a °o < p a c) N 0 O U (n N Noi1V1s ONlOOblj � c T zo 0 o J W 0 ° Q N pc z_ z g- c O I O p U O •N a a (ii - d o oo w c S > ' N c E U• o_ � QZ 3V) w _0 o Q �c Ul N L � z w � N Q4 FL.ai0.MAN o Q ON: Im >1z Nil Q .. V o ! Ei Q w i d 'v x 0 w P 'r oo a �N R9-1 1(L) SIDEWALK CLOSED AHEAD CROSS HERE 30"X24" SIDEWALK CLOSED 24"X18" SIGNS ARE TO BE PLACED AT THE NEAREST LEGAL CROSSING TO THE WORK AREA. MAY ONLY BE USED IF A PARALLEL SIDEWALK EXISTS ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THE ROADWAY. SIDEWALK CLOSED 24°X18" R9-11(R) SIDEWALK CLOSED AHEAD CROSS HERE 30°X24° SIGN ® WORK SITE TRAFFIC DRUMS OR CONE CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC NO. 01570-7 NONE CONTROL FOR TEMPORARY FEB 2007 STANDARD DRAWING SIDEWALK CLOSURE 5' 5 2l 0 I R9-9 SIDEWALK CLOSED TEMPORARY ACCESS RAMP ADEQUATELY ° SUPPORTED FENCING FENCING SIDEWALK CLOSED MUST MAINTAIN 4' CLEAR AREA 139-9 BETWEEN FENCING. WALKWAY MUST BE SMOOTH AND KEPT CLEAR OF FENCING AS SHOWN MAY USED OBSTRUCTIONS FOR SHORT TERM (LESS THAN APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC 30 DAYS) INSTALLATION. MORE CONTROL PLAN MUST BE PERMANENT STRUCTURES WILL BE USED FOR LANE CLOSURES REQUIRED FOR LONGER TERM. A COVERWALK MAY BE REQUIRED FOR OVERHEAD OPERATIONS (IF HEIGHT MINUS 10' EXCEEDS DISTANCE FROM WALK WAY TO WORK AREA) CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: SIDEWALK CLOSURE NO. 01570-8 STANDARD DRAWING NONE WITH FEB 2007 DETOUR BEET SURFACING tip• _y�.jylw wt.li;i: HOT MIX ASPHALT III�24'MIN. COMPACTED DASE •�•• I CONCRETE ADJUSTING AND SUDCRAGE %�':; .'•��.' RINGS AS NECESSARY (2'MIN.-12'MAX.) NOTES: 1.Adjust manholes upward with adjusting rings under frame. 2.Adjust manhole downward by removing cone and barrel sections as necessary and replacing with sections of length required to match grade. 3. Slope manhole frame as required to mathch slope of street. 4.Final manhole adjustment shall be made before paving. 5.All joints between manhole sections,top cone,adjusting rings, and manhole ring shall be watertight. Joint material shall be"Ram-Nek" or approved equal. 6.Manhole ring and cover shal be adjusted to match final crown and grade of street.Use Anderson Precast or approved equal concrete angled adjustment rings to obtain required angle. 7.Manhole ring and cover:use MCI 305 frame,305A cover,IFCO 772 frame, 772-B cover,or Deeter 1025,or D&L A-1172 with 1" cover. CITY OF BOZEMAN Scale: MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT NO. 02213-1 STANDARD DRAWING None DETAIL Rev.April 2005 TOP OF NEW PAVEMENT �6 : <ss:::<:z;: sz>�:p>z>.�::::......._._. 1 8" MIN. 1 " 4 MAX. 6" .i COMPACTED BASE & SUBGRADE NOTES: 1. Adjust water valves upward or downward as required. Final adjustment shall be made after paving and before seal coating. 2. Model No. 69 8550 series, East Jordan Iron works adjustable screw—type risers may be used to raise or adjust existing valve boxes only. 3. Valve box adjustment shown is designated as Type It water valve adjustment. Type I water valve adjustment is similar except with a concrete collar. CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: WATER VALVE ADJUSTMENT NO. 02213-2 STANDARD DRAWING NONE DETAIL Feb. 2004 NOTE: WHERE TRENCH PASSES THROUGH EXISTING PAVEMENT THE PAVEMENT SHALL BE CUT ALONG A NEAT VERTICAL LINE A MINIMUM OF 12" (30cm) FROM THE EDGE OF THE TRENCH OPENING. WHERE NEAT LINE IS LESS THAN 3' (0.9m) FROM EDGE OF EXISTING PAVEMENT OR CURB AND GUTTER SECTION, REMOVE AND REPLACE ENTIRE PAVEMENT SECTION BETWEEN TRENCH AND EDGE OF PAVEMENT. EXISTING STREET SURFACE VERTICAL TRENCH WALLS WITH SHORING TO CONFORM TO O.S.H.A. REGULATIONS* �12"(30 cm) MIN. SUBGRADE OR GROUND SURFACE 1111711121 // \ \/\\ INSTALL DETECTABLE SLOPING, BENCHING OR WARNING TAPE 18"(45cm) SUPPORT SYSTEMS IN THIS MAX. DEPTH AREA TO CONFORM TO BACKSLOPE AS SPECIFIED O.S.H.A. REGULATIONS* TO CONFORM TO O.S.H.A. (OPTIONAL) REGULATIONS* TYPE "A""B", OR "C" < 6"(15cm) TRENCH BACKFILL \j j/ SELECT TYPE I BEDDING Qo€ub / MATERIAL PLACED oc7 �� o oC7o o\// IN 6"(15cm) LAYERS & TYPE I PIPE BEDDING U�o° (y /� COMPACTED AS SPECIFIED PLACED IN 6"(15cm) MAX. C °opU O °° IN SECTION 02221. LAYERS AND COMPACTED °o no©�� 4"(10cm) o ooO o THOROUGHLY. / TRENCH WIDTH=O.D, OF PIPE PLUS 2'(60cm) MIN. TRENCH WIDTH= 3.5'(1.1m) TYPE 2 PIPE BEDDING WHERE REQUIRED FOR / SOFT OR UNSTABLE \. N� FOUNDATION NOTE: SEE CONTRACT SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR ANY MODIFICATIONS TO STANDARD TRENCH MATERIALS AND/OR OTHER TRENCH DESIGN FEATURES * SEE O.S.H.A. CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS FOR EXCAVATIONS. REVISED: 10/25/02 CITY OF BILLINGS SCALE: STANDARD DRAWING STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS NONE TYPICAL UTILITY TRENCH DETAILS NO. 02221-1 It is recognized that native materials which may be used for pipe bedding vary widely from area to area. Therefore, the following is offered as an alternate to the TYPE 1 pipe bedding specification in Section 02221: TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPE- LINES AND APPURTENANT STRUCTURES. This alternate shall be used only if called for in the Special Provisions. It must be emphasized that no specification should be used without the engineer's evaluation of the particular situation. TYPE 1 PIPE BEDDING Type 1 pipe bedding, imported or naturally occurring on site, shall be gravel, gravel-sand mixture, or sand. The material shall be well graded and shall conform to the requirements for soil type GW (gra- vel, well graded) or SW (sand, well graded) of the Uni- fied Soil Classification System (USCS) as delineated in ASTM D2487 except, at the discretion of the engineer, the material may contain up to a maximum of 12 percent passing the 200 sieve provided the plasticity index of the material is 6 or less. The maximum size gravel shall be 3/4-inch. The coefficient of uniformity for gravel shall be 4 or greater and a coefficient of curvature between 1 and 3. Sand shall have a coefficient of uniformity of 6 or greater and a coefficient of curvature between 1 and 3. Type 1 bed- ding shall consist of a minimum of 4 inches(10 cm), or 118 the outside diameter of pipe, whichever is greater, bedding material under the pipe; and the bedding material around and over the pipe to a point a minimum 6 inches (15cm) above the top of the pipe unless specified otherwise in the Special Provisions. The coefficient of uniformity is defined as the ratio of grain size diameter at 60�' passing to the grain size diameter at 10% passing expressed as: Cu = D6o D10 The coefficient of curvature is defined as the position of the square of the grain size diameter at 30% passing to the product of the grain size diameter at 10% passing times the grain size diameter at 60% passing expressed as: 2 Cc = (D30) D1D x D6o Where the naturally occurring material contains voids which would allow migration, sand bedding material shall not be used. Bedding material under and around the pipe to 6 inches (15cm) above the top of the pipe shall be placed by hand or other careful manner so as not to disturb the pipe, in maximum layers of 6 inches (15cm) and compacted to a minimum of 85Z Standard Proctor ASTM D698 R, AASHTO T-99. Special care shall be taken to assure complete compaction under the haunches of the pipe. Backfill material shall be placed in the trench for its full width on each side simultaneously. Water settling of this portion of the trench will not be allowed. The addition of water shall be limited to that required for optimum moisture for maximum compaction of the material. REVISED: 12/27/95 MONTANA PUBLIC WORKS SCALE: STANDARD DRAWING STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS NONE PIPE BEDDING ALTERNATE NO. 02221-2 A Ground Surface 3'(90 cm) Std.Trench Backfill r Trench Plug Material r r , r ,' r ' Select Pipe Bedding r M1. 'F. a Bottom of Trench Type I Bedding A 4— 10'(3 in) J Section A-A Std.Trench Backfill Ground Surface Trench Wall 'r'/,%i,';'i/,%i;;'r'�;'i, Trench Wall IRH Plug Limit Plug Limit �3'(90 cm) Plug Limit Trench Bottom 3'(90 cm) J LT(90 cm) REVISED: 10/21/02 MONTANA PUBLIC WORKS SCALE: TRENCH PLUG STANDARD DRAWING STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS NONE EXCAVATION DETAIL NO. O2222-1 5.4" (0.45') 24" 9' 2" ° 4" TOPSOIL d 3r'R 5„ (TYP.) 4"R I . d 3l TO PER 1 SLOPE ° . 4. Id 7.5 /\\ V., d •ap d d p d O O O 0 0 I- 0 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 0 CRUSHED GRAVEL O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O BASE - 3" MIN. 0000000000000000000000000000000 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 0 SUB-BASE COURSE AS REQUIRED COMPACTED SUBGRADE 0.5" 1.5„ 3/4" —3/4" PER 1' SLOPE _SLOPE AT 57 MAX, 29 MIN 1 2" PER 1' SLOPE 6" 9.5—►f 9.5' --------------- DROP CURB FOR DRIVEWAYS DROP CURB FOR PEDESTRIAN RAMPS SPILL CURB NOTES: 1. Subgrade or base course compaction shall conform to section 02230 (M.P.W. Specs., 1996 ed.) 2. Contraction joints shall be placed at 10' intervals and shall have a minimum depth of 3/4" and minimum width of 1/8". 3. 1/2" expansion joint material shall be placed at all P.C.s, P.T.s, curb returns and at not more than 300' intervals. The expansion material shall extend through the full depth of the curb and gutter. 4. No curb and gutter shall be placed without a final form inspection by the City Engineer or his representative. 5. Concrete shall be Class M-4000. 6. Crushed gravel base shall meet the requirements of Section 02235 (MPW SPECS, 2003 ed.) For curb and gutter replacement projects, washed rock may be used for the gravel base. CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: INTEGRAL CONCRETE NO. 02528-1 STANDARD DRAWING NONE CURB & GUTTER Revised Mar. 2017 CURB TO CURB ��- WIDTH - VARIES IF FACE OF CURB m 15' R (TYP) FACE OF GUTTER 111 EXPANSION JOINT CONTROL JOINT/// A �\� BACK OF CURB i� FLOWLINE WITH CURB RETURN A FILLET AS ONE PIECE 6.. IF EXISTING CURB DOWEL WITH 5 #4 X 36" ]JOINTS WILL BE REQUIRED RETURN, GRIND GUTTER SMOOTH REBAR EVENLY APPROX. EVERY 10 FEET TO FORM OUTLET SPACED ON 1' CENTERS CHANNEL WHEN THIS WITH 3 1/2" OF COVER. IS THE HIGH SIDE ONE ONEAEND OF BARS PLAN VIEW VARIABLE 6'-0" MIN, STREET SURFACE PER 1' 7" REINFORCE WITH #4 SECTION A-A BARS ON 2' X 2' GRID NOTES: THE WIDTH WITH PROPORTIONAL INVERT MAY VARY TO SATISFY THE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS OF INDIVIDUAL APPLICATIONS. FINISHED STREET SURFACE TO BE 1/8" TO 1/4" ABOVE EDGES OF DOUBLE GUTTER. CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: DOUBLE GUTTER DETAIL NO. 02529-1 STANDARD DRAWING NONE FOR STREET INTERSECTION DEC. 2003 TYPE OF MAIL BOX AND SUPPORTING POST IS OPTIONAL r---------- -----, MAIL BOX --------------- 8" MIN. I + (15cm) + MAINTAIN 3'(0.9m) MIN. CLEAR SIDEWALK WIDTH TO MAILBOX OR SUPPORT WHEN MOUNTED IN SIDEWALK. g 0 E m 0 SIDEWALK OR BOULEVARD CURB STREET SURFACE p G REVISED: 12/27/95 MONTANA PUBLIC WORKS SCALE: MAIL BOX MOUNTING STANDARD DRAWING STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS NONE FOR CURBLINE DELIVERY NO. 02529-10 f SIDEWALK BOULEVARD VARIES— 5'TYP zx s PROPERTY ry 3" MIN GRAVEL BASE 4" THICK M-4000 CONCRETE MAINTAIN SECTION B PROPER SIDEYARD SETBACK PER ZONING REGULATIONS I TRANSITION SECTION FROM EXISTING CURB TO DROP CURB: 3' MI ., 5' MAX. EXPANSION JOINTS COMPLETELY AROUND SIDEWALK SECTION DRIVEWAY THROAT WIDTH 24' MAX. CURB & APRON POURED MONOLITHIC UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED CONTRACTION JOINT EXPANSION JOINTS AT CURB RETURNS w I BACK OF CURB SIDEWALK CONTRACTION JOINTS D I FLOW LINE SPACED AT 5' INTERVALS - MIN. DEPTH 1". EXPANSION JOINTS EDGE OF GUTTER TO BE PLACED AT 25' w INTERVALS. I VARIABLE a (5.5' TYP.) CONTRACTION JOINTS TO BE SPACED 5 AT 10' INTERVALS IN CURB & GUTTER EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL SHALL BE 1/2" THICK PRE—FORMED BITUMINOUS TREATED FIBERBOARD FILLER. ALL CURB REPLACEMENT SHALL BE DONE WITH INTEGRAL CURB AND GUTTER UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED. GRADE ESTABLISHED AS 1/4" RISE PER FOOT FROM TOP OF ADJACENT FULL HEIGHT CURB R MATCH EXISTING SIDEWALK GRADE SIDEWALK DRIVEWAY 5.5' TYP. TYP. (VARIES) 1/:7PERFOOT_SLOPE STREET SURFACE w z .+ ' f+ 0_ .0 .0. 0..,:0.: w a 0 w WASHED ROCK o CURB & GUTTER 3" MIN. MIN. 6" THICK M-4000 CONCRETE # OR MATCH EXISTING OR REQUIRED SIDEWALK WIDTH SECTION A CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: RESIDENTIAL NO. 02529-11 STANDARD DRAWING NONE DRIVEWAY APPROACH DEC 2003 AND SIDEWALK DETAILS MAINTAIN PROPER SIDEYARD SETBACK PER ZONING REGULATIONS 5' TRANSITION SECTION FROM EXISTING CURB TO DROP CURB: EXPANSION JOINTS COMPLETELY AROUND SIDEWALK SECTION MAX. THROAT WIDTH 35' COMMERCIAL 40' INDUSTRIAL CURB & APRON POURED MONOLITHIC UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED CONTRACTION JOINT EXPANSION JOINTS AT CURB RETURNS 1' w BACK OF CURB SIDEWALK CONTRACTION JOINTS SPACED AT 5' INTERVALS - MIN. FLOW LINE DEPTH 1". EXPANSION JOINTS TO BE PLACED AT 25' a EDGE OF GUTTER INTERVALS. o a VARIABLE CONTRACTION JOINTS TO BE SPACED (5.5' TYP.) AT 10' INTERVALS IN CURB & GUTTER �5L­ f EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL SHALL BE 1/2" THICK PRE-FORMED BITUMINOUS TREATED FIBERBOARD FILLER, ALL CURB REPLACEMENT SHALL BE DONE WITH INTEGRAL CURB AND GUTTER UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED. GRADE ESTABLISHED AS 1/4" RISE PER FOOT FROM TOP OF ADJACENT FULL HEIGHT CURB R MATCH EXISTING SIDEWALK GRADE SIDEWALK DRIVEWAY APRON 1' * 5' TYP. 5.5' TYP. (VARIES) 1/4" PER FOOT SLOPE STREET SURFACE w z J . w O 0 '0' O d O Of 3" WASHED ROCK MIN. 6" THICK CURB & GUTTER M-4000 CONCRETE * OR MATCH EXISTING OR REQUIRED SIDEWALK WIDTH CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: NON RESIDENTIAL NO. 02529- 12 STANDARD DRAWING NONE DRIVEWAY APPROACH Dec. 2003 5.5' P. NOTE: IF SIDEWALK EXTENDS TO CURB, INSTALL APPROACH AS PER STANDARD PROPERTY LINE DRAWING 02529-5. WITH 15' CURB 1 TRANSITION SECTIONS. 5' TYP. VERTICAL CURB OR INTEGRAL CURB & GUTTER EXPANSION JOINTS INSTALL EXPANSION JOINT IF DRIVEWAY IS P.C.C. PAVEMENT 35' MAX. COMMERCIAL 40' MAX. INDUSTRIAL A A CONTRACTION JOINTS (TYP.) - SPACE AT 5' INTERVALS IN SIDEWALK, 10' INTERVALS IN APRON 3 TRANSITION TOP OF CURB TO MATCH SIDEWALK a w EXPANSION JOINTS AT N CURB RETURNS CURB & GUTTER SIDEWALK DRIVEWAY APRON DRIVEWAY (A.C.C. 5.5' TYP. OR P.C.C. PAVEMENT) 5' TYP. 1/4" PER FOOT SLOPE STREET SURFACE WASHED ROCK 1 3" MIN. 6" THICK M-4000 CONCRETE SECTION A—A NON—RESIDENTIAL NO. 02529-13 CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: DRIVEWAY APPROACH Dec. 2003 STANDARD DRAWING NONE FOR ARTERIAL STREETS VARIES 12'SOLID COVER BACK OF CURB 1' S' 5.5' TYP. FLOWLINE SIDEWALK BOULEVARD W --,-EXPANSION JOINT EXPANSION JOINTS 10 6 VARIES 6" CONCRETE � DROP CURB HEAD CHANNEL NORMAL CONCRETE GUTTER LINE WITH STYLE,(SOLID COVERT FOUNDRY GRATING (OUTLET CHASE ONLY) WITH STYLE B FRAME, D C FOUNDRY J SERIES" WITN SOLID, BOLT DOWN COVERS,(OR APPROVED EQUAL) -H PLAN VIEW - N.T.S. IFCO STYLE S(SOLID COVER)TRENCH GRATING WITH STYLE B TRAVE, D A: FOUNDRY J SERIES" PROVIDE WITH SOLID, BOLT DOWN COVERS,(OR APPROVED EQUAL) EROSION CONTROL AS REQUIRED 2%-i FLOWLINE EXPANSION JOINT t- 1.5% MIN. 6 ...................................................f�4' BASE COURSE 1.5'1 5' 11 5.5'(TYP.) I 2' �I RE END CHASE DUIRED i7 �� SIDEWALK BOULEVARD FEND COVER CURB k CUTTER INLET CHASE IFCO STYLE S(,OLIO COVERT TRENCH GRATING WITH STYLE B RAME, D R L FOUNDRY J SERIES' WITH SOLID, BOLT DOWN COVERS. (OR APPROVED EQUAL) LOWLINE ............. ....................................................................... I �'4' BASE COURSE V AS IN� 5' � 5.5'(TYP.) 2' i� REQUIRED SIDEWALK BOULEVARD CURB CUTTER PER STD. DRAWING 02528-1 SECTION B - N.T,S, OUTLET CHASE IFCO STYLE S(SOLID COVER) TRENCH ORATING WITH STYLE B FRAME,D k L FOUNDRY'J SERIES' 4'SIDEWALK W + 2 2' WITH SOLID, BOLT DOWN COVERS, (OR APPROVED EQUAL) 1 ••• •• ••• 6" w h DIMENSIONS w AND h VARY. SIZE 6" TO BE DETERMINED BY ENGINEER EXPANSION JOINT BASED ON 25-YEAR EVENT, BUT NO 6' ...... ... LESS THAN 6'AT CURB OPENING . BASE COURSE '•""' CONCRETE SHALL BE M-4000 4" MIN. COVERS MUST BOLT DOWN TO FRAME SECTION A - N.T.S. CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: CONCRETE STORM DRAINAGE NO. 02529-14 STANDARD DRAWING NONE OUTLET AND INLET CHASES DEC. 2003 Rev: 5 A ril 200 i FUTURE SIDEWALK 1 I Esc I 5' 1�-6" 6'(MIN) SIDEWALK 1411 ROPERTY LINE VARIES LIMIT OF PUBLICLY MAINTAINED SIDEWALK 1 CURB & GUTTER 1 5' uI E 5' NOTE: PUBLICLY—MAINTAINED 1 1 SIDEWALKS TO BE 6" THICK 1 1 M-4000 CONCRETE REINFORCED WITH 1.5 LBS FIBERMESH PER C.Y. FUTURE SIDEWALK CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: PUBLICLY—MAINTAINED SIDEWALK NO.MARCH 2O055 STANDARD DRAWING 1"= 5' CONSTRUCTION STANDARD )§�i La jr $ �k) § » &\& � ƒ y<§ )/§ ? _ az §u ±82 )K2% \ LLIa }"\ (/Q) En \ \ < j i m * ) ) K { 3 LU ) Ld / e » \ k . </ ' ( } \ / 7 4 �2g § «� §Lu �a /o , 2 2 o a§§m § /kQ) . e 2)#® \§ n� z ooze P 0 §& >) T, �S a.0 M mz§>- §g mza2 . (��C b§ g3if§ - 'n L) \j\� �\ �/ )\\ y))§ §q \ §$\ e F§ o]z { Fr 0 _jLL) . §; /* §q/ # o< . \ EL t \ <f <B \ wjw«/ }§ o= . ? CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE ASPHALT PATHWAY NO. 02529-16 STANDARD DRAWING NONE TYPICAL SECTION JAN. 2006 O N 00 O Z x �o Q U) g L'i d U= W F K 03m V)oL� (n w 1.1 U w Z K O Y U o O =Z� D DwF- m W 7 •t Z U U Z Ld O W o' 10 U d e w 0 m m a U) w a o o � J a d � W W N J = Z Q Z O LLJ Q U Q ME (n ~ J() O U7 Q Z O O Y Q W O fkf U F- a) 2 N-F O (7 U Z _ Z 20 oa_ x W F- a zw ZO Zo 3 J U Np I-1 In 3 ZJQ Xw Z O K 6,H O J UO HLf (=/) LL w na= F z vT p z Z ZI 3 N� 7 d CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: CONCRETE CLASS 1 TRAIL NO. 02529-17 STANDARD DRAWING NONE TYPICAL SECTION April 2006 J W U' (N D Z W H OO N Z W W Z W • Y N U� F Z D 4 • w 0 m w N o w = N �. U 0 Q 3 0 w O EC .' • O _Z N + Z m QLa ;W HQ W a�0 O= F- wD o a. zo ao IL' r aF- Z F=-Vwj Z� m W U U Q DO J�p U V Z2 �D ^Z ZO L 5� ZJ aO �N Fw-a J N �0 -, V1'J H� n ZZ am OI Q Z Q N fn CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: CLASS II TRAIL NO. 02529-18 STANDARD DRAWING NONE TYPICAL SECTION April 2006 6' — 0" *1.5" I 7 � . *Depth will vary proportionately with width of cross drain 3" GRAVEL 3' CROSS DRAIN CONTROL JOINT — SEAL WITH BITUMINOUS JOINT SEALER EXPANSION JOINT 6" 8„ 10" EXTEND EXPANSION TUBES 3/4" PAST END OF STEEL DOWEL TO ALLOW FOR EXPANSION (IF DOWELS ARE USED) FILLET TO BE PLACED ON 3" COMPACTED GRAVEL BASE OR STREET BASE, WHICHEVER IS GREATER. CONCRETE TO BE EXPANSION JOINT AT 6" DEPTH FROM FACE OF CURB TO P.C. (TYP.) STREET 15' R (TyP.) 3/4" STEEL DOWELS (OPTIONAL) CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: STANDARD FILLET NO. 02529-2 STANDARD DRAWING NONE AUG. 1994 2" TO 2 1/2" DIAMETER BRASS CAP WITH ROUNDED TOP, SET FROM REFERENCE POINTS. ENGINEER TO MARK MONUMENT POINT IN CAP AFTER INSTALLATION, STREET PAVEMENT �1/8" TO 1/4" BELOW PAVEMENT 6" TO 9" BUT NO DEEPER THAN 1/2' ABOVE BOTTOM OF BOX. GRAVEL BASE .. .. .. ..... . .. ... ..._.._ . .. _.. . . 2r1/2" d° MIN. ;• a LEAVE GRAVEL EXPOSED ° FOR DRAINAGE, 3'-0" MIN. '°` d ° STANDARD CONCRETE (6 1/2 SACK MIX OR BETTER) POURED IN PLACE OR PRECAST AND SOLIDLY PLACED. a ° d NON REINFORCED 6" MIN., ROUND OR SQUARE WITH 1/2" CHAMFERED CORNERS OR : 9 REINFORCED PRECAST 4" SQUARE WITH 1/2" CHAMFERED CORNERS AND 4 NO. 2 REBARS. MONUMENT BOX INLAND FOUNDRY CO. PATTERN NO. 1034 OR APPROVED EQUAL. CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: TYPE I STREET MONUMENT NO. 02529-3 STANDARD DRAWING NONE Dec. 1999 RIVEWAY EXPANSION JOINT EXPANSION JOINT V� MAX. SLOPE O� GO \ 1.5" EXPANSION JOINT FLOWLINE TRANSITION SECTION -5' MINIMUM -15' FOR NON-RESIDENTIAL APPROACH ON ARTERIAL STREETS 6" M-4000 CONCRETE DRIVEWAY 1 0. 0� 0 •0 �0 i ••� •' .�.'• ,tr' 00 0 0 0 0 3" WASHED GRAVEL COMPACTED SUBGRADE SECTION VIEW CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: DRIVEWAY APPROACH NO. 02529-5 STANDARD DRAWING NONE WITH SIDEWALK Revised ADJACENT TO CURB Dec. 1999 A i-----------------r------------------------------------------------- It I 1 I 1 1 1 1 jl I EXISTING CURBWALK � 1 1 I ) I I I I I 1 SAW CUT OR 1 I REMOVE AT JOINT I' I 11 1 1 OUNDING 1 1 AS NEEDED ' JOINT 1 --L-- (SEE BELOW) —� (SE ban) LIP ID 1) I (SEE BELOW) +1� i ----�-- — -- — — ------------- — — —�—(60cm) FLOW SINE -� I AREA OF NEW CONSTRUCTION I j REMOVE EXISTING CURB AND GUTTER I EXISTING DRIVE A—J WIDTH OF DRIVEWAY VARIES OVER CURB MATCH EXISTING 2'—O'(6Ocm) ROUNDING TO RESTORE ( MATCH EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING CURBWALK N.LINE STREET SURFACE 1'(2.5m) U ' I (16am�)r I D ------------------ ---� o 4 C . 3'(6cm) GRAVEL BASE SECTION A—A REVISED: 12/27/95 MONTANA PUBLIC WORKS SCALE: STANDARD DRAWING STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS NONE RETROFIT DRIVE APPROACH NO. 02529-6 ` Q a I o w p) N 0 N ? 0 N U o a O G toZ s a O too / z 0 F\1` G m c3� J_ lal y W 7 \\ g L) 0 e� W W = ci \\ m << C z o Of a U Q �d� LLJ O (n � �F Q CL Q lJi 2N 1 I 7 0 1— �\ZZ+ W J w W � 2_-• a z C) 1}j In Z J m W \ / Q a_ cn < O Q � U \Eu E E ' m z } °, Q w 0) No w w a N w IL iliwz<o I�3FWFQ O F 3 W Z / \\ z 0.H- wZ n \ Eo6d6N Z / \ WJO pWZ 0 F \ WJp ,aw" JH� ZY�% o \ azI< J-jQ QOW / r h Now m<6I Y \ G \\ / W p0 V) m -12 \ of '° i \ mm<aWzzN Sag a o JJ>IfoO O� Q �a 0 31}QQ�'p mR ° 0\ W Z u 2(Ewww3 OaI 0w(nQ338o Ua~ do `7 Pti� aa ow ooao 3 \ •o \ ° ' <f-,OwwaF- 00j� / Q Z ( O V Z a J W yLL Slu y �\ Q Pyy�1 O Z Z z w U N a J LL P� •sOf O Zo o a L.L o E- x m < Q U ofZN ' z >-\ O F I —N O W'.. IL z J I U W p_ O p J J U) R = 15' BACK OF CURB c R d PT eo d 4. 1 (TYP.) DOWEL WITH 24" NO.5 a. 2 EXPANSION REBAR 3" INTO BACK ° p e a.d C JOINTS OF CURB, 3' CLEAR ° cv, R 'e a ••• .° . ° °.. °° ° ° ° d A ••• �P7 MAX. 5' X5 °. a IL 5 SIDEWALKI 1:20 MAX. ° 5' SIDEWALK (TYP.) ..••• LAqPING.1 • •••• 24"..Min °d : °, ° SCALE: 1 OWEL C L) 5 1/2' BLVD. (TYP.) n_ 6" THICK CONCRETE SURFACE RAMPS TO BE CONSTRUCTED WITH DETECTABLE �__�EXPANSION Flow line WARNING SURFACES COMPLYING WITH ADAAG JOINT COVERING THE ENTIRE WIDTH OF THE RAMPS. ONE CORNER OF THE DETECTABLE WARNING MUST BE WITHIN B OF GUTER FLOW LINE; NO OTHER POINT ON THE LEADING EDGE OF THE DETECTABLE WARNING STORM DRAIN INLET MAY BE MORE THAN 5' FROM THE FLOW LINE. (TYPICAL LOCATION) REINFORCE CONCRETE IN RAMPS WITH FIBERMESH'"AT A RATE IF 1 1/2 lbs./C.Y. OR WITH 6x6x10 GAUGE WIRE MESH 12 5'-0" � 12" IL TRANSITION TO NORMAL SIDEWALK TOP OF CURB ELEVATION. DISTANCE VARIES. SIDEWALK I r 5' SIDEWALK FLOW LINE 5'S NO LIP 5.5 VARIES LANDING SECTION B-B NO LIP 9.5" D M NO SCALE 6„ STANDARD 2 1/2' DEPRESSED Ir CURB SECTION SIDEWALK LANDING 6" " 6" CONCRETE 33" GRR VEL BASE (TYP.) RAMP SECTION A-A NO SCALE SECTION C-C CONSTRUCTION NOTES: I NO SCALE 1. Standard applies to new construction, with max. curb R=15', and min. 5.5' boulevards. 2. Ramp and curb can be poured monolithically. 3. Storm drain inlets shall be constructed "upstream" of ramps. Alternative locations permitted only upon City Engineer's approval. 4. Ramp width shall be 5' minimum. 5. Sidewalk cross—slopes shall not exceed 2%. BOULEVARD SIDEWALK NO. 02529-8 CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: PERPENDICULAR AS SHOWN PEDESTRIAN RAMP NOV. 1995 STANDARD DRAWING (15' MAX. RADIUS/5.5' MIN. BOULEVARD) Revised April 2006 USE BLENDED TRANSITION RAMP WHERE LIMITATIONS DUE TO BOULEVARD WIDTH, RIGHT-OF-WAY,CURB RADIUS,OR INTERSECTION ANGLE PREVENT THE USE OF STANDARD RAMPS PER csy C.O.B STANDARD DRAWING 02529-8 DETECTABLE WARNING TO BE A MINIMUM OF 4' w WIDE,CENTERED ON THE CROSSWALK(S). % tia •.:'';'•,'•.'•.' EXPANSION JOINT 1:12 MAX XXX Drop Curb 1, SIDEWALK N ® Curb Transition j 2%MAX IN �c •f o EXPANSION JOINT -, LENGTH AS REQUIRED TO MATCH STANDARD SIDEWALK GRADE b 3 w 0 Landing I Ramp 5'Min !f Varies )1 Sidewalk No Lip�f z%MAX <�MAX 3"Gravel Base(Typ.) 4"Concrete 6"Concrete Reinforced with 1.5 lbs. Fibermesh/C.Y.or 6x6x10 Gauge Wire Mesh SECTION A-A Not to Scale CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: BLENDED TRANSITION NO. 02529-8A STANDARD DRAWING NOT TO SCALE PEDESTRIAN RAMP APRIL 2006 1' FROM EDGE OF GUTTER OR FACE OF VERTICAL CURB 8" White Standard I 24" White Stop Line 4 8' - Standard 4' Min. NOTES: See Note 2 (1) THE LOCATION OF THE CROSSWALK LINES ARE DEPENDENT UPON LOCATION OF THE SIDEWALKS. (2) 4' MINIMUM FOR SINGLE LANE APPROACHES. FOR MULTI-LANE 24" White APPROACHES SETBACK BASED ON Stop Line ENGINEERING DESIGN. (3) USE YIELD LINE FOR UNCONTROLLED CROSSINGS, STOP LINES FOR CONTROLLED CROSSINGS. CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: TYPICAL PAVEMENT MARKINGS NO. 02581 -1 NONE FOR PEDESTRIAN CROSSINGS FEB. 1996 STANDARD DRAWING (TYPE "A" CROSSINGS) Revised May 2017 t 2 � i �t1»t�.��Y�IIt�ItY WY1Yt'Y�i t'.tt�. x. . 2' MIN. 3.5' MAX 2f YIELD LINE SCHOOL CROSSING OR UNCONTROLLED CROSSING 3 SEE NOTE 3 SPACE BARS TO 2'� BE OUT OF WHEEL 8' TYPICAL PATHS _- - I ! I �ssY�tt)..Y Yt_YYtY-ttYtE t-,fwt n�. <: »` NOTES: f ( (1) THE LOCATION OF THE CROSSWALK .: LINES ARE DEPENDENT UPON LOCATION OF I, THE SIDEWALKS. (2) USE YIELD LINE FOR UNCONTROLLED CROSSINGS, STOP LINE FOR CONTROLLED CROSSINGS r.: ( (3) 4' MINIMUM FOR SINGLE LANE I APPROACHES. FOR MULTI-LANE APPROACHES, SEE MUTCD SEC 313-16 CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: TYPICAL PAVEMENT MARKINGS FOR NO. 02581 -2 STANDARD DRAWING NONE SCHOOL/OR UNCONTROLLED FEB. 1996 CROSSINGS (TYPE "B" CROSSINGS) Revised May 2017 V '•:.•. V'a a B ' e . >. -- �> • a B 3 / REDUCER MIN. �/ UNDISTURBED EARTH TEE TEE (Plugged) BEND STANDARD DIMENSIONS FOR THRUST BLOCKING TEES & PLUGS 900BEND 450BEND & WYES REDUCERS & FITTING 22 1/20BEND SIZES A B A B A B A B 4" 1'-7" 1'-2" 1'-9" l'-6" 1'-8" 0'-10" 1'-7" 0'-6" 6" 2'-0" 1'-11" 2'-5" 2'-2" 1'-10" 1'-7" 1'-9" 0'-10" 8" 2'-8" 2'-6" 3'-2" 3'-0" 2'-5" 2'-1" 1'-9" 1'-6" 10" 3'-4" 3'-3" 4'-0" 3'-10" 3'-0" 2'-9" 2'-2" l'-11" 12" 4'-0" 3'-10" 4'-8" 4'-8" 3'-8" 3'-3" 2'-7" 2'-3" 14" 5'-5" 3'-10" 6'-6" 4'-11" 4'-9" 3'-5" 1 3'-5" 2'-5" METRIC DIMENSIONS FOR THRUST BLOCKING TEES & PLUGS 900BEND 450BEND & WYES REDUCERS & FITTING 22 1/2°BEND SIZES A B A B A B A B 10cm 0.5m 0.4m 0.5m 0.5m 0.5m 0.3m 0.5m 0.2m 15cm 0.6m 0.6m 1 0.7m 0.7m 0.6m 0.5m I 0.5m 0.3m 20cm 0.8m 0.6m 1.Om 1 0.9m 0.7m 0.6m 0.5m 0.5m 25cm 1.0m 1.0m 1.2m 1.2m 0.9m 0.8m 0.7m 0.6m 30cm 1.2m 1.2m 1.4m 1.4m 1.im 1.Om 0.8m 0.7m 36cm 1.6m 1.2m 2.Om 1.5m 1.4m l.Om 1.0m 0.7m NOTES: 1. THESE TABLES ARE BASED ON 150 PSI(1030 kpo) MAIN PRESSURE 2.WRAP ALL FITTINGS WITH POLYETHYLENE. 2000 PSF(9800 kg/m2) SOIL BEARING PRESSURE REVISED: 12 27 95 MONTANA PUBLIC WORKS SCALE: THRUST BLOCKING STANDARD DRAWING STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS NONE FOR WATER MAIN FITTINGS NO. O266O-1 UNDIS URBED EARTHY(TYP ) CONCRETE THRUST MJ GLAND BLOCK (TYP.) ', MJ GLAND ir D.I. MJ D.I. D.I. PIPE TEE PIPE PIPE MJ VALVE D.I. MJ GLAND PIPE 3/4" MIN. CORROSION RESISTANT ALL THREAD RESTRAINING ROD, CONFORMING TO ASTM A242-81, MJ VALVE INSTALLED IN HALF THE AVAILABLE MECHANICAL JOINT BOLT HOLES (TYP.) WHERE NECESSARY, CLAMPING LUGS (ROMAC "DUCTILE LUG" OR EQUAL) DESIGNED TO FIT DUCTILE IRON (D.I.) PIPE, AND CONFORMING MJ GLAND TO ASTM 536-80 MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION D.I. WITH THE RESTRAINING RODS. PIPE CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: TYPICAL VALVE/TEE NO. 02660-10 STANDARD DRAWING NONE RESTRAINT DEC 2003 i Ja O M �O d F- :\\/ w N �� \//\� a a N o c> W J Z \\ � .Qi N a_ O Q NNeQ \ \\ YO ZO O C7 mm \/\\ Oz Z (~/) .. /\//\ m U LLJ X '. �� x•.•' \\\\ D r^1 cZ \\�\ �F Z Z r \\//\\% OULLJ LLJ W O m \\/\\\� w U N Q ~ \�/\� Z 5 Z Z w LLJ //\\//` w w Q IL F— LLI wQFO �" r(n ..°.. 2Q x C1 U g o. �ii N W W UWQ � � W Q �, d ,a ° v 0� Q UOIL LLJ LLJ Oz a- w 0 /////\\i��/� ° a Z a m 00- 00 LLI a O\\/ cai�' ////\\/N� N �j ZLj w cn Jo w 0 w O JF-m a= w w N � ° 0 N 0 a CD Z�; LLI zm0 Of OU] w � \�\ z WQW 3A-lVn M3N \�\ N CD Y Z Z : ~ 0 �} ? �' /. o m CO�v Z Y 00U) jo O Q U zLLJ O Ld w �0 D F cn z Uw Wzm � =d} Z N X --D U) W NO PRESSURE GAUGES OR PRESSURE GAUGE FITTINGS WILL BE METER SIZED SAME AS INCOMING LINE — NO EXCEPTIONS. ALLOWED ON THE TEST PORTS BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLY OF ANY BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLY. REQUIRED BACKFLOW PREVENTION SEE NOTE 9 DEVICE TO BE DETERMINED BY WATER SUPERINTENDENT. FLANGE TO BE THREADED ON STANDPIPE, M.J. TO FLANGE ADAPTORS NOT ACCEPTABLE (TYPICAL FOR ALL RISER CONFIGURATIONS) 4" OR LARGER CLASS 51 DUCTILE IRON PIPE (TYP.) 1' MIN., 2' MAX.ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR FLOOR e' n ..4 .. G a MECHANICAL 3/4' MIN. Redl Rod, INSTALLED IN EVERY OTHER AVAILABLE M.J. JOINT BOLT HOLES (TYPICAL)— 5/8' RODS ACCEPTABLE FOR 4' LINES MAIN THRUST 90 BEND WITH THRUST BLOCK BLOCK — LEGEND TAPPING TEE & VALVE, FLANGED OS&Y VALVE OR INSTALL VALVE AT PROPERTY LINE (TYPICAL FOR ALL RISER CONFIGURATIONS) PROVIDE FLEXIBLE, WATER—TIGHT CONNECTION FOR ALL WALL OR FLOOR CITY OF BOZEMAN REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION PIPE PENETRATION. OF BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLY 1. The FIRST fitting inside of the building shall be a UL listed flanged Kennedy or Mueller OS&Y valve the same size as the service line. Combination strainer/meter immediately following OS&Y valve or elbow attached directly to OS&Y valve -- meter must set horizontal. 1' MIN., 2'JABOVEFINISHED FFLOOR 2. All Backflow Prevention Assemblies shall be: e •a a. UL or FM listed. b. Approved by the University of Southern California Foundation for Cross Connection Control and Hydraulic Research (USCFCCCHR) for operation in the proposed position (vertical or horizontal) as shown MECHANICAL on approved plans. JOINT c, Installed as shown on the approved plans. 3. Horizontal installations must be a minimum of 2' and maximum of 3' above the finished floor. 4. The service riser must be a minimum of 2' from any outside wall. 90' BEND WITH THRUST BLOCK • 5. The incoming service line shall be a minimum 6.5', and a maximum of 7.5' below the finished grade. 6. All service line appurtenances shall have a minimum pressure rating of 175 PSI. •:;•:>:;•>:: 7. All service lines 4" and larger shall be Class 51 Ductile Iron Pipe. �-1' MIN., 2' MAX. 8. Line sizing: The Backflow Prevention Assembly and meter shall be equal in size to both the incoming pipe diameter (upstream) and outgoing pipe diameter (downstream). For example, a 4" service line shall have a 4" meter and Backflow Prevention Assembly. 2' MIN., 3' MAX 9• A minimum of four (4) pipe diameters of straight run pipe is COATED STEEL CLEARANCE ABOVE required upstream and downstream of the meter/strainer assembly. WALL PLATE, FINISHED FLOOR 5/16' MIN. THICKNESS CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: WATER SERVICE LINE NO. 02660-12 STANDARD DRAWING NONE DEC 2003 FOR SIZES 4 AND LARGER REV: JAN 2015 < \\ � I ~ 2 0w § . c m 0 z / § ±«a \ & //A ,\�., > Laj§� § ° Li0 G U) z 44A � \< / z / m z of o « z \ ° �� % y e m Q / 7j B & §ck § J E u § /j§ \ < / \§} U) z LLI \ w j / Co z z g 2 O p 2 / j 3 ) \/ 3 § u �z ± / \ j \ §q_ \ 0 \ \ / O/ ° gLd \ / \ z e = \ / § \ § /z ± w ? § \ af< E ) _ En Sg Q _ \ « \ § k § /ui�- X < / § G z § 5 {) } \ / j ± ± { z \ ® b § \/ »/ / m § // j y a 2 2 j § E s = 2 § u G 5 y& u < 7 = < 9W aem#go ka3 9 ) �\3jS F— K w § 9� WNmAio *NN § ~ /22ak z » z I \ \ �I� # ONLY FITTINGS ALLOWED BETWEEN FIRST OS&Y VALVE AND NO PRESSURE GAUGES OR PRESSURE GAUGE FITTINGS WILL BE LEGEND BACKFLOW ASSEMBLY TO BE 90' BEND. ALLOWED ON THE TEST PORTS OF ANY BACKFLOW ASSEMBLY V \I\��f •-$ FLANGED OS&Y VALVE E TO BE THREADED ON STANDPIPE, O FLANGE ADAPTORS NOT ACCEPTABLE DOUBLE CHECK VALVE AL FOR ALL RISER CONFIGURATIONS) MIN. REQUIREMENT) 4" OR LARGER CLASS 51 % AS INDICATED ON DUCTILE IRON PIPE (TYP.) MIN., 2' MAX. ABOVEpSHED FLOOR Q APPROVED PLAN(S) d �• a •e ti .a .e...` ..`. . a MECHANICAL 3/4" MIN. Redi Rod, INSTALLED IN EVERY OTHER AVAILABLE M.J. JOINT BOLT HOLES (TYPICAL) — 5/8" RODS ACCEPTABLE FOR 4" LINES MAIN90' BEND WITH THRUST BLOCK THRUST� BLOCK TAPPING TEE & VALVE,� CITY OF BOZEMAN REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION OF OR INSTALL VALVE AT DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY PROPERTY LINE (TYPICAL FOR ALL RISER CONFIGURATIONS) 1. The FIRST fitting inside of the building shall be a UL listed flanged Kennedy or Mueller OS&Y valve the some size as the fire service line. 2. All Double Check Valve Assemblies shall be: a. UL or FM listed. b. Approved by the University of Southern California Foundation for PROVIDE FLEXIBLE, / Cross Connection Control and Hydraulic Research (USCFCCCHR) for WATER—TIGHT CONNECTION operation in the proposed position (vertical or horizontal) as shown on approved plans. FOR ALL WALL OR FLOOR c. Installed as shown on the approved plans. PIPE PENETRATIONS. 3. A flow detection device shall be installed immediately following the Double Check Valve Assembly (alarm check valve, flow sensor/alarm, meter, etc.) as shown on the approved plans. Paddle—type flow alarms not permitted on dry systems. 4. A Double Detector Check Valve Assembly may be used with a standard FINISHED FLOOAx R' ABOVE FLOOR City of Bozeman meter. The meter loop of the Double Detector Check 3 a n Valve shall have a Double Check Valve Assembly installed which meets W v the some installation criteria specified above in requirement number two. o 5. Horizontal installations must be a minimum of 2' above the finished o floor. MECHANICAL JOINT 6. The fire service riser must be a minimum of 2' from any outside wall, and a minimum of 1' from any interior wall. Ii 10' MAX.* 7. The incoming fire service line shall be a minimum 6.5', and a max— imum of 7.5' below the finished grade. 90' BEND WITH 8. All fire service line appurtenances shall have a minimum pressure THRUST BLOCK rating of 175 PSI. 9. All fire service lines 4" and larger shall be Class 51 Ductile Iron Pipe. 10. Line sizing: The Double Check Valve Assembly shall be equal in size to both the incoming pipe diameter (upstream) and outgoing pipe diameter (downstream). Imo--1' MIN., 2' MAX. * PER NPPA-24 FIG A.10.6.3.1 } 2' MIN., 3' MAX CLEARANCE COATED STEEL) '? ':�' ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR WALL PLATE, 5/16- MIN. THICKNESS a. STANDARD FIRE SERVICE CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: LINE INSTALLATION NO. 02660-13 STANDARD DRAWING NONE DEC 2003 FOR CLASS I, II, & III SYSTEMS REV: APRIL 2013 ONLY FTMNGS ALLOWED BETWEEN FIRST OS&Y VALVE AND NO PRESSURE GAUGES OR PRESSURE GAUGE FITTINGS WILL BE BACKFLOW ASSEMBLY TO BE 90' BEND. ALLOWED ON THE TEST PORTS OF ANY BACKFLOW ASSEMBLY \([J\®/ FLANGE TO BE THREADED ON STANDPIPE, M.J. TO FLANGE ADAPTORS NOT ACCEPTABLE (TYPICAL FOR ALL RISER CONFIGURATIONS) LEGEND 4" OR LARGER CLASS 51 DUCTILE IRON PIPE (TYP.) 1' MIN., 2' MAX. ABOVE FLANGED OS&Y VALVE FLOOR FINISHED FLOOR MECHANICAL REDUCED-PRESSURE BACKFLOW-PREVENTION ASSEMBLY (MINIMUM JOINT 3/4" MIN. Redi Rod, INSTALLED IN / REQUIREMENT) /S INDICATED MAIN EVERY OTHER AVAILABLE M.J. ® ON APPROVED PLAN(S) BOLT HOLES (TYPICAL) 5/8" RODS ACCEPTABLE FOR 4" LINES THRUST 90' BEND WITH THRUST BLOCK BLOCK TAPPING TEE & VALVE, CITY OF BOZEMAN REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION OF OR INSTALL VALVE AT REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLY PROPERTY LINE (TYPICAL FOR ALL RISER 1. The FIRST fitting inside of the building shall be a UL listed flanged CONFIGURATIONS. Kennedy or Mueller OS&Y valve the same size as the fire service line. 2. All Reduced Pressure Backflow Prevention Assemblies shall be: a. UL or FM listed. b. Approved by the University of Southern California Foundation for PROVIDE FLEXIBLE, Cross Connection Control and Hydraulic Research (USCFCCCHR) for WATER—TIGHT CONNECTION operation in the proposed position (vertical or horizontal) as shown on approved plans. FOR ALL WALL OR FLOOR c. Installed as shown on the approved plans. PIPE PENETRATIONS. 3. A flow detection device shall be installed immediately following the Reduced Pressure Backflow Prevention Assembly (alarm check valve, flow sensor alarm, meter, etc.) as shown on the approved plans. Paddle—type flow alarms not permittedon dry systems. 1' MIN., 2' MAX. ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR FLOOR 4. Horizontal installations must be a minimum of 2' above the finished 3 floor. ° 5. The fire service riser must be a minimum of 2' from any outside wall, and a minimum of 1' from any interior wall. ECHANICAL JOINT 6. The incoming fire service line shall be a minimum of 6.5', and a max— imum of 7.5' below the finished grade. 10, MAX.* 7. All fire service line appurtenances shall have a minimum pressure rating of 175 PSI. 8. All fire service lines 4" and larger shall be Class 51 Ductile Iron Pipe. 90' BEND WITH 9, Line sizing: The Reduced Pressure Backflow Prevention Assembly shall be THRUST BLOCK equal in size to both the incoming pipe diameter (upstream) and outgoing pipe diameter (downstream). 10. A drain is required. J iliii:4i: Q iii:4ii:•i >i * PER NPPA-24 FIG A.10.6.3.1 ��-1' MIN., 2' MAX. COATED STEEL 2 MIN., 3' MAX CLEARANCE '"'"'�'' WALL PLATE, ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 5/16' MIN. THICKNESS ° STANDARD FIRE SERVICE CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: LINE INSTALLATION NO. 02660- 14 STANDARD DRAWING NONE Dec 2003 FOR CLASS IV & V SYSTEMS REV: APRIL 2013 R NEAREST FOUNDATION WALL TO CURB STOP CURB STOP AND BOX SEE DETAILS A & B BELOW (WATER MAIN 6.5' MIN. COVER ' I WATER SERVICE LINE STUB (SEE C.O.B. STANDARD WATER SERVICE LINE DRAWING 02660-6) INSTALLED BY CUSTOMER (SERVICE APPLICATION & PLUMBING PERMIT REQUIRED) NOTE: METER SIZED SAME AS INCOMING LINE-NO EXCEPTIONS. FOUNDATION BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLY WALL (AS REQUIRED) 1'MIN./2' MAX SERVICE LINE ° 1' MI ./2' MAX ANGLE STOP BACKFLOW PREVENTION TO DOMESTIC METER* ASSEMBLY (AS REQUIRED) FIXTURES FOUNDATION 11,M WALLTO DOMESTIC FIXTURES `DOWNSTREAM SHUTOFF ** DOWNSTREAM 1' MIN., SHUTOFF ** 2' MAX METER* FLOOR MIN. ANGLE STOP OR STRAIGHT STOP *METER SAME SIZE AS INCOMING LINE-NO EXCEPTIONS, METER MUST CONNECT DIRECTLY TO ANGLE OR STRAIGHT STOP AND QUARTER-BEND COUPLING BACKFLOW DEVICE (1 1/2" & 2" SERVICES ONLY) **DOWNSTREAM SHUT OFF VALVE MUST BE SEPARATE FROM BACKFLOW DEVICE DETAIL B DETAIL A TYPICAL FLOOR PENETRATION (N.T.S.) TYPICAL WALL PENETRATION (N.T.S.) (CRAWL SPACE) INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: 1. WATER SERVICE LINE INSTALLATIONS SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CITY OF BOZEMAN WATER SUPERINTENDANT. 2. SERVICE LINES SHALL BE TYPE K COPPER FOR 3/4", 1", 1 1/2", AND 2" SERVICES. SEE STANDARD DRAWING NO. 02660-12 FOR 4" AND LARGER DOMESTIC SERVICE LINES. SERVICE LINES BETWEEN 2" AND 4' ARE NOT ALLOWED. 3. STRAIGHT COPPER TUBING SHALL BE USED FOR 1 1/2" AND 2" SERVICES. 4. SERVICE LINES SHALL BE BEDDED 3" UNDER AND OVER THE PIPE WITH SAND. NATIVE MATERIAL MAY BE USED AS BEDDING IF IT CONFORMS TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF MONTANA PUBLIC WORKS STANDARD DRAWING 02221-2 AND DOES NOT CONTAIN ANY MATERIAL LARGER THAN 3/4". 5. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE, WATER TIGHT CONNECTION FOR ALL WALL OR FLOOR PIPE PENETRATIONS. 6. METERS SHALL BE INSTALLED BY THE CITY WATER DEPARTMENT AT CUSTOMERS' EXPENSE. 7. NO SERVICE LINE SHALL BE BACKFILLED UNTIL IT HAS BEEN INSPECTED AND APPROVED BY THE WATER DEPARTMENT. B. CONTACT CITY OF BOZEMAN WATER DEPARTMENT FOR APPROVED LIST OF COPPER CONNECTIONS. 9. WATER SERVICE LINE MAY BE REDUCED TO A SMALLER SIZE THAN THE WATER SERVICE STUB. REDUCTION MUST BE MADE WITHIN 18" OF CURB STOP. 10. METER, BACKFLOW PROTECTION, AND INCOMING SERVICE LINE MUST ALL BE THE SAME SIZE. WATER SERVICE LINE CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: NO 02660-15 STANDARD DRAWING NONE FROM CURB STOP TO BUILDING Dec. 2003 (LINES 2" AND SMALLER) Rev. April 2006 I 1 60, R.O.W. N 19' (TYP.) h 30 (IYP.)-� V O O 19' TYP. WATER w 30' rP.) S S a SEWER y m a a [�, R R y O O Ld W W w PROPERTY LINE 1 (T�) 1. WATER MAINS LOCATED 19' FROM THE NORTH OR WEST RIGHT—OF—WAY PROPERTY LINE FOR STREETS 35' IN WIDTH OR GREATER. WATER MAINS LOCATED 5.5' WEST OR NORTH OF STREET CENTERLINE FOR STREETS LESS THAN 35' IN WIDTH (BACK OF CURB—BACK OF CURB) 2. WATER SERVICE STUB LOCATED AT CENTER OF LOT; SEE C.O.B. STANDARD DRAWING NO. 02660-6 FOR DETAILS. 3. WATER MAIN VALVES LOCATED AT PROPERTY LINE. 4. SEWER MAINS LOCATED ON STREET CENTERLINE FOR STREETS 35' IN WIDTH OR GREATER. SEWER MAINS LOCATED 5.5' EAST OR SOUTH OF STREET CENTERLINE FOR STREETS LESS THAN 35, IN WIDTH 5. SEWER SERVICE STUB LOCATED 15' UPSTREAM FROM DOWNSTREAM PROPERTY LINE. 6. WATER & SEWER MAIN CROSSING; SEE M.P.W. STANDARD DRAWING NO. 02660-2 FOR DETAILS. 7. HYDRANTS LOCATED 5' FROM VALVE OR ON PROPERTY LINES EXTENDED FOR MID—BLOCK LOCATIONS. CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: WATER & SEWER MAIN AND NO. 02660-16 STANDARD DRAWING NONE SERVICES LOCATION Dec. 2003 STANDARDS FINISHED WALLS FINISHED WALLS DOWNSTREAM L SHUTOFF U DOWNSTREAM z z_ SHUTOFF BACKFLOW DEVICE BACKFLOW DEVICE iv METER ANGLE STOP METER <> ANGLE STOP 12" MIN CLEAR 6" MIN CLEAR 3/4" AND 1" COPPER SERVICES 1 1/2" AND 2" COPPER SERVICES PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW FINISHED WALL �- FINISHED WALL c J J U U Z Z_ N .ANGLE STOP ANGLE STOP FINISHED FINISHED 1' MIN FLOOR 1' MIN FLOOR 2' MAX 2' MAX SERVICE PIPE SERVICE PIPE 3/4" AND 1" COPPER SERVICES 1 1/2" AND 2" COPPER SERVICES PROFILE VIEW PROFILE VIEW NOTE: PROVIDE FLEXIBLE, WATER-TIGHT SEAL FOR ALL FLOOR PENETRATIONS CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: WATER SERVICE NO. 02660-17 STANDARD DRAWING NONE INTERIOR CLEARANCES APRIL 2005 Li 00 r-- Q a a .4t O U::D12. Y w Lo W J J r ' '; w CV J J❑ Ur '•;:7 is CO U > Q Co w r O LL VN LL'a F W 2 IL _ :;'( `i 1;�i:�J:.'p C9 O Q Fv 10? E ; :; z0 (D ZO w W �0- cn w w � „oeLLO j WO w U2 N F} I-- Ww �o C) c7 OF U U UwC �� z z oo U w oJOaw Qm Q O 0�W m:�azo LL n- � U w N 2 W L,J FO QC7 J W W (/l ZO Y OU (n WO W OJLL W O C7 O C7 LL. Z O JmOQ JE �Zw cD �h Jz O z YOU W �0w 2J M (n F-LL Z F Z 0c), ri -w J Of dwQx 7 F-OOcrro z W Z O WO 0Y2 Z_ (/) LZ,J O a > WOW Om_ wU aU J W DDZ> FF m M"o v LL LLJw n0¢ wa z LLW mmo o� Oz cD U 00 aw w-sLLa w S LLw 0-COzcw1 } OOU UZO � F UQ w QW OJWJ � pWW (D <j --w C) OZOLLa,o �F- �u>?Qm ozc/> LJL.0 z c=n LLU) IL0w Ow U— z_ md'OW X Z Z F-UpY W cQ.)w�� W N p; O Q W Q w � O � H U Ei U] 2 F-F 00 -- LL W 0 Y ZO U Qx OLL� m Om WoWLL vLLW F-- wZaLL�mF 0d �°F �OrU� S d Q ofU) 2i> UQ Om �3 UU � MONITOR COVER WITH LOCKING ELECTRONIC METER READING LID. CURB STOP AND WASTE CURB STOP & 4" POLYSTYRENE FINISHED (IRRIGATION DRAIN) INSULATION. WASTE GRADE m ----------------- 1 " & 2" _ WATER METER ANGLE BALL ZBACKFLOW PREVENTER IN METER VALVE PVC SUPPORT INSULATED IRRIGATION BOX. (TYP) w 0 FORD PLASTIC PITSETTER METER PIT (OR APPROVE EQUAL) INSTALL CURB STOP & NOTE: COVER WASTE (IRRIGATION DRAIN) METER WITH CURB STOP AND 4'X4' FLEX WASTE/BOX WITH METER PIT END OF COPPER/BRASS COMPRESSION "`��� INSULATING FITTINGS COUPLINGS FOR BLANKET (FORD TOWN WATER MODEL FIB) SHUT-OFF 36- IRRIGATION PIPE COPPER BRACE BAR (NOT A BY-PASS) 1/3 CY OF 3/4" WASHED ROCK 1/3 CY OF 3/4" IRRIGATION METER PIT DETAIL WASHED ROCK 1 " & 2" WATER METER CURB STOP AND WASTE CURB STOP Q. WASTE (IRRIGATION DRAIN) IRRIGATION METER PIT DETAIL- PLAN VIEW IRRIGATION METER PIT CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: FOR NO. 02660-19 STANDARD DRAWING NONE 1j" & 2" SERVICES APRIL 2017 NO VERTICAL REQUIREMENT '--WATER MAIN SEWER 10'-0" MIN. 1Q 0 (3m) PARALLEL ARRANGEMENT L L L 2 L 2 EXISTING 1 - - PIPE 1 "1MIN. NEW PIPE �0. m) OO EXISTING PIPE 1$" MI .� I 0.5m O -�- NEW PIPE CROSSINGS 0 5 NOTES: 1Q SPECIFIC MONTANA DEPART. OF HEALTH AND ENVIROMENTAL SCIENCES APPROVAL IS REQUIRED FOR A DISTANCE LESS THAN 10 FEET(3m) BETWEEN WATER MAIN AND GRAVITY SEWER. 22) NO EXCEPTION TO THE MIN. SEPARATION REQUIREMENT IS PERMITTED WHEN THE SEWAGE CARRYING PIPE IS A FORCE MAIN. AT CROSSINGS, ONE FULL LENGTH OF WATER MAIN PIPE SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT BOTH JOINTS WILL BE AS FAR FROM THE FORCE MAIN AS POSSIBLE. 03 LESS THAN 18 INCHES(0.5m) OF SEPARATION IS PERMITTED WHEN THE GRAVITY SEWER AT THE CROSSING IS MADE FROM A SINGLE 20 FOOT(6.1m) LENGTH OF AWWA PRESSURE PIPE AND THE CROSSING ANGLE IS APPROXIMATELY 90 DEGREES. SPECIFIC MONTANA DEPART. OF HEALTH AND ENVIROMENTAL SCIENCES APPROVAL IS REQUIRED FOR A VERTICAL SEPARATION OF LESS THAN 18 INCHES(0.5m) BETWEEN WATER MAIN AND SANITARY SEWER ® "L" IS A STANDARD LENGTH OF PIPE AS SUPPLIED BY A PIPE MANUFACTURER. 50 ADEQUATE STRUCTURAL SUPPORT FOR PIPES AT CROSSINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED. REVISED: 12/27/95 MONTANA PUBLIC WORKS SCALE: WATER AND SEWER MAIN STANDARD DRAWING STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS NONE SEPARATION NO. 02660-2 ' REBAR ANCHOR n0 0 0 0 ° G ° ° ° °. E a e o .44 .C. \�� .• e a a G •C• o. d G 6. ed ° CQ ° CONCRETE ° ° . ANCHORS B" "A" NOTE: COAT RODS WITH "KOPPERS" BITUMASTIC NO. 50 COATING OR EQUAL. THRUST BLOCK DIMENSIONS Anchor Volvo 100 PSI 150 PSI 200 PSI 250 PSI 300 PSI size S1Z° A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C 1 2 6"&6'2'-0" 2'-0 2'-0'2'—a'2'-0"2'-0"2'-0.2'-0'2'-0" 2'-0 2'-0. 2'-0 2'-0"2'-0.2'-7" 1 2 1 0" 2'-0" 2'-0 2'-0"2'-6 2'-6 2'-0"2'-9'2'-6"2'-6" 3'-0 3'-0" 3'-0 3'-7"3'-0 3'-0' 1 2 ' 2'-3" 2'-0 2'-0"3'-0 3'-0 2'—B"3'-5"3'-0"3'-0" 4'-3 3'-0'3'-0 5'-1"3'-0'3'-0' 1 14" 2'-3" 2'-0 2'-0"3'-5 3'-0 3'-0"4'-6"S-0"S-0" 4'-0 4'-0'4'-0 4'-9"4'-0"4'-0' 1 8 16 S-0" 3'-0 3'-0"4'-4 3'-0 S-0"4'-1"4'-0"4'-0' 5'-1 4'-0"4'-0 6'-1' 1 4 1$" 3'—B" 3'-0 3'-0'5'-5 3'-0 3'-0"5'-1"4'-0"4'-0' 6'-4 4'-0"4'-0 5'-9 3 8" 24" 4'-4" 4'-0'4'-0'6'-5 4'-0 4'-0"6'-6"5'-0"5'-0' 6'-5 6'-0" 6'-0 7'-8 NOTE: Pressures shown above are maximum working pressures in system. THRUST BLOCKING AND ANCHORS ARE REQUIRED ON ALL 6" VALVES AND LARGER UNLESS SPECIFIED BY THE ENGINEER. MEGA—LUG OR APPROVED EQUAL JOINT RESTRAINTS MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS. THRUST BLOCKS NOT REQUIRED ON TAPPING VALVES CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: THRUST BLOCKING FOR NO. 02660-3 STANDARD DRAWING NONE WATER MAIN VALVES DEC 2003 8'— 0" MAX. 3'— 0" MIN. INSTALL PLUMB WITH TO BACK OF CURB PUMPER NOZZLE FACING STREET NEW HYDRANT, MUELLER SUPER CENTURION 250 OR WATEROUS PACER MIN. 4'— 0" CLEAR ALL AROUND (TREES, HEDGES, BUSHES, ETC.) O ADJUSTABLE SCREW ELEVATIONS AS SHOWN TYPE VALVE BOX ON PLANS OR 0.2' WITH LID ABOVE TOP OF CURB GRADE GROUND LINE UNDISTURBED EARTH \\\\\\ MIN. 6.5' COVER \\\/\\ \\\ `� , , ..may_. ....• ;:. _��'.o \\\/\/\\\ \� � ^'oaf - �>`:.:�,�_^-.:�:•: ._. ��;-�''• *CONCRETE THRUST BLOCK \� l o a TO MAIN LINE \/ \ J'::Y:�:l'i\ y�f.�. aj��� ���,,, , :'.'j rl rwj_�L•. _ //\\\//\� .Cysl _iris :j+..G ;Izr.•L'. .'i\.•mot S.;'�r: "''=�ai�:+�'n -—�'• %/ \/. _..:.3...fly ;�ri:..'r�'i±.,:� " :4i�• !(:'.1�.,'.:a.... •.t•. L_i'�._.lea '\\ /\\ .<r+.. '.ii: :i:cS.:—•a�ir.'t �r�:. `.)s\�'in�,:,... `ti: \/ \//\\'� ;'.�" •'"``� "' '="�''='"" �' JOINT AS REQUIRED FOR �\/\\ / �' __ ..�i�.�_ .r r.!�l:.fit;..`.:'.:4'i:��.`'�'1.�R=i...•��'�rt'=;f:a:':i��.,'.: _=r:•. //\\\ _ .;s: ��� _.<. ,�:,-:�a±:., =�.::_.,_?;�::• _ PIPE SPECIFIED NEW 6" AUXILIARY GATE VALVE ZMIN. 1/2 CUBIC YARD WASHED GRAVEL FLANGE JOINT *MEGA—LUG OR APPROVED EQUAL JOINT RESTRAINTS MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF CONCRETE THRUST BLOCK CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: FIRE HYDRANT NO. 02660-4 STANDARD DRAWING NONE FEB 2008 PROPERTY LINE 2' MIN.' -41 14, lk lk 14e 41 lv�FIRE HYDRANT lk IV IV lk IV '41 14, ............... ....:............................. .......... .............. ........... ........................ ........................... .... .................................... ....................... "::,.-.':-:, . , - ------------------- ........ .... ............ .......... -'--:-:-'X--:SIDEWALK:,.*.,:.,.,:.,.,. :.%*.*.*:.,.,.,.*.,.,.,.,.,:.,.I....................... .............I............... .I..................... ....... ....................................... .. ........................................ WATER MAIN CURB & GUTTER CURB WALK DETAIL .................... .................... PROPERTY LINE CURB & GUTTER .................... .......... ................ M.EYAW ................... .................................... ............ .......................................................... FIRE HYDRANT VARIABLE 3' MIN. i T VALVE WATER MAIN _j 5' L (TYP.) BOULEVARD WALK DETAIL CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: HYDRANT LOCATION NO. 02660-5 STANDARD DRAWING NONE DETAIL Dec 2003 STEEL POST MARKER PROPERTY PAINTED BLUE LINE OR EASEMENT NT LINE 5 1/2 BOULEVARD (TYP.) 4' STREET SURFACE 5' SIDEWALK GROUND SURFACE i (TYP.) • , --I CURB BOX i 11.5' PROVIDE 5' STATIONARY (TYP) ROD IN ALL CURB BOXES 6 1/2' MIN. COVER SEE DETAIL a' BELOW (TYPICAL EXCEPT IN SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES WHERE CITY HAS TAP BY CONTRACTOR APPROVED ALTERNATE LOCATION) CURB STOP WATER MAIN /A NO COUPLINGS OR OTHER JOINTS ALLOWED ON SERVICE PIPE FROM BASE MATERIAL CORP. STOP TO CURB STOP FOR 3/4" AND 1" SERVICES. STRAIGHT COPPER PIPE SHALL BE USED FOR 1 1/2" AND 2" SERVICES DETAIL OF A SELECT MATERIAL BACKFILL AREA PROPERLY CORPORATION STOP (SEE SPECIFICATIONS) INSTALLED CORPORATION STOP. TAP MAIN AT ///j/ .////j// ///j/// ///j/ //. SPRINGLINE. / / / / %// �/ // SERVICE DIA. MIN. SERVICE PIPE 2 / o 6" MIN. TRENCH BOTTOM GENERAL NOTES: 1. WATER SERVICE LINES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 6 1/2 FOOT COVER MEASURED FROM THE EXISTING GROUND SURFACE, EXCEPT THAT COVER SHALL BE MEASURED FROM CENTER LINE STREET GRADE WHEN SERVICE LINES ARE LAID TO A STREET SIDE WHICH HAS AN UPHILL SLOPE. WATER SERVICE LINES SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM 7 1/2 FOOT COVER AT CURB STOP. 2. WATER SERVICE LINES SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR AS SPECIFIED. 3. BEDDING SHALL BE 1" DIA. MAXIMUM WITHIN 6" OF SERVICE PIPE. 4. INSTALL CURB STOP SO THAT OPERATING KEY IS PARALLEL TO STREET IN OFF-POSITION. CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: WATER SERVICE LINE NO. 02660-6 STANDARD DRAWING NONE DEC 2003 R CURB BOXE VALVE BOX FINISH GRADE TOP SECTION 8'MIN MUELLER H-154H28 WITHI GALVANIZED G OR BRASS CAP 6.5' MIN COPPER SERVICE LINE 2" COPPER SERVICE LINE 1/4 BEND COMPRESSION 2 COUPLING 1/8" DIAMETER 1 3 4 CURB STOP CORPORATION STOP PROVIDEI/8" DIAMETER LDRAIN HOLE WATER MAIN CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: TYPICAL BLOWOFF NO. 02660-7 STANDARD DRAWING NONE Dec. 2003 PAINT POSTS AS NOTED BELOW O 26" 34" i\\ CONCRETE (TYP.) 8" I.D. HEAVY-DUTY STEEL PIPE FILL WITH 2O00 P.S.I. CONCRETE 12' 36" 66" 21" 1 33" 33' NOTE: POST NOT REQUIRED WHERE NATURAL BARRIERS EXIST. PAINT POSTS WITH SHERWIN-WILLIAMS METALATEX SEMI-GLOSS COATING, SAFETY RED (B42 R38 620-4069). CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: HYDRANT NO. 02660-8 STANDARD DRAWING NONE BARRIER POSTS DEC 2003 INLET CASTING NEENAH R-3067—L, 4" MINIMUM, EJIW 7030, OR 7" MAXIMUM DEFTER OR OPENING D & L I-3517-3517 5/8" SMOOTH ROD CENTERED IN OPENING (EXCEPT FOR EJIW 7030) 777,r-- 7771 FLAT TOP 6" '. 24" SQUARE OPENING ° d e ° 36" R.C.P. ASTM C-76 CLASS 2 e ° O W D BLOCK OUT FOR cY INLET PIPE N a ° 18" SUMP n d' 'd° ° 4P• °:a .Q.. �— 4" 6" PRECAST BASE 44" O.D. — CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: 36" STANDARD NO. 02720- 1 STANDARD DRAWING NONE STORM DRAIN INLET Dec. 2003 Rev. March 2017 STEEL POST AT END OF SERVICE PROPERTY VARIES N NE 'COMPACTED BACKFILL (SEE SPECS.) 2'X2'(5cm X 5cm) WOOD C6.(15cm) SERVICE LINE MIN. 45'ELBOW SLOPE-2% MINIMUM IF REQ. -171 PLUG IN LINE TEE FITTING FOR NEW INSTALLATIONS. INSERT—A—TEE, OR AS APPROVED BY ENGINEER, FOR EXISTING INSTALLATIONS STORM SEWER MAIN STORM DRAIN SERVICE LINE (PRIVATE PROPERTY CONNECTION) REVISED: 2/17/2000 MONTANA PUBLIC WORKS SCALE: STANDARD DRAWING STORM DRAIN SERVICE LINE N0. 02720-10 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS NONE HINGE DETAIL 3" x 3" x 1/2" ANGLE IRON 1" DIA. STEEL BOLTS WELD PIPE TO FLAT IRON 3" DIA. STEEL PIPE RCP (SIZE VARIES) #5 REBAR OR SMOOTH BAR PIPE HINGE SIZE VARIES (SEE DETAIL) 4" MAX. SPACING BETWEEN BARS PLAN VIEW NOTE: RACK TO BE PAINTED ALUMINUM COLOR 4" x 1/4" FLAT IRON, ALL BARS WELDED TO 3" x 3" x 1/4" ANGLE IRON WELDED TO EACH BAR 3" x 1/4" FLAT IRON WELDED TO EACH BAR BOTTOM OF RACK NOT FlXED TO INVERT SECTION VIEW CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: STORM DRAIN NO. 02720- 11 STANDARD DRAWING NONE DEBRIS RACK DEC. 2003 f 5' INLET CASTING NEENAH R-3067-L, EJIW 7030, OR DEETER 2047L, OR D & L 1-3517 TRANSITION CURB & GUTTER TO MATCH INLET CASTING (TYPICAL FOR ALL INLETS) PRECAST CONCRETE, M-3000 OR C-3000 VARIABLE (3' MIN.) 3'-O" NO. 4 BARS AT 12" CENTERS MAX., SPACED EQUALLY ` . 6" (TYP.) FRONT VIEW 4" MINIMUM, 7" MAXIMUM OPENING 5/8" SMOOTH ROD CENTERED IN OPENING (EXCEPT FOR EJIW 7030) 1" MAX OFFSET ALLOWED FOR ` CASTING BACK PIECE ADJUSTMENT VARIABLE 2'-0" +� CURB AND GUTTER TO BE WARPED 18" TO MATCH INLET. DESIGNERS WILL PROVIDE ADDITIONAL BLOCK OUT FOR DESIGN DETAILS TO FIT SPECIFIC OUTLET PIPE ".'!' `` ' CONDITIONS. 12" RCP (Typ.) 6" 1 3'-0" SIDE VIEW CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: STANDARD SQUARE NO. 02720- 1 A STANDARD DRAWING NONE STORM DRAIN INLET Dec. 2003 Rev MAR 2017 4" MINIMUM, 7" MAXIMUM OPENING m u 5J8" DIA SMOOTH INLET CASTING ROD CENTERED IN OPENING NEENAH R-3067-L, (EXCEPT FOR EJIW 7030) EJIW 7030, 6" FLAT DEETER 2047L, OR SLAB COVER D L 1-3517 OPENING ,�4' DIA. PRECAST REINFORCED CONCRETE MANHOLE AND BASE, AS PER STANDARD DRAWING NO. 02720-4 ..4 18"' MIN. ONE EXTRA BAR IN BOTTOM (ALL SIDES) 24" FLAT SLAB COVER REINFORCEMENT AS PER 36" STANDARD DRAWING 02720-6 CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: COMBINATION MANHOLE AND NO. 02720- 113 STANDARD DRAWING NONE CURB INLET DEC.2003 REV: MAR 2017 D a OD 0 Q OD O a Da ODO NEENAH NO. R-2533 Q ❑ OR APPROVED EQUAL WITH TYPE C GRATE. PLAN 35" (.9m) 22" f (55.9cm) 1 1/2"(3.8cm) 9"(22.9cm) 24 1 2" 2-2"(5cm) ADJUSTING 20" RINGS FOR FUTURE GRADE ADJUSTMENT 24"(61cm) R.C.P. CLASS II WALL 8 (ASTM C-76) 10"(25.4cm) MINIMUM DIA. LATERAL PIPE E *36"(.9m) 1� MIN. SLOPE 3 • 4: 6" MIN. 12" MAX. K SEDIMENTATION 3" MIN. - BASIN 6" MIN. - >ti & A;" �- ASE OPTION, MAY BE FIELD POURED. SECTION NOTE: * STANDARD, EXCEPT AS FOR INSTALLATION IN GRAVEL OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE ALLEYS PIPE INVERT MUST BE PLAN — PROFILE SHEET. 6" MIN. ABOVE BASE. 2/2000 SHELF ON BASE NOT REQUIRED. MONTANA PUBLIC WORKS SCALE: STANDARD DRAWING STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS NONE 24" STANDARD RISER INLET NO. 02720-2 Frame and cover to be either D&L A-1172 ring with A-1178 cover, EJIW 3771/ 3772 series, or approved equal. �7" Covers shall have two 1" pick holes. Adjustable rings, NOTE: All joints between manhole sections, manhole ring & 2" min., 12" max. top section, and around sewer pipe into manhole shall be •� , watertight. Jointing material shall be "Ram—Nek" or equal for all joints except between sewer pipe and manhole wall. 2'-0" 5" �• 5" 4'-0" ,,' Precast reinforced concrete manhole riser and eccentric cone top manufactured in Mahole steps at accordance with ASTM designation C-478. 16" centers ' rout invert to springline of pipe if gap between pipe and channel is greater than 1/8". .� Pre—cast channel i flowline • r: :r Top of pipe may o not extend past Variable o I de wall of •I N 4'-0 •`' manhole. If (min. ..` necessary top 0 o a Shelf—slope 1" per foo ,'.. half of pipe may E o y toward channel. See be trimmed off N a channel detail. Flexible gasketed joint (typical smooth. (8" for precast bases — see detail) diameter only) A Channel = dia. of pipe p`` Precast or poured—in—place base. #4 bars — 1'-0" c—c Poured—in—place base, minimum concrete thickness below pipe is 5'-4" dia. 8 inches. Precast base, minimum (min.) thickness is 6 inches. All bases reinforced as shown. Radius of y manhole — Slope at 1" per fool,:,-, n nel to full Cha pipe depth NOTE: Storm drain manholes shall not have formed channels and the Dia, of lowest pipe invert shall be 9" higher sewer than bottom of manhole. Pipe SECTION A—A CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: SANITARY SEWER AND NO. 02720-3 STANDARD DRAWING NONE STORM DRAIN MANHOLE DEC. 2003 Rev. MAR 2017 Standard casting & cover Frame and cover to be either D & L A-1172 ring with A-1178 Cover, EJIW 3371/ 3772 series, or approved equal. Covers shall have two 1 pick holes. Flat slab cover Adjustable rings, 2" min., 12" max. . ° NOTE: All joints between manhole sections, ° manhole ring & top section, and around sewer pipe into manhole shall be water- 24" or J tight. Jointing material shall be "Ram—Nek" or equal for all joints except between 27" Opening °' sewer pipe and manhole wall. M N O M N Manhole steps at a a' 16" centers 0 3: . . > Precast reinforced concrete manhole riser d and cover manufactured in accordance with ASTM designation C-478. 0 01 N C C N O O O o :D As required 0 o ° c o s E Cutouts as required N N a U O � m Q CT O N � T Q U N °d A Channel = dia. of pipe ° A Precast or poured—in—place base. Poured—in—place base, minimum Radius of concrete thickness below pipe is manhole 8 inches. Precast base, minimum Slopa at 1•per fool. Channel to full thickness is 6 inches. plpa depth. NOTE: Storm drain manholes shall Dial. of sewer pipe I1 not have formed channels and the •I lowest pipe invert shall be 9" higher than bottom of manhole. SECTION A—A CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: STANDARD STRAIGHT NO. 02720-4 STANDARD DRAWING NONE MANHOLE DEC. 2003 REV: MAR 2006 O.D. REINFORCING (15cm) SIZE O.D. REIN. WT. 48" 64" #408" 1675# EACH WAY (122cm) (163cm) (#4020cm) (760kg) 54" 71" #408" 4125# EACH WAY (137cm) (180cm) (#4020cm) (1870kg) 60" 78" 14 WAY " 4975# ACH (152cm) (198cm) (#4020cm) (2260kg) 72" 92" #E4®6 ACH"WAY 6925# (183cm) (234cm) (#4015cm) (3140kg) REVISED: 12/27/95 MONTANA PUBLIC WORKS SCALE: PRECAST MANHOLE BASES STANDARD DRAWING STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS NONE 48", 54", 60", 72" NO. 02720-6 SHELF CHANNEL SHELF SHELF SHELF SHELF CHANNEL CHANNEL � SHE SHELF NOTES: 1. SLOPE ALL SHELVES TO CHANNEL AT 1" PER FOOT (8cm per meter). 2. SEE PLAN—PROFILE SHEETS FOR SLOPE OF CHANNEL REVISED: 12/27/95 MONTANA PUBLIC WORKS SCALE: TYPICAL MANHOLE STANDARD DRAWING STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS NONE CHANNEL DETAILS NO. 0272O-7 L C K d 1000 15.0 39 15000 900 36 800 10.0 10000 33 9.0 30 700 8.0 7.0 5000 27 800 6.0 4000 24 5.0 3000 500 4.0 21 2000 3.0 18 400 1000 15 2.0 300 500 12 400 250 1.0 300 0.9 10 0.8 200 0.7 200 0.6 8 0.5 100 0.4 150 6 0.3 50 40 30 0.2 100 20 L 4 The nomograph shown on this page may be used to compute the specification time even If several different pipe diameters are Included In one test. Draw a straight line connecting the diameter on the "d" scale with the corresponding length of pipe of that diameter under test on the "L" scale. Each line will cross the "K" and 'C' scales. The corresponding values of "K" and 'C' for each diameter — length combination under test are read and recorded. All the K" values are totaled, as are the "C' values. Total 'K governs If the total of "C' Is lees than 1.0 In which case, total "K' value equals the time in seconds that the pipeline under test should take before the pressure falls from 3.5 to 2.5 psig. If total "C" Is greater than 1.0, total K" to divided by total "C" to obtain the specification time In seconds. NOTE# This nomograph Is applicable to pipe test section lengths within the limits specified In Section 02722.3.3.3.2 of the specifications. For test lengths beyond the specified limits, refer to specifications for additional Information. REVISED: 12/27/95 MONTANA PUBLIC WORKS SCALE: NOMOGRAPH FOR AIR TESTING STANDARD DRAWING STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS NONE GRAVITY SEWER MAINS NO. O273O-1 GREEN STEEL POST AT END OF SERVICE PROPERTY LINE OR EASEMENT LINE 5 1/2' BOULEVARD (TYP.) 4' STREET SURFACE 5' SIDEWALK GROUND SURFACE (TYP.) L ... S N E E MEN G T Ro A U ND SU RFACE 2.5' COM PACTED BACKFILL EE S ECS) COMPACTED BACKFILL (TYP.) (SEE SPECS.) 11.5' 8' (TYPIC L XC P Sp (TYP.) (TYPICAL EXCEPT IN PECIAL C CIRCUMSTANCES WHERE CITY HAS APPROVED ALTERNATE LOCATIONS) 2" X 2" WOOD MARKER SERVICE LINE. SLOPE 1/4" 45' ELBOW--\\ PER FOOT MIN., 1/2" PER FOOT MAX. .... I SEWER MAIN \\\--PLUG IN LINE WYE FITTING FOR NEW INSTALLATIONS. SADDLE FIT71NGS ALLOWED FOR EXISTING INSTALLATIONS ONLY UPON APPROVAL OF CITY OF BOZEMAN SEWER DEPARTMENT. SERVICE INVERT NO LOWER THAN SPRING LINE OF SEWER MAIN FOR WYE FITTINGS. CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: SANITARY SEWER NO. 02730-2 STANDARD DRAWING NONE SERVICE LINE DEC. 2003 GREEN STEEL POST AT END OF SERVICE PROPERTY LINE OR EASEMENT LINE 5 1/2' BOULEVARD (TYP.) 4' STREET SURFACE 5' SIDEWALK GROUND SURFACE (TYP.) 2.5' COMPACTED BACKFILL (TMP•) (SEE SPECS.) 8' (TYP.) (TYPICAL EXCEPT IN SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES WHERE CITY HAS APPROVED ALTERNATE LOCATIONS) 2" X 2" WOOD MARKER SERVICE LINE. SLOPE PER FOOT MIN., 1/2" PER FOOT MAX. PLUG 45' ELBOW 45' BEND DUCTILE IRON SEWER FITTINGS. SDR 26 PVC PIPE NOTES: SEWER MAIN 1. THIS INSTALLATION MAY BE USED IF DEPTH OF COVER AT STUB END WILL EXCEED 6.5' WITH STANDARD INSTALLATION (PER STANDARD DRAWING 02730-2) 2. MIN. DEPTH OF COVER SHALL BE 5' AT END OF SERVICE STUB. ENGINEER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING REQUIRED ELEVATION OF STUB. 3. DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS SHALL BE HARCO GASKET X GASKET OR APPROVED EQUAL. CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: DEEP SANITARY SEWER NO. 02730-3 STANDARD DRAWING NONE SERVICE LINE OCT. 2014 1/4" BELOW TOP OF NEW PAVEMENT SURFACE HEAVY DUTY MONUMENT BOX, SIMILAR TO CAIRD ENG. NO. 50608-1 STREET PAVING & GRAVEL AS REQUIRED SEAL JOINT WITH RAM—NEK .. a B" X 3' ROUND CONCRETE SLAB SLIP HUB TO FROST THREADED ADAPTOR EXPANSION SLEEVE THREADED PLUG CLEANOUT PIPE, 8" PVC NON—SHRINK BACKFILL 0" MIN. /8' BEND. .,d�... END OF a a TRENCH .� .d .d y'..a:•. id d. a .. 8" PVC END OF LINE CLEANOUT IF REQUIRED USE PLUG CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: SANITARY SEWER NO. 02730-4 STANDARD DRAWING NONE CLEANOUT DEC. 2003 Standard costing & cover Frame and cover to be either D & L A-1172 ring with A-1178 cover, EJIW 3771/ 3772 series, or approved equal. Covers shall have two 1" pick holes. `j Flat slab cover Adjustable rings, 2" min., 12" max. NOTE: All joints between manhole sections, 24" manhole ring and top section, and around Opening sewer pipe into manhole shall be watertight. n Jointing material shall be "Ram—Nek" or q equal for all joints except between sewer pipe and manhole wall. N N N Manhole steps at 0 a16" centers Precast reinforced concrete manhole riser aand cover manufactured in accordance uai M with ASTM designation C-478. N O t +' Co As required — , (60" min.) � o � U Flexible gasketed joint ° Gasketed Tee rn c c o B B 'N E :3 y N _0 O (1) m 7 0 Q O Pipe restraint (typ.) Q U N N N A Gasketed 90" elbow cast into base Channel = dia. of pip A Precast or poured—in—place base. Poured—in—place base, minimum concrete thickness below pipe is 8 inches. Precast base, minimum thickness is 6 inches. Stainless steel Radius of —�I all—thread rod, manhole 1/2" RJ Slope at 1" per foot. e Sewer i Channel to full pipe pipe depth. Manhole wall Epoxy grout rods ..': .: .. ,. Dia. of sewer pipe ��..• •,; .;. ��. Stainless steel 3" into wall pipe clamp SECTION A—A SECTION B—B CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: STANDARD DROP NO. 02730-5 STANDARD DRAWING NONE MANHOLE DEC. 2003 Rev. March 2006 FLAT BLADE STREET NAME REGULATORY SIGN BLANK AS PER SIGN BLANKS SEE SECTION MUTCD STANDARDS, SIZE AS MOUNTED BACK TO SPECIFIED ON PLANS BACK MOUNTED POST 09810 2.2 FOR SIGN SIZES \ YA A \y 2' MIN. 2' MIN. 1 0' 2" PREFORATED SQUARE TUBE POST (TELSPAR OR APPROVED EQUAL) 7' MIN. ATTACH SIGNS TO POST WITH 3/8" DRIVE RIVETS (MIN. 2 PER SIGN) STREET MARKER SIGN REGULATORY SIGN 2" PREFORATED SQUARE TUBE o POST (14 GAUGE) 0 FASTEN POST TO SLEEVE WITH 5/16" CORNER BOLT o (A325) 1 Y2" ABOVE FINISH GRAGE. INSERT BOLT FINISH GRADE ?" o HEAD FROM OPPOSITE SIDE OF EXPECTED IMPACT. i INSERT DRIVE RIVET INTO OPPOSITE SIDE. T 4" 4. 2 Y4" X 30" 12 GAUGE NON—PREFORATED SQUARE TUBE SIGN POST SLEEVE (TELSPAR "QUIK PUNCH" OR APPROVED EQUAL) ALL SLEEVES AND SIGN 24" POSTS SHALL BE INSTALLED INSERT SIGN POST 18" INTO SLEEVE PLUMB. M-4000 CONCRETE ANCHOR SIGN POST FOUNDATION DETAIL CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: SIGN INSTALLATION NO. 09810-1 STANDARD DRAWING NONE STANDARDS AUG. 1994 Revised 6/2002 18" DIAMOND BLACK PANEL WITH 9 RED REFLECTORS, 3" MIN. SIZE — NUMBER OF 24" PANELS REQUIRED BY THE DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC SERVICE rt ROADWAY • • e 24" • • • • • • 2" PERFORATED SQUARE TUBE POST (TELSPAR OR APPROVED EQUAL) 48" MIN. ROADWAY GRADE SIGN POST FOUNDATION AS PER STANDARD DRAWING 09810-1 I► 60" TYP. �I SIGN BLANKS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTION GRADE ALUMINUM, 0.08 INCH THICK, WITH ENGINEER GRADE REFLECTIVE SHEETING CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: DEAD END BARRICADE NO. 09810-2 STANDARD DRAWING NONE DETAIL AUG. 1994 Revised 6/2002 f CROSSWALK � 1 r t STREET 9'TYP. MARKER SIGN z I 5' O U W ry n U 2' MIN CLEARANCE FROM FACE OF CURB TO EDGE Q OF SIGN ry CITY OF BOZEMAN SCALE: TYPICAL STREET No. 09810-4 STANDARD DRAWING NONE MARKER SIGN Sept. 2002 LOCATION BlankIntentionally Left • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • - s • • • • • • • SECTION 6. PREVAILING WAGE RATES TABLE OF CONTENTS MONTANA PREVAILING WAGE REQUIREMENTS: A. Date of Publication ............................................................................................................................... B. Definition of Highway Construction ............................................................................................................. C. Definition of Public Works Contract .....................................................................................................I.... 3 D. Prevailing Wage Schedule .................................................................................................................... E. Rates to Use for Projects ........................................................................................................................ F. Wage Rate Adjustments for Multiyear Contracts .......................................................................................... 3 G. Fringe Benefits ..................................................................................................................................... H. Dispatch City ........................................................................................................................................ I. Zone Pay ............................................................................................................................................ J. Computing Travel Benefits ..................................................................................................................... K. Per Diem ............................................................................................................................................ L. Apprentices ......................................................................................................................................... M. Posting Notice of Prevailing Wages .......................................................................................................... 5 N. Employment Preference ......................................................................................................................... O. Projects of a Mixed Nature ............................................................................................................................................ 5 P. Occupations Definitions Website .................................................................................................................................... 5 Q. Welder Rates ..................................................................................................................................... 5 R. Foreman Rates ............................................................................................. .................................. 5 WAGE RATES: BRICK, BLOCK,AND STONE MASONS ........................................................................................................... 6 CARPENTERS ............................................................................................................................................ CEMENT MASONS AND CONCRETE FINISHERS ............................................................................................ 6 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT OPERATORS OPERATORSGROUP 1 ............................................................................................................................. OPERATORSGROUP 2 ............................................................................................................................ 7 OPERATORSGROUP 3 ............................................................................................................................ OPERATORSGROUP 4 ............................................................................................................................ OPERATORSGROUP 5 .................................................................................................I.......................... OPERATORSGROUP 6 ............................................................................................................................ OPERATORSGROUP 7 ............................................................................................................................ 8 CONSTRUCTION LABORERS LABORERSGROUP 1 ............................................................................................................................ LABORERSGROUP 2 ............................................................................................................................ LABORERSGROUP 3 ............................................................................................................................ LABORERSGROUP 4 ............................................................................................................................ 0 DIVERS .................................................................................................................................................... 10 DIVERTENDERS ........................................................................................................................................ 0 ELECTRICIANS ..................................................................:....................................................................... 11 IRONWORKERS-STRUCTURAL STEEL AND REBAR PLACERS ...................................................................... 11 LINE CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT OPERATOR .......................................................................................................................... 11 1 GROUNDMAN ......................................................................................................................................... 11 LINEMAN ................................................................................................................................................. MILLWRIGHTS ............................................................................................................................................ 12 PAINTERS ................................................................................................................I.......................... 2 PILEBUCKS ............................................................................................................................................... 2 TRUCKDRIVERS ............................................................................................................................................... 12 2 A.Date of Publication January 27,2018 B.Definition of Highway Construction The Administrative Rules of Montana(ARM), 24.17.501(3)—(3)(a), states "Highway construction projects include, but are not limited to, the construction, alteration, or repair of roads, streets, highways, runways, taxiways, alleys, trails, paths, and parking areas, bridges constructed of•repaired in conjunction with highway work, and other similar projects not incidental to building construction or heavy construction. Highway construction projects include, but are not limited to, alleys, base courses, bituminous treatments, bridle paths, concrete pavement, curbs, excavation and embankment(for road construction),fencing(Highway), grade crossing elimination (overpasses or underpasses), guard rails on highways, highway signs, highway bridges (overpasses, underpasses, grade separation), medians,parking lots,parkways, resurfacing streets and highways, roadbeds, roadways, runways, shoulders, stabilizing courses, storm sewers incidental to road construction, streetpaving, surface courses, taxiways, and trails. " C.Definition of Public Works Contract Section 18-2-401(11)(a),MCA defines"public works contract"as "...a contract for construction services let by the state, county, municipality, school district, or political subdivision or for nonconstruction services let by the state, county, municipality, or political subdivision in which the total cost of the contract is in excess of$25,000...". D.Prevailing Wage Schedule This publication covers only Highway Construction occupations and rates in the specific localities mentioned herein. These rates will remain in effect until superseded by a more current publication. Current prevailing wage rate schedules for Building Construction,Heavy Construction and Nonconstruction Services occupations can be found on the internet at www.mtwagehourbopa.com or by contacting the Labor Standards Bureau at(406)444-5600 or TDD (406)444-5549. E.Rates to Use for Projects ARM,24.17.127(1)(c),states "The wage rates applicable to a particular public works project are those in effect at the time the bid specifications are advertised." F.Wage Rate Adjustments for Multiyear Contracts Section 18-2-417,MCA states: "(1)Any public works contract that by the terms of the original contract calls for more than 30 months to fully perform must include a provision to adjust, as provided in subsection (2), the standard prevailing rate of wages to be paid to the workers performing the contract. (2) The standard prevailing rate of wages paid to workers under a contract subject to this section must be adjusted 12 months after the date of the award of the public works contract. The amount of the adjustment must be a 3%increase. The adjustment must be made and applied every 12 months for the term of the contract. (3)Any increase in the standard rate of prevailing wages for workers under this section is the sole responsibility of the contractor and any subcontractors and not the contracting agency." 3 G.Fringe Benefits Section 18-2-412,MCA states: "(1) To fulfill the obligation...a contractor or subcontractor may: (a)pay the amount offringe benefits and the basic hourly rate ofpay that is part of the standard prevailing rate of wages directly to the worker or employee in cash; (b) make an irrevocable contribution to a trustee or a third person pursuant to a fringe benefatficnd,plan, or program.that meets the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 or that is a bona fide program approved by the U. S. department of labor; or (c) make payments using any combination of methods set forth in subsections (1)(a) and(1)(b)so that the aggregate of payments and contributions is not less thann the standard prevailing rate of wages, including fringe benefits and travel allowances, applicable to the district for the particular type of work being per formed. (2) The fringe benefit fund,plan., or program.described in.subsection (1)(b) inust provide benefits to workers or employees for healthh care,pensions on retirement or death, life insurance, disability and sickness insurance, or bona fide programs that meet the requirements oj'the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 or that are approved by the U. S. department of labor." Fringe benefits are paid for all hours worked(straight time and overtime hours). However, fringe benefits are not to be considered a part of the hourly rate of pay for calculating overtime,unless there is a collectively bargained agreement in effect that specifies otherwise. H.Dispatch City ARM,24.17.103(11),defines dispatch city as "...the courthouse in the city f•om the following list which is closest to the center of the job:Billings,Bozeman, Butte, Great Falls, Helena, Kalispell, and Missoula." I. Zone Pay Zone pay is not travel pay. ARM,24.17.103(24),defines zone pay as"...an amount added to the base pay;the combined sum then becomes the new base wage rate to be paid for all hours worked on the project.Zone pay must be determined by measuring the road miles one way over the shortest practical maintained route from the dispatch city to the center of the job." See section H above for a list of dispatch cities. I Computing Travel Benefits ARM,24.17.103(22), states " `Travel pay,'also referred to as `travel alloivance.,'is and must be.paid for travel both to and from the job site, except those with special provisions listed under the classification. The rate is determined by measuring the road miles one direction over the shortestpractical maintained route from the dispatch city or the employee's home, whichever is closer, to the center of the jab." See section H above for a list of dispatch cities. K.Per Diem ARM,24.17.103(18), states " Per diem'typically covers costs associated with board and lodging expenses. Per diem is paid when an employee is required to work at a location outside the daily commuting distance and is required to stay at that location overnight or longer." L.Apprentices Wage rates for apprentices registered in approved federal or state apprenticeship programs are contained in those programs. Additionally, Section 18-2-416(2),MCA states "...The full amount of any applicable fringe benefits must be paid to the apprentice while the apprentice is working on the public works contract." Apprentices not registered in approved federal or state apprenticeship programs will be paid the appropriate j ourney level prevailing wage rate when working on a public works contract. 4 M.Posting Notice of Prevailing Wages Section 18-2-406,MCA,provides that contractors, subcontractors, and employers who are "...performing work or providing construction services under public works contracts, as provided in this part, shall post in a prominent and accessible site on the project or staging area, not later than the first day of work and continuing for the entire duration of the project, a legible statement of all wages and fringe benefits to be paid to the employees. " N.Employment Preference Sections 18-2-403 and 18-2-409,MCA require contractors to give preference to the employment of bona fide Montana residents in the performance of work on public works contracts. O.Projects of a Mixed Nature Section 18-2-408,MCA states: "(1) The contracting agency shall determine, based on the preponderance of labor hours to be worked, whether the public works construction services project is classified as a highway construction project, a heavy construction project, or a building construction project. (2) Once the project has been classified, employees in each trade classification who are working on that project must be paid at the rate for thatproject classification" P. Occupations Definitions You can find definitions for these occupations on the following Bureau of Labor Statistics website: http://wivw.bls.gov/oes/current/oes stru.htm Q. Welder Rates Welders receive the rate prescribed for the craft performing an operation to which welding is incidental. R.Foreman Rates Rates are no longer set for foremen. However, if a foreman performs journey level work,the foreman must be paid at least the journey level rate. 5 WAGE RATES BRICK, BLOCK, AND STONE MASONS Wage Benefit Travel: $26.58 $13.77 0-45 mi. free zone >45-60 mi. $25.00/day >60-90 mi. $55.00/day >90 mi. $65.00/day T Back to Table of Contents CARPENTERS Wage Benefit Zone Pay: $29.00 $13.07 0-30 mi.free zone >30-60 mi. base pay+ $4.00/hr. >60 mi. base pay+$6.00/hr. T Back to Table of Contents CEMENT MASONS AND CONCRETE FINISHERS Wage Benefit Zone Pay: $23.87 $10.51 0-25 mi. free zone >25-50 mi. base pay+ $2.50/hr. Duties Include: >50 mi. base pay+ $3.00/hr. Smooth and finish surfaces of poured concrete, such as floors, walks, sidewalks, or curbs. Align forms for sidewalks, curbs, or gutters. T Back to Table of Contents CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT OPERATORS GROUP 1 Wage Benefit Zone Pay: $24.02 $9.90 0-25 mi. free zone >25-50 mi. base pay+$2.50/hr. This group includes but is not limited to: >50 mi. base pay+ $3.00/hr. Air Compressor; Auto Fine Grader; Belt Finishing; Boring Machine(Small); Cement Silo; Crane, A-Frame Truck Crane; Crusher Conveyor; DW-10, 15, and 20 Tractor Roller; Farm Tractor; Forklift; Form Grader; Front-End Loader, under 1 cu. yd; Oiler, Heavy Duty Drills; Herman Nelson Heater; Mucking Machine; Oiler, All Except Cranes/Shovels; Pumpman. ?Back to Table of Contents 6 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT OPERATORS GROUP 2 Wage Benefit Zone Pay: $26.99 $9.90 0-25 mi.free zone >25-50 mi. base pay+$2.50/hr. This group includes but is not limited to: >50 mi. base pay+$3.00/hr. Air Doctor; Backhoe\Excavator\Shovel, up to and incl. 3 cu. yds; Bit Grinder; Bitunimous Paving Travel Plant; Boring Machine, Large; Broom, Self-Propelled; Concrete Travel Batcher; Concrete Float &Spreader; Concrete Bucket Dispatcher; Concrete Finish Machine; Concrete Conveyor; Distributor; Dozer, Rubber-Tired, Push, & Side Boom; Elevating Grader\Gradall; Field Equipment Serviceman; Front-End Loader, 1 cu. yd up to and incl. 5 cu. yds; Grade Setter; Heavy Duty Drills, All Types; Hoist\Tugger, All; Hydralift Forklifts &Similar; Industrial Locomotive; Motor Patrol (except finish); Mountain Skidder; Oiler, Cranes\Shovels; Pavement Breaker, EMSCO; Power Saw, Self-Propelled; Pugmill; Pumperete\Grout Machine; Punch Truck; Roller, other than Asphalt; Roller, Sheepsfoot(Self-Propelled); Roller, 25 tons and over; Ross Carrier; Rotomill, under 6 ft; Trenching Machine; Washing/Screening Plant T Back to Table of Contents CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT OPERATORS GROUP 3 Wage Benefit Zone Pay: $28.58 $9.90 0-25 mi.free zone >25-50 mi. base pay+ $2.50/hr. This group includes but is not limited to: >50 mi. base pay+ $3.00/hr. Asphalt Paving Machine; Asphalt Screed; Backhoe\Excavator\Shovel, over 3 cu. yds; Cableway Highline; Concrete Batch Plant; Concrete Curing Machine; Concrete Pump; Cranes, Creter; Cranes, Electric Overhead; Cranes, 24 tons and under; Curb Machine\Slip Form Paver; Finish Dozer; Front-End Loader, over 5 cu. yds; Mechanic\Welder; Pioneer Dozer; Roller Asphalt (Breakdown & Finish); Rotomill, over 6 ft; Scraper, Single, Twin, or Pulling Belly-Dump; YO-YO Cat. t Back to Table of Contents 7 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT OPERATORS GROUP 4 Wage Benefit Zone Pay: $27.60 $9.90 0-25 mi. free zone >25-50 mi. base pay+ $2.50/hr. This group includes but is not limited to: >50 mi. base pay+ $3.00/hr. Asphalt\Hot Plant Operator; Cranes, 25 tons up to and incl. 44 tons; Crusher Operator; Finish Motor Patrol; Finish Scraper. T Back to Table of Contents CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT OPERATORS GROUP 5 Wage Benefit Zone Pay: $28.94 $9.90 0-25 mi. free zone >25-50 mi. base pay+ $2.50/hr. This group includes but is not limited to: >50 mi. base pay+ $3.00/hr. Cranes, 45 tons up to and incl. 74 tons. T Back to Table of Contents CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT OPERATORS GROUP 6 Wage Benefit Zone Pay: $29.63 $9.90 0-25 mi. free zone >25-50 mi. base pay+$2.50/hr. This group includes but is not limited to: >50 mi. base pay+ $3.00/hr. Cranes, 75 tons up to and incl. 149 tons; Cranes, Whirley(All). T Back to Table of Contents CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT OPERATORS GROUP 7 Wage Benefit Zone Pay: $31.73 $9.90 0-25 mi. free zone >25-50 mi. base pay+$2.50/hr. This group includes but is not limited to: >50 mi. base pay+ $3.00/hr. Cranes, 150 tons up to and incl. 250 tons; Cranes, over 250 tons—add $1.00 for every 100 tons over 250 tons; Crane, Tower(All); Crane Stiff-Leg or Derrick; Helicopter Hoist. Back to Table of Contents 8 CONSTRUCTION LABORERS GROUP 1/FLAG PERSON FOR TRAFFIC CONTROL Wage Benefit Zone Pay: $18.90 $9.15 0-25 mi.free zone >25-50 mi. base pay+$2.50/hr. >50 mi. base pay+ $3.00/hr. Back to Table of Contents CONSTRUCTION LABORERS GROUP 2 Wage Benefit Zone Pay: $22.89 $8.70 0-25 mi. free zone >25-50 mi. base pay+ $2.50/hr. This group includes but is not limited to: >50 mi. base pay+ $3.00/hr. General Labor; Asbestos Removal; Burning Bar; Bucket Man; Carpenter Tender; Caisson Worker; Cement Mason Tender; Cement Handler(dry); Chuck Tender; Choker Setter; Concrete Worker; Curb Machine-lay Down; Crusher and Batch Worker; Heater Tender; Fence Erector; Landscape Laborer; Landscaper; Lawn Sprinkler Installer; Pipe Wrapper; Pot Tender; Powderman Tender; Rail and Truck Loaders and Unloaders; Riprapper; Sign Erection; Guardrail and Jersey Rail; Spike Driver; Stake Jumper; Signalman; Tail Hoseman; Tool Checker and Houseman and Traffic Control Worker. j_Back to Table of Contents CONSTRUCTION LABORERS GROUP 3 Wage Benefit Zone Pay: $24.05 $8.05 0-25 mi.free zone >25-50 mi. base pay+$2.50/hr. This group includes but is not limited to: >50 mi. base pay+ $3.00/hr. Concrete Vibrator; Dumpman (Grademan); Equipment Handler; Geotextile and Liners; High-Pressure Nozzleman; Jackhammer(Pavement Breaker) Non- Riding Rollers; Pipelayer; Posthole Digger(Power); Power Driven Wheelbarrow; Rigger; Sandblaster; Sod Cutter-Power and Tamper. i Back to Table of Contents 9 CONSTRUCTION LABORERS GROUP 4 Wage Benefit Zone Pay: $23.18 $8.05 0-25 mi. free zone >25-50 mi. base pay+$2.50/hr. This group includes but is not limited to: >50 mi. base pay+$3.00/hr. Hod Carrier***;Water Well Laborer; Blaster; Wagon Driller;Asphalt Raker; Cutting Torch; Grade Setter; ***Hod Carriers will receive the same amount of travel High-Scaler; Power Saws (Faller&Concrete) and/or subsistence pay as bricklayers when requested to Powderman; Rock & Core Drill; Track or Truck Mounted travel. Wagon Drill and Welder incl. Air Arc. T Back to Table of Contents DIVERS Wage Benefit Zone Pay: Stand-By $37.58 $16.14 0-30 mi.free zone Diving $75.16 $16.14 >30-60 mi. base pay+ $4.00/hr. >60 mi. base pay+ $6.00/hr. Depth Pay(Surface Diving) 0-20 ft. free zone >20-100 ft. $2.00 per ft. >100-150 ft. $3.00 per ft. >150-220 ft. $4.00 per ft. >220 ft. $5.00 per ft. Diving In Enclosures 0-25 ft. free zone >25-300 ft. $1.00 per ft. T Back to Table of Contents DIVER TENDERS Wage Benefit Zone Pay: $36.58 $16.14 0-30 mi.free zone >30-60 mi. base pay+ $4.00/hr. The tender shall receive 2 hours at the straight time pay >60 mi. base pay+$6.00/hr. rate per shift for dressing and/or undressing a Diver when work is done under hyperbaric conditions. T Back to Table of Contents 10 ELECTRICIANS Wage Benefit Travel: $32.74 $13.84 No mileage due when traveling in employer's vehicle. The following travel allowance is applicable when traveling in employee's vehicle: 0-18 mi. free zone >18-60 mi. federal mileage rate/mi. >60 mi. $75.00/day i Back to Table of Contents IRONWORKERS - STRUCTURAL STEEL AND REBAR PLACERS Wage Benefit Travel: $27.25 $24.54 0-45 mi. free zone >45-85 mi. $55.00/day Duties Include: >85 mi. $85.00/day Structural steel erection; assemble prefabricated metal buildings; cut, bend, tie, and place rebar; energy producing windmill type towers; metal bleacher seating; handrail fabrication and ornamental steel. 1 Back to Table of Contents LINE CONSTRUCTION — EQUIPMENT OPERATORS Wage Benefit Travel: $34.02 $14.41 No Free Zone $60.00/day i Back to Table of Contents LINE CONSTRUCTION — GROUNDMAN Wage Benefit Travel: $26.56 $13.56 No Free Zone $60.00/day i Back to Table of Contents LINE CONSTRUCTION— LINEMAN Wage Benefit Travel: $44.41 $15.54 No Free Zone $60.00/day f Back to Table of Contents 11 MILLWRIGHTS Wage Benefit Zone Pay: $32.00 $13.07 0-30 mi. free zone >30-60 mi. base pay+ $4.00/hr. >60 mi. base pay+$6.00/hr. ?Back to Table of Contents PAINTERS Wage Benefit $27.00 $9.30 T Back to Table of Contents PILE BUCKS Wage Benefit Zone Pay: $29.00 $13.07 0-30 mi.free zone >30-60 mi. base pay+ $4.00/hr. Duties Include: >60 mi. base pay+ $6.00/hr. Set up crane; set up hammer; weld tips on piles; set leads; insure piles are driven straight with the use of level or plum bob. Give direction to crane operator as to speed, and direction of swing. Cut piles to grade. t Back to Table of Contents TRUCK DRIVERS Wage Benefit Zone Pay: Pilot Car Driver $24.85 $9.42 All Districts Truck Driver $28.88 $9.42 0-30 mi. free zone >30-60 mi. base pay+ $3.05/hr. Truck drivers include but are not limited to: >60 mi. base pay+ .$4.85/hr. Combination Truck and Concrete Mixer and Transit Mixer; Dry Batch Trucks; Distributor Driver; Dumpman; Dump Trucks and similar equipment; Dumpster; Flat Trucks; Lumber Carriers; Lowboys; Pickup; Powder Truck Driver; Power Boom; Serviceman; Service Truck/Fuel Truck/Tireperson; Truck Mechanic; Trucks with Power Equipment;Warehouseman, Partsman, Cardex and Warehouse Expeditor;Water Trucks. T Back to Table of Contents 12 APPENDIX A MISCELLANEOUS FORMS Intentionally Left Blank NOTICE OF AWARD Dated: TO: ADDRESS: PROJECT: CONTRACT FOR:Durston and Ferguson Roundabout You are notified that your Bid opened on ,2018,for the above Contract has been considered. You are the apparent Successful Bidder and have been awarded a Contract for the:Durston and Ferguson Roundabout Project. The Contract Price of your Contract is: Written Amount Dollars($ Five(5)copies of each of the proposed Contract Documents(except Drawings) accompany this Notice of Award. Three(3) sets of the Drawings will be delivered separately or otherwise made available to you immediately. You must comply with the following conditions precedent within fifteen(15)days of the date of this Notice of Award, that is,by 1. You must deliver to the OWNER Five (5) fully executed counterparts of the Agreement including all the Contract Documents and Drawings. 2. You must deliver with the executed Agreement the Contract Security(Bonds)as specified in the Instruction to Bidders(Articles 8-10),and the General Conditions(paragraph 5.01). 3. List other conditions precedent: You must deliver with the executed Agreement the Certificates of Insurance as specified in the General Conditions (Article 5)and Supplementary Conditions(Article 1). Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle OWNER to consider your Bid abandoned, to annul this Notice of Award,and to declare your Bid Security forfeited. Within ten(10)days after you comply with these conditions,OWNER will return to you two fully signed counterpart of the Agreement with the Contract Documents attached. CITY OF BOZEMAN,MONTANA ATTEST: BY: BY: (CITY MANAGER) (CITY CLERK) DATE: NOTICE OF AWARD Page 1 of 1 Intentionally Left Blank AGREEMENT FORM THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the day of in the year 2018, by and between CITY OF BOZEMAN, hereinafter called OWNER, and hereinafter called CONTRACTOR. OWNER AND CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: Article 1. WORK. CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The proposed work on Durston Road is from Flanders Mill Road to Sanders Avenue, and includes a new roundabout at the intersection of Durston and Ferguson,roadway widening along Durston Road, new corridor lighting, new storm drain facilities, utility adjustments, culvert extension. The work includes street excavation, subexcavation, gravel base courses, asphalt and concrete pavement, curb and gutter, sidewalk, storm drain, culvert extension, utility adjustments, street lighting, signing, pavement markings, topsoil, and seeding. The project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is generally described as follows: Durston and Ferguson Roundabout. Article 2. ,CONTRACT TIME. 2.1 The Work will be completed within 90 days after the date when the contract time commences to run as provided in the General Conditions. Final payment will be withheld until final completion and acceptance of the Work, as stipulated in this Agreement. 2.2 Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence in this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not substantially complete within the time specified above,plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expense and difficulties involved in proving,in a legal or arbitration proceeding,the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not substantially complete on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay(but not as a penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER five hundred dollars ($ 500.00) for each calendar day that work continues past the contract time,until such work is substantially complete. Article 3. CONTRACT PRICE. 3.1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents the sum(subject to adjustment as provided in the Contract Documents) of ($ ). AGREEMENT Page 1 of 6 Article 4. PAYMENT PROCEDURES. CONTRACTOR shall submit applications for payment in accordance with the General Conditions. Applications for payment will be processed as provided in the General Conditions. 4.1 Progress Payments. OWNER will make progress payments monthly on account of the contract price on the basis of CONTRACTOR'S application for payment as recommended by ENGINEER. All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work measured by the schedule of values provided for in the General Conditions. 4.1.1 The OWNER may retain five (5) percent of the amount due the CONTRACTOR in accordance with the General Conditions and as outlined herein. 4.2 Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 14.07 of the General Conditions,OWNER shall pay the remainder of the contract price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 14.07. Article 5. INTEREST. All monies not paid when due hereunder shall bear interest at the simple rate established by the Federal Cost of Money Rate commencing at the time of a claim. Article 6. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS. In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement, CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 6.1 CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, locality, and with all local conditions and federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress or performance of the Work. 6.2 CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified in the Special Provisions of Contract Documents,and accepts the determination set forth in the Contract Documents of the extent of the technical data contained in such reports and drawings, and has personally completed his own field investigations. 6.3 CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied(or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying)all such examinations,investigations,explorations,tests,reports and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraph 6.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at or contiguous to the site that otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, AGREEMENT Page 2 of 6 within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents,including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.02 of the General Conditions; and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data are or will be required by Contractor for such purposes. 6.4 CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price,within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.04 of the General Conditions. 6.5 CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 6.6 CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR. 6.7 CONTRACTOR hereby affirms it will not discriminate on the basis of race,color,religion, creed, sex, age, marital status, national origin, or because of actual or perceived sexual orientation,gender identity or disability in the performance of work performed for the city of Bozeman. This prohibition shall apply to the hiring and treatment of the CONTRACTOR'S employees and to all subcontracts it enters into in performance of the agreement with the city of Bozeman. Article 7. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Bid Documents, together with this Agreement, form the Contract Documents which comprise the entire Agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR are attached to this Agreement,made a part hereof and consist of the following: 7.1 This Agreement. 7.2 Exhibits to this Agreement (if any). 7.3 Performance Bond, Payment Bond, and Bid Bond. 7.4 Invitation to Bid. 7.5 Instructions to Bidders and Bid Proposal. 7.6 Certificates of Insurance. 7.7 General Conditions. 7.8 Supplementary Conditions. AGREEMENT Page 3 of 6 7.9 Wage Rates. 7.10 Special Provisions including Measurement and Payment. 7.11 Technical Specifications. 7.12 Montana Public Works Specifications,Sixth Edition,and City of Bozeman Modifications to Montana Public Works Standard Specifications,latest edition(by reference). 7.13 Montana Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction,2014 Edition,and all subsequent Supplemental Specifications(by reference). 7.14 Appendices. 7.15 Addenda listed on the Bid forms. 7.16 CONTRACTOR'S executed Bid forms. 7.17 Documentation submitted by CONTRACTOR prior to Notice of Award. 7.18 Notice of Award. 7.19 Notice to Proceed. 7.20 Any modification, including Change Orders and Work Directive Change, duly delivered after execution of Agreement. 7.21 Any Notice of Partial Utilization. 7.22 Consent of Surety. 7.23 Approval of Subcontractors. 7.24 Substitution Request Form. 7.25 Schedule of Values. 7.26 Notice of Substantial Completion. 7.27 Notices of Final Completion and Acceptance. 7.28 Non-discrimination affirmation form. 7.29 Drawings. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 7. The Contract Documents may only be altered, amended or repealed by a modification(as defined in the General Conditions). Article 8.NO DAMAGES FOR DELAY—OTHER CONTRACTORS It shall be the affirmative duty of each and every CONTRACTOR on the project to cooperate and coordinate the scheduling and progress of its work with that of all other CONTRACTORS.Under no circumstances shall the OWNER be liable for any damages for delay. It is further stipulated and agreed that the terms of this provision shall govern any other Contract Document as defined in this Agreement. Article 9. MISCELLANEOUS. 9.1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in the General Conditions shall have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 9.2 This Agreement and all of the covenants hereof shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR respectively and his partners, successors, AGREEMENT Page 4 of 6 assigns,and legal representatives. Neither the OWNER nor the CONTRACTOR shall have the right to assign, transfer or sublet his interest or obligations hereunder without written consent of the other party. The OWNER reserves the right to withdraw at any time from any subcontractor where Work has proven unsatisfactory the right to be engaged in or employed upon any part of the Work. 9.3 In the event it becomes necessary for either party to this Agreement to retain an attorney to enforce any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement or to give any notice required herein, then the prevailing party or the party giving notice shall be entitled to reasonable attorney's fees and costs. 9.4 Any amendment of modifications of this Agreement or any provisions herein shall be made in writing and executed in the same manner as this original document and shall after execution become a part of this Agreement. AGREEMENT Page 5 of 6 IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the parties hereto have executed this Agreement the day and year first above written. (CONTRACTOR) By (SEAL &) (ATTEST) Title (JOINT VENTURE) By (SEAL &) (ATTEST) Title City of Bozeman (OWNER) By (CITY MANAGER) (SEAL &) (ATTEST) APPROVED AS TO FORM: (CITY ATTORNEY) AGREEMENT Page 6 of 6 JJC ENGNERB 101INT CMITRACT ooeuMMs ca�a>ire PERFORMANCE BOND CONTRACTOR(name and address): SURETY(name and address of principal place of business): OWN E R(name and address): CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Effective Date of the Agreement: Amount: Description (name and location): BOND Bond Number: Date(not earlier than the Effective Date of the Agreement of the Construction Contract): Amount: Modifications to this Bond Form: ❑ None See Paragraph 16 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms set forth below, do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer, agent, or representative. CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY (seal) (seal) Contractor's Name and Corporate Seal Surety's Name and Corporate Seal By: By: Signature Signature(attach power of attorney) Print Name Print Name Title Title Attest: Attest: Signature Signature Title Title Notes:(1)Provide supplemental execution by any additional parties,such as joint venturers. (2)Any singular reference to Contractor,Surety, Owner,or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. EJCDC®C-610,Performance Bond Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. 1 of 3 1. The Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind to be secured with performance and payment bonds executed themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and by a qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the assigns to the Owner for the performance of the Construction Construction Contract, and pay to the Owner the amount of Contract,which is incorporated herein by reference. damages as described in Paragraph 7 in excess of the Balance of the Contract Price incurred by the Owner as a result of the 2. If the Contractor performs the Construction Contract,the Surety Contractor Default;or and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond, except when applicable to participate in a conference as provided in 5.4 Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange for Paragraph 3. completion, or obtain a new contractor, and with reasonable promptness under the circumstances: 3. If there is no Owner Default under the Construction Contract, the Surety's obligation under this Bond shall arise after: 5.4.1 After investigation, determine the amount for which it may be liable to the Owner and, as soon as 3.1 The Owner first provides notice to the Contractor and practicable after the amount is determined, make payment the Surety that the Owner is considering declaring a Contractor to the Owner;or Default. Such notice shall indicate whether the Owner is requesting a conference among the Owner, Contractor, and 5.4.2 Deny liability in whole or in part and notify the Surety to discuss the Contractor's performance. If the Owner Owner,citing the reasons for denial. does not request a conference, the Surety may, within five (5) business days after receipt of the Owner's notice, request such a 6. If the Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragraph 5 with conference. If the Surety timely requests a conference, the reasonable promptness,the Surety shall be deemed to be in default Owner shall attend. Unless the Owner agrees otherwise, any on this Bond seven days after receipt of an additional written notice conference requested under this Paragraph 3.1 shall be held from the Owner to the Surety demanding that the Surety perform its within ten (10) business days of the Surety's receipt of the obligations under this Bond, and the Owner shall be entitled to Owner's notice. If the Owner, the Contractor, and the Surety enforce any remedy available to the Owner. If the Surety proceeds as agree, the Contractor shall be allowed a reasonable time to provided in Paragraph 5.4,and the Owner refuses the payment or the perform the Construction Contract, but such an agreement shall Surety has denied liability, in whole or in part,without further notice not waive the Owner's right, if any, subsequently to declare a the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Contractor Default; Owner. 3.2 The Owner declares a Contractor Default, terminates 7. If the Surety elects to act under Paragraph 5.1, 5.2, or 5.3,then the Construction Contract and notifies the Surety;and the responsibilities of the Surety to the Owner shall not be greater than those of the Contractor under the Construction Contract, and 3.3 The Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the the responsibilities of the Owner to the Surety shall not be greater Contract Price in accordance with the terms of the Construction than those of the Owner under the Construction Contract. Subject to Contract to the Surety or to a contractor selected to perform the the commitment by the Owner to pay the Balance of the Contract Construction Contract. Price,the Surety is obligated,without duplication for: 4. Failure on the part of the Owner to comply with the notice 7.1 the responsibilities of the Contractor for correction of requirement in Paragraph 3.1 shall not constitute a failure to comply defective work and completion of the Construction Contract; with a condition precedent to the Surety's obligations,or release the Surety from its obligations, except to the extent the Surety 7.2 additional legal, design professional, and delay costs demonstrates actual prejudice. resulting from the Contractor's Default, and resulting from the actions or failure to act of the Surety under Paragraph 5;and 5. When the Owner has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 3,the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense take one of the 7.3 liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages are following actions: specified in the Construction Contract,actual damages caused by delayed performance or non-performance of the Contractor. 5.1 Arrange for the Contractor, with the consent of the Owner,to perform and complete the Construction Contract; 8. If the Surety elects to act under Paragraph 5.1, 5.3, or 5.4, the Surety's liability is limited to the amount of this Bond. 5.2 Undertake to perform and complete the Construction Contract itself,through its agents or independent contractors; 9. The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction 5.3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified Contract, and the Balance of the Contract Price shall not be reduced contractors acceptable to the Owner for a contract for or set off on account of any such unrelated obligations. No right of performance and completion of the Construction Contract, action shall accrue on this Bond to any person or entity other than arrange for a contract to be prepared for execution by the the Owner or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and Owner and a contractor selected with the Owners concurrence, assigns. EJCDC®C-610,Performance Bond Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. 2 of 3 10. The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including for damages to which the Contractor is entitled, reduced by all changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related valid and proper payments made to or on behalf of the subcontracts,purchase orders,and other obligations. Contractor under the Construction Contract. 11. Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond may be 14.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between the instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in the location in Owner and Contractor identified on the cover page, including all which the work or part of the work is located and shall be instituted Contract Documents and changes made to the agreement and within two years after a declaration of Contractor Default or within the Contract Documents. two years after the Contractor ceased working or within two years after the Surety refuses or fails to perform its obligations under this 14.3 Contractor Default: Failure of the Contractor, which Bond, whichever occurs first. If the provisions of this paragraph are has not been remedied or waived, to perform or otherwise to void or prohibited by law, the minimum periods of limitations comply with a material term of the Construction Contract. available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. 14.4 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has not been remedied or waived, to pay the Contractor as required 12. Notice to the Surety, the Owner, or the Contractor shall be under the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or mailed or delivered to the address shown on the page on which their comply with the other material terms of the Construction signature appears. Contract. 13. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory 14.5 Contract Documents:All the documents that comprise or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was the agreement between the Owner and Contractor. to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and 15. If this Bond is issued for an agreement between a contractor and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement subcontractor, the term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to shall be deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished,the intent be Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be deemed to be is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a Contractor. common law bond. 16. Modifications to this Bond are as follows: 14. Definitions 14.1 Balance of the Contract Price: The total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract after all proper adjustments have been made including allowance for the Contractor for any amounts received or to be received by the Owner in settlement of insurance or other claims E)CDC®C-610,Performance Bond Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. 3 of 3 Intentionally Left Blank _ D C. _ ENGNEERS 1011141 CONVACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE PAYMENT BOND CONTRACTOR(name and address): SURETY(name and address of principal place of business): OWNER(name and address): CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Effective Date of the Agreement: Amount: Description (name and location): BOND Bond Number: Date(not earlier than the Effective Date of the Agreement of the Construction Contract): Amount: Modifications to this Bond Form: ❑ None ❑ See Paragraph 18 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms set forth below, do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer, agent, or representative. CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY (seal) (seal) Contractor's Name and Corporate Seal Surety's Name and Corporate Seal By: By: Signature Signature(attach power of attorney) Print Name Print Name Title Title Attest: Attest: Signature Signature Title Title Notes: (1)Provide supplemental execution by any additional parties,such as joint venturers. (2)Any singular reference to Contractor,Surety,Owner,or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. EJCDC®C-615,Payment Bond Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. 1 of 3 6. If a notice of non-payment required by Paragraph 5.1.1 is 1. The Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind given by the Owner to the Contractor,that is sufficient to themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, satisfy a Claimant's obligation to furnish a written notice of successors, and assigns to the Owner to pay for labor, non-payment under Paragraph 5.1.1. materials, and equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract, which is 7. When a Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph incorporated herein by reference, subject to the following 5.1 or 5.2, whichever is applicable, the Surety shall terms. promptly and at the Surety's expense take the following actions: 2. If the Contractor promptly makes payment of all sums due to Claimants, and defends, indemnifies, and holds 7.1 Send an answer to the Claimant,with a copy to the harmless the Owner from claims, demands, liens, or suits Owner, within sixty (60) days after receipt of the by any person or entity seeking payment for labor, Claim,stating the amounts that are undisputed and materials, or equipment furnished for use in the the basis for challenging any amounts that are performance of the Construction Contract,then the Surety disputed;and and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond. 7.2 Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed amounts. 3. If there is no Owner Default under the Construction Contract, the Surety's obligation to the Owner under this 7.3 The Surety's failure to discharge its obligations Bond shall arise after the Owner has promptly notified the under Paragraph 7.1 or 7.2 shall not be deemed to Contractor and the Surety (at the address described in constitute a waiver of defenses the Surety or Paragraph 13) of claims, demands, liens, or suits against Contractor may have or acquire as to a Claim, the Owner or the Owner's property by any person or except as to undisputed amounts for which the entity seeking payment for labor, materials,or equipment Surety and Claimant have reached agreement. If, furnished for use in the performance of the Construction however, the Surety fails to discharge its Contract, and tendered defense of such claims, demands, obligations under Paragraph 7.1 or 7.2,the Surety liens,or suits to the Contractor and the Surety. shall indemnify the Claimant for the reasonable attorney's fees the Claimant incurs thereafter to 4. When the Owner has satisfied the conditions in Paragraph recover any sums found to be due and owing to 3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense the Claimant. defend,indemnify,and hold harmless the Owner against a duly tendered claim,demand,lien,or suit. 8. The Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the amount of this Bond, plus the amount of reasonable attorney's 5. The Surety's obligations to a Claimant under this Bond fees provided under Paragraph 7.3,and the amount of this shall arise after the following: Bond shall be credited for any payments made in good faith by the Surety. 5.1 Claimants who do not have a direct contract with the Contractor, 9. Amounts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract shall be used for the performance 5.1.1 have furnished a written notice of non- of the Construction Contract and to satisfy claims, if any, payment to the Contractor, stating with under any construction performance bond. By the substantial accuracy the amount claimed Contractor furnishing and the Owner accepting this Bond, and the name of the party to whom the they agree that all funds earned by the Contractor in the materials were, or equipment was, performance of the Construction Contract are dedicated furnished or supplied or for whom the to satisfy obligations of the Contractor and Surety under labor was done or performed, within this Bond,subject to the Owner's priority to use the funds ninety (90) days after having last for the completion of the work. performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment included in the 10. The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner, Claimants, or Claim;and others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract. The Owner shall not be 5.1.2 have sent a Claim to the Surety (at the liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any address described in Paragraph 13). Claimant under this Bond, and shall have under this Bond no obligation to make payments to or give notice on 5.2 Claimants who are employed by or have a direct behalf of Claimants, or otherwise have any obligations to contract with the Contractor have sent a Claim to Claimants under this Bond. the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 13). 11. The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time,to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts,purchase orders,and other obligations. EJCDC®C-615,Payment Bond Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. 2 of 3 12. No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant under 8. The total amount due and unpaid to the this Bond other than in a court of competent jurisdiction in Claimant for labor, materials, or equipment the state in which the project that is the subject of the furnished as of the date of the Claim. Construction Contract is located or after the expiration of one year from the date (1) on which the Claimant sent a 16.2 Claimant: An individual or entity having a direct Claim to the Surety pursuant to Paragraph 5.1.2 or 5.2, or contract with the Contractor or with a (2) on which the last labor or service was performed by subcontractor of the Contractor to furnish labor, anyone or the last materials or equipment were furnished materials,or equipment for use in the performance by anyone under the Construction Contract, whichever of of the Construction Contract. The term Claimant (1) or (2) first occurs. If the provisions of this paragraph also includes any individual or entity that has are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of rightfully asserted a claim under an applicable limitation available to sureties as a defense in the mechanic's lien or similar statute against the real jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. property upon which the Project is located. The intent of this Bond shall be to include without 13. Notice and Claims to the Surety, the Owner, or the limitation in the terms of "labor, materials, or Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address equipment" that part of the water, gas, power, shown on the page on which their signature appears. light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service, or Actual receipt of notice or Claims, however accomplished, rental equipment used in the Construction shall be sufficient compliance as of the date received. Contract, architectural and engineering services required for performance of the work of the 14. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors, statutory or other legal requirement in the location where and all other items for which a mechanic's lien may the construction was to be performed, any provision in be asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor, this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal materials,or equipment were furnished. requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal 16.3 Construction Contract: The agreement between requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. When the Owner and Contractor identified on the cover so furnished,the intent is that this Bond shall be construed page, including all Contract Documents and all as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. changes made to the agreement and the Contract Documents. 15, Upon requests by any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of this Bond, the Contractor and 16.4 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has Owner shall promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall not been remedied or waived, to pay the permit a copy to be made. Contractor as required under the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply 16. Definitions with the other material terms of the Construction Contract. 16.1 Claim: A written statement by the Claimant including at a minimum: 16.5 Contract Documents: All the documents that comprise the agreement between the Owner and 1. The name of the Claimant; Contractor. 2. The name of the person for whom the labor was done, or materials or equipment 17. If this Bond is issued for an agreement between a furnished; contractor and subcontractor,the term Contractor in this 3. A copy of the agreement or purchase order Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term ' pursuant to which labor, materials, or Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor. equipment was furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract; 18.Modifications to this Bond are as follows: 4. A brief description of the labor, materials, or equipment furnished; S. The date on which the Claimant last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment for use in the performance of the Construction Contract; 6. The total amount earned by the Claimant for labor, materials, or equipment furnished as of the date of the Claim; 7. The total amount of previous payments received by the Claimant;and EJCDC®C-615,Payment Bond Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. 3 of 3 Intentionally Left Blank TICE TO PROCEED TO: _r ___ _ DATE: PROJECT: PROJECT NO: In accordance with the Agreement dated , you are hereby notified to commence work no later than and you are to complete the work within consecutive calendar days thereafter. The date of completion of all work is, therefore, OWNER: BY: _ SIGNATURE DATE PRINT OR TYPE NAME m TITLE ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE TO PROCEED Receipt of the above Notice to Proceed is hereby acknowledged this day of , CONTRACTOR: BY: SIGNATURE DATE PRINT OR TYPE NAME TITLE Notice to Proceed Page 1 of 1 ROBERT PECCIA&ASSOCIATES copyright©2011 RM Intentionally Left Blank APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTORS PROJECT TITLE: PROJECT NO: CONTRACTOR: Listed below are all of the subcontractors which we propose to use on this project.Your approval of these subcontractors is requested. We certify that these subcontractors,as listed, have been advised of the labor standards and provisions applicable to this project and that these provisions, as incorporated in the Contract between the Owner and the undersigned Contractor,will be incorporated in the contracts between the Contractor and the listed subcontractors.These provisions shall include all necessary insurance,workers compensation, and other legal requirements that the Contractor must carry. NAME AND ADDRESS MONTANA PUBLIC APPROXIMATE OF SUBCONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR'S TYPE OF WORK VALUE OF REGISTRATION NO. SUBCONTRACT TOTAL: Any deviation from this list shall be approved by the Owner prior to the subcontractor conducting the work. SIGNED BY(Contractor): SIGNATURE PRINT OR TYPE NAME DATE CHECKED BY(Engineer): SIGNATURE PRINT OR TYPE NAME DATE APPROVED BY(Owner): SIGNATURE PRINT OR TYPE NAME DATE Approval of Subcontractors 1 of 1 ROBERT PECCIA&ASSOCIATES copyright©2011 WAS Intentionally Left Blank SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM TO(Engineer): PROJECT TITLE: PROJECT NUMBER: We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for the above project. SPECIFICATION SECTION: PARAGRAPH: SPECIFIED ITEM: PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION: Attach complete technical data, including laboratory tests, if applicable.Include complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation.(Fill in blanks below.) A. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings? B. Will the undersigned pay for changes to building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? C. What affect does substitution have on other trades? D.Differences between proposed_substitution and specified item?y E. Manufacturer's guarantees of the proposed and specified items are: Same Different(explain on attachment) The undersigned states that the function,appearance,and quality are equivalent or superior to the specified item. CHECKED BY ENGINEER: SUBMITTED BY: ❑ Accepted ❑ Accepted As Noted ❑ Not Accepted ❑ Received Too Late SIGNATURE DATE BY: -T SIGNATURE DATE PRINFT OR TYPE NAME TITLE ADDRESS: PRINT OR TYPE NAME TITLE REMARKS: DATE: TELEPHONE: _s OWNER APPROVAL: BY: SIGNATURE DATE PRINT OR TYPE NAME TITLE Substitution Request Form 1 of 1 ROBERT RECCIA&ASSOCIATES copyright©2015 WA Intentionally Left Blank SCHEDULEF VALUES T PAYMENT (Applies ONLY to Lump Sum Bid Items) PROJECT TITLE: PROJECT NO: CONTRACTOR: BID ITEM DESCRIPTION OF BID ITEM COMPONENT OF WORK COST PER NO. (Describe) COMPONENT TOTAL COST OF WORK ITEMS FOR PAYMENT REQUEST: I hereby certify that the costs of the work items noted above include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each work item.The sum of the costs per component shall equal the lump sum unit price of the bid item. SIGNED BY(Contractor); _�=n SIGNATURE PRINT OR TYPE NAME DATE CHECKED BY(Engineer): � ,_T_ SIGNATURE� PRINT OR TYPE NAME DATE APPROVED BY(Owner): SIGNATURE mmPRINT OR TYPE NAME DATE Schedule of Values for Contract Payment 1 of 1 ROBERT PECCIA&ASSOCIATES copyright©2015 RM Intentionally Left Blank APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT Application No. Page I of 2 Period from: To: OWNER: CONTRACTOR: PROJECT: CONTRACT DATE: ORIGINAL CONTRACT SUM Change Order No. Change Order No. Change Order No. Net Change by Change Orders CONTRACT SUM TO DATE Amount Amount Less I Earned Retainage Earned Gross Estimate This Held This Less Receipts No. Estimate Estimate Retainage Tax Total Totals: Less Previous Certificates for Payment: Current Payment Due: CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATE The undersigned Contractor certifies that the Work covered by this Application for Payment has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents,that all amounts have been paid by him for Work forwhich previous Certificates for payment were issued and payments received from the Owner,and that current payment shown herein is due. Dated: Contractor By ENGINEER'S CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT This Application(with accompanying docmnentation)meets the requirements of the Contract Documents and payment of the above "Current Payment Due"is recommended. Dated: Robert Peccia and Associates. Engineer By APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE OF PAYMENT Page 1 of 2 CONTINUATION SHEET Page 2 of 2 Application and Certification for Payment,conlainint Application Contractors signed Certification is attached Data Total Amount Contract Pious Current Quantity Materials Less Earned %comple Item Contract Unit Contract Quantity Quantity Complete Total on Materials This to dale No. Description of Norl: Quantity Price Price Requested Completed To Date Cost Site Installed Estimate TOTALS $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 APPLICATION AND CERIIRCATE OF PAITIENT Pent 2 or2 WORK DIRECTIVE Instructions on Next Page PROJECT TITLE: _ PROJECT NO.: CONTRACT DATE: OWNER: _ ENGINEER: . CONTRACTOR: You are directed to proceed promptly with the following change(s): DESGRIPTIUN I < r r 1 � 'PURPOSE OF WORK DIRECTIVE'CHAN�E � r .. -� r. "" 3-�. fir- �✓, ? s �- r'':�' � r "''.,�* i l ' y t y ATTACHMENTS ,(List documents suppontncd changed � ' r If a claim is made that the above change(s)have affected Contract Price or Contract Time, any claim for a Change Order based thereon will involve one of the following methods of determining the effect of the change(s). Method of determining change in Contract Price: Method of determining change in Contract Time: ❑ Time and Materials ❑ Contractor's Records ❑ Unit Prices ❑ Engineer's Records ❑ Cost Plus Fixed Fee ❑ Other — ❑ Other_ Estimated increase (decrease)in Contract Price: Estimated increase(decrease)in Contract Time: $—_ amount. If the change involves __^__days. If the change involves an increase, an increase,the estimated amount is not to be the estimated time is not to be exceeded without further exceeded without further authorization. authorization. RECOMMENDED BY(Engineer): SIGNATURE PRINT OR TYPE NAME DATE AUTHORIZED BY(Owner): SIGNATURE PRINT OR TYPE NAME DATE, ACCEPTED BY(Contractor): SIGNATURE PRINT OR TYPE NAME DATE Work Directive Change 1 of 2 ROBERT PECCIA&ASSOCIATES copyright©2011 WORK DIRECTIVE CHANGE INSTRUCTIONS A. GENERAL INFORMATION This document was developed for use in situations involving changes in the Work which, if not processed expeditiously, might delay the Project. These changes are often initiated in the field and may affect the Contract Price or the Contract Time. This is not a Change Order, but only a directive to proceed with Work that may be included in a subsequent Change Order. For supplemental instructions and minor changes not involving a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, a Field Order may be issued. B. COMPLETING THE WORK DIRECTIVE CHANGE Engineer initiates the form, including a description of the items involved and attachments. Based on conversations between Engineer and Contractor, Engineer completes the following: METHOD OF DETERMINING CHANGE, IF ANY, IN CONTRACT PRICE: Mark the method to be used in determining the final cost of Work involved and the net effect on the Contract Price. If the change involves an increase in the Contract Price and the estimated amount is approached before the additional or changed work is completed, another Work Directive Change must be issued to change the time or Contractor may stop the changed Work when the estimated time is reached. If the Work Directive Change is not likely to change the Contract Price, the space for estimated increase (decrease) should be marked "Not Applicable". METHOD OF DETERMINING CHANGE, IF ANY, IN CONTRACT TIME: Mark the method to be used in determining the change in Contract Time and the estimated increase or decrease in Contract Time. If the change involves an increase in the Contract Time and the estimated time is approached before additional or changed Work is completed, another Work Directive Change must be issued to change the time or Contractor may stop the changed Work when the estimated time is reached. If the Work Directive Change is not likely to change the Contract Time, the space for estimated increase (decrease) should be marked "Not Applicable". Once Engineer has completed and signed the form, all copies should be sent to Owner for authorization because Engineer alone does not have authority to authorize changes in price or time. Once authorized by Owner, a copy should be sent by Engineer to Contractor. Once the Work covered by this directive is completed for final cost and time determined, Contractor should submit documentation for inclusion in a Change Order. THIS IS A DIRECTIVE TO PROCEED WITH A CHANGE THAT MAY AFFECT THE CONTRACT PRICE OR THE CONTRACT TIME,A CHANGE ORDER, IF ANY, SHOULD BE CONSIDERED PROMPTLY. Work Directive Change 2 of 2 ROBERT PECCIA&ASSOCIATES copyright©2011 CHANGE ORDER No. DATE OF ISSUANCE EFFECTIVE DATE OWNER CONTRACTOR Contract: Project: OWNER'S Contract No. ENGINEER ENGINEER's Contract No. You are directed to make the following changes in the Contract Documents: Description: Reason for Change Order: Attachments: (List documents supporting change) CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE: CHANGE IN CONTRACT TIMES: Original Contract Price Original Contract Times: Substantial Completion: $ Ready for final payment: (days or dates Net Increase (Decrease)from previous Change Net change from previous Change Orders No. _to Orders No. to No._ Substantial Completion: $ Ready for final payment: (days) Contract Price prior to this Change Order: Contract Times prior to this Change Order: Substantial Completion: $ Ready for final payment: (days or dates Net increase(decrease)of this Change Order: Net increase (decrease)this Change Order: Substantial Completion: $ Ready for final payment: (days) Contract Price with all approved Change Orders: Contract Times with all approved Change Orders: Substantial Completion: $ Ready for final payment: (days or dates) Contractor certifies and agrees that there are no additional costs or claims for extra work, additional time, delays or omitted items,of any nature whatsoever,associated with the subject change order items,except as identified and set forth herein and unless expressly stated otherwise in the Change Order. And further,that the price agreed-upon herein represents the full cost and value for the subject work performed and the materials supplied under the terms of the contract and that the work quantities and value were properly determined and are correct. CONTRACTOR(Authorized Signature) Date RECOMMENDED BY: APPROVED BY: (ENGINEER- Signature) Date OWNER(Authorized Signature) Date CHANGE ORDER FORM Page 1 of 2 CHANGE ORDER INSTRUCTIONS A. GENERAL INFORMATION This document was developed to provide a uniform format for handling contract changes that affect Contract Price or Contract Times. Changes that have been initiated by a Work Change Directive must be incorporated into a subsequent Change Order if they affect Price or Times. Changes that affect Contract Price or Contract Times should be promptly covered by a Change Order. The practice of accumulating Change Orders to reduce the administrative burden may lead to unnecessary disputes. If Milestones have been listed in the Agreement, any effect of a Change Order thereon should be addressed. For supplemental instructions and minor changes not involving a change in the Contract Price or Contract Times, a Field Order should be used. B. COMPLETING THE CHANGE ORDER FORM Engineer normally initiates the form, including a description of the changes involved and attachments based upon documents and proposals submitted by Contractor, or requests from Owner, or both. Once Engineer has completed and signed the form, all copies should be sent to Owner or Contractor for approval, depending on whether the Change Order is a true order to the Contractor or the formalization of a negotiated agreement for a previously performed change. After approval by one contracting party, all copies should be sent to the other party for approval. Engineer should make distribution of executed copies after approval by both parties. If a change only applies to price or to times, cross out the part of the tabulation that does not apply. CHANGE ORDER FORM Page 2 of 2 AFFIDAVIT ON BEHALF OF CONTRACTOR STATE OF: ):Ss COUNTY OF: PROJECT: PROJECT NUMBER: DATE: I certify to the best of my knowledge and belief that all work has been performed and materials supplied in strict conformance with the terms and conditions of the corresponding Contract Documents between the Owner, and the Contractor, dated_ for the Project, No. and further declare that all bills for materials, supplies, utilities, and for all other things furnished or caused to be furnished by the above-named Contractor and used in the execution of the above Contract have been fully paid, and there are no unpaid claims or demands of State Agencies, subcontractors, materialmen, mechanics, laborers or any others resulting from or arising out of work done or ordered to be done by said Contractor under the above-identified Contract. In consideration of the prior and final payments made and all payments made for authorized changes, the Contractor releases and forever discharges the Owner from any and all obligations and liabilities arising by virtue of said Contract and authorized changes between the parties hereto, either verbal or in writing, and any and all claims and demands of every kind and character whatsoever against the Owner, arising out of or in any way relating to said Contract, and authorized changes. This Waiver includes any claim of lien as well as any and all claims under 40 U.S.C. H 270a-270d ("the Miller Act")or any state statute serving a substantially similar purpose, and releases and waives any and all claims to any private bond right. This statement is made for the purpose of inducing the Owner to make Final Payment under the terms of the Contract, relying on the truth and statements contained therein. The Contractor acknowledges others, including lenders, insurers, and the Engineer,will rely upon this instrument as a full and complete waiver and release of all claims in the normal course of their transactions. Dated this day of at Montana. CONTRACTOR: Subscribed and sworn to before me this _day of NOTARY PUBLIC FOR THE STATE OF MONTANA BY: SIGNATURE DATE RESIDING AT PRINT OR TYPE NAME TITLE MY COMMISSION EXPIRES Affidavit On Behalf of Contractor 1 of 1 ROBERT PECCIA&ASSOCIATES copyright©2011 RM Intentionally Left Blank / ` � CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION ` � TO(Owner): DATE: / ' PROJECT. � PROJECT NO: � A]7N (Engineer); CONTRACT DATE: � FROM (Contractor): " � This ksto certify that | aman authorized official of ` � ' working in the capacity of and have been properly authorized byuaid'finn � or corporation to sign the following statements pertaining to the subject contract: � | know of my own personal knovvedgo, and do hereby oedifK Uhat the work of the contract � described above has been performed, and materials used and installed in every particular, in accordance with, and in conformity to, the Contract Plans and Specifications. � The contract work is now complete in all parts and requirements and ready for your substantial x completion inspection. � I understand that neither the determination of the Engineer that the work is complete nor the � acceptance thereof by the Owner shall operate ana bar to claim against the Contractor under � the terms of the guarantee provisions of the Contract Documents. � �QNT���T�0' � . � BY: SIGNATURE DATE � PRINT on TYPE NAME TITLE � Contractors � � � { � ` oomnmmo of �. Completion- _ � 8 Intentionally Left Blank CERTIFICATE F SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION TO(Owner): ___..,w _,. t __ _ _ rx. __.: _ SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DATE: PROJECT: CONTRACT DATE: PROJECT NO: - u INSPECTION DATE: PROJECT OR PART SHALL INCLUDE: ENGINEER: PERFORMANCE BOND NO: DATE OF BOND: - - SURETY: CONTRACTOR: MONTANAAGENT: ADDRESS: _ ___ ADDRESS: PHONE NO: PHONE NO: The Work performed under this Contract has been inspected by authorized representatives of the Owner,Contractor,and Engineer,and the Project(or specified part of the Project,as indicated above)is hereby declared to be substantially completed on the above date. DEFINITION OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION The date of substantial completion of a project or specified area of a project is the date when the construction is sufficiently completed,in accordance with the contract documents,as modified by any change orders agreed to by the parties,so the Owner can occupy or utilize the project or specified area of the project for the use for which it was intended. A tentative list of items to be completed is appended hereto.This list may not be exhaustive,and the failure to include an item on it does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER: BY: SIGNATURE DATE The Contractor accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and agrees to complete and correct the items on the tentative list within the time indicated. CONTRACTOR: _ w- BY: SIGNATURE DATE The Owner accepts the Project or specified area of the Project as substantially complete and will assume full possession of the project or specified area at (time), on (date).The responsibility for heat, utilities, security, and insurance under the Contract Documents shall be as set forth under'Remarks"below. OWNER: BY: SIGNATURE DATE REMARKS: (include additional information if necessary) Certificate of Substantial Completion 1 of 1 ROBERT PECCIA&ASSOCIATES copyright©2015 WAS Intentionally Left Blank CONSENT OF SURETY COMPANY TO 1 L PAYMENT OWNER: ENGINEER: CONTRACTOR: _ SURETY: PROJECT. PROJECT NUMBER: CONTRACT DATE: In accordance with the provisions of the contract between the Owner and the Contractor indicated above, the SURETY COMPANY, on bond of (here insert name of Surety Company) , CONTRACTOR, (here insert name and address of Contractor) hereby approves of the final payment to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor shall not relieve the Surety Company of any of its obligations to _ OWNER, (here insert name and address of Owner) as set forth in the said Surety Company's bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this day of SURETY COMPANY: COMPANY NAME g i ADDRESS (SEAL) I SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE TITLE DATE NOTE:This form is to be used as a companion document to the Affidavit on Behalf of Contractor(current edition). Consent Of Surety Company To Final Payment 1 of 1 ROBERT PECCIA&ASSOCIATES copyright©2011 WAS Intentionally Left Blank OWNER'S ACCEPTANCE AND GRANT OF POSSESSION On the basis of independent observations and inspections and the recommendations of the Engineer, the Owner accepts the Project as complete. This acceptance does not relieve the Contractor of continuing obligations as described above. The Contractor is reminded this Project is under warranty beginning and that bonds shall remain in effect for two years after the Date of Acceptance specified above. The Owner hereby grants possession of all public infrastructure improvements completed by this Project to the City of Bozeman and warrants against defects in these improvements for a period of two years from the Date of Acceptance specified above. Owner Printed Name. Date: CITE''OF BOZEMAN'S ACCEPTANCE The City of Bozeman hereby accepts possession of all public infrastructure improvements, subject to the above indicated warranty. This acceptance does not relieve the Owner or Contractor of his continuing obligations for this work as described above or otherwise required through Improvement Agreements, conditions of plat approval, or his other contractual commitments. City of Bozeman `l'itle: Date: 2 Intentionally Left Blank APPENDIX B NATIONWIDE PERMIT DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS,OMAHA DISTRICT HELENA REGULATORY OFFICE 10 WEST 15T"STREET,SUITE 2200 HELENA,MONTANA 59626 REPLY TO ATTENTION OF January 5, 2018 Regulatory Branch Montana State Program Corps No. NWO-2017-02287 Subject: City of Bozeman - Roundabout Construction — Durston Road and Ferguson Avenue - Unnamed Ditch - (Gallatin County) City of Bozeman Robert Murray, Jr., P.E. PO Box 1230 Bozeman, MT 59771 Dear Mr. Murray: We are responding to your request for Nationwide Permit (NWP)verification for the above-mentioned project. The project is located at the intersection of Durston Road and Ferguson Avenue near Latitude 45.685759°, Longitude -111.093559°, within Section 3, Township 2 S, Range 5 E, Gallatin County, Montana. Specifically, you requested authorization for the following work in waters of the U.S.: Work Item Description Permanent impacts to approximately 0.007 acre of a palustrine forested wetland from the removal of a 36-inch by 8-foot long flared end terminal section (FETS) from an existing 36-inch 112-foot long reinforced concrete pipe arch (RCPA) on a. the north side of Durston Road. A new 36inch by 28-foot long RCPA will be added to extend the existing RCPA beneath Durston Road and a new FETS will be added at project station 106+59, LT to facilitate the construction of a roundabout at the intersection of Durston Road and Ferguson Avenue. Temporary impacts to approximately 0.002 acre of a palustrine forested wetland b. to facilitate the installation of a new 12-inch by 40.4-foot long PVC A-200 storm water outlet pipe fora planned detention pond. Based on the information you provided, the proposed activity, permanently affecting approximately 0.007 acre of a palustrine forested wetland, is authorized by NWP 14 Linear Transportation Projects, found in the January 6, 2017, Federal Register(82 FIR 1860), Reissuance of Nationwide Permits. Enclosed is a fact sheet that fully describes this NWP and lists the General and Regional Conditions that must be adhered to for this authorization to remain valid. Please note that deviations from the original plans and specifications of your project could require additional authorization from this office. You are responsible for ensuring that all work is performed in accordance with the terms and conditions of the NWP. If a contractor or other authorized representative will be conducting work on your behalf it is strongly recommended that they be provided a copy of this letter and the enclosed conditions. Failure to comply with the General and Regional Conditions of this Printed on®Recycled Paper -3- Attn: Staci Venner, P.E. 3810 Valley Commons, Suite 4 Bozeman, MT 59718 SVenner@rpa-hln.com Printed an®Recycled Paper Effective 19 March 2017 Nationwide Permit 14 Linear Transportation Protects Activities required for crossings of waters of the United States associated with the construction, expansion, modification, or improvement of linear transportation projects (e.g., roads, highways, railways, trails, airport runways, and taxiways) in waters of the United States. For linear transportation projects in non-tidal waters, the discharge cannot cause the loss of greater than 1/2-acre of waters of the United States. For linear transportation projects in tidal waters, the discharge cannot cause the loss of greater than 1/3-acre of waters of the United States. Any stream channel modification, including bank stabilization, is limited to the minimum necessary to construct or protect the linear transportation project; such modifications must be in the immediate vicinity of the project. This NWP also authorizes temporary structures, fills, and work, including the use of temporary mats, necessary to construct the linear transportation project. Appropriate measures must be taken to maintain normal downstream flows and minimize flooding to the maximum extent practicable, when temporary structures, work, and discharges, including cofferdams, are necessary for construction activities, access fills, or dewatering of construction sites. Temporary fills must consist of materials, and be placed in a manner, that will not be eroded by expected high flows. Temporary fills must be removed in their entirety and the affected areas returned to pre-construction elevations. The areas affected by temporary fills must be revegetated, as appropriate. This NWP cannot be used to authorize non-linear features commonly associated with transportation projects, such as vehicle maintenance or storage buildings, parking lots, train stations, or aircraft hangars. Notification: The permittee must submit a pre-construction notification to the district engineer prior to commencing the activity if: (1)The loss of waters of the United States exceeds 1/10-acre; or(2)there is a discharge in a special aquatic site, including wetlands. (See general condition 32.) (Authorities: Sections 10 and 404) Note 1: For linear transportation projects crossing a single waterbody more than one time at separate and distant locations, or multiple waterbodies at separate and distant locations, each crossing is considered a single and complete project for purposes of NWP authorization. Linear transportation projects must comply with 33 CFR 330.6(d). Note 2: Some discharges for the construction of farm roads or forest roads, or temporary roads for moving mining equipment, may qualify for an exemption under section 404(f) of the Clean Water Act(see 33 CFR 323.4). Note 3: For NWP 14 activities that require pre-construction notification, the PCN must include any other NWP(s), regional general permit(s), or individual permit(s) used or intended to be used to authorize any part of the proposed project or any related activity, including other separate and distant crossings that require Department of the Army authorization but do not require pre-construction notification (see paragraph (b) of general condition 32). The district engineer will evaluate the PCN in accordance with Section D, "District Engineer's Decision."The district engineer may require mitigation to ensure that the authorized activity results in no more than minimal individual and cumulative adverse environmental effects (see general condition 23). Nationwide Permit General Conditions Note: To qualify for NWP authorization, the prospective permittee must comply with the following general conditions, as applicable, in addition to any regional or case-specific conditions imposed by the division Effective 19 March 2017 7. Water Supply Intakes. No activity may occur in the proximity of a public water supply intake, except where the activity is for the repair or improvement of public water supply intake structures or adjacent bank stabilization. 8. Adverse Effects from Impoundments. If the activity creates an impoundment of water, adverse effects to the aquatic system due to accelerating the passage of water, and/or restricting its flow must be minimized to the maximum extent practicable. 9. Management of Water Flows. To the maximum extent practicable, the pre-construction course, condition, capacity, and location of open waters must be maintained for each activity, including stream channelization, storm water management activities, and temporary and permanent road crossings, except as provided below. The activity must be constructed to withstand expected high flows. The activity must not restrict or impede the passage of normal or high flows, unless the primary purpose of the activity is to impound water or manage high flows. The activity may alter the pre- construction course, condition, capacity, and location of open waters if it benefits the aquatic environment(e.g., stream restoration or relocation activities). 10. Fills Within 100-Year Floodplains. The activity must comply with applicable FEMA-approved state or local floodplain management requirements. 11. Equipment. Heavy equipment working in wetlands or mudflats must be placed on mats, or other measures must be taken to minimize soil disturbance. 12. Soil Erosion and Sediment Controls. Appropriate soil erosion and sediment controls must be used and maintained in effective operating condition during construction, and all exposed soil and other fills, as well as any work below the ordinary high water mark or high tide line, must be permanently stabilized at the earliest practicable date. Permittees are encouraged to perform work within waters of the United States during periods of low-flow or no-flow, or during low tides. 13. Removal of Temporary Fills. Temporary fills must be removed in their entirety and the affected areas returned to pre-construction elevations. The affected areas must be revegetated, as appropriate. 14. Proper Maintenance. Any authorized structure or fill shall be properly maintained, including maintenance to ensure public safety and compliance with applicable NWP general conditions, as well as any activity-specific conditions added by the district engineer to an NWP authorization. 15. Single and Complete Proiect. The activity must be a single and complete project. The same NWP cannot be used more than once for the same single and complete project. Effective 19 March 2017 no effect" on listed species or critical habitat, or until ESA section 7 consultation has been completed. If the non-Federal applicant has not heard back from the Corps within 45 days, the applicant must still wait for notification from the Corps. (d)As a result of formal or informal consultation with the FWS or NMFS the district engineer may add species-specific permit conditions to the NWPs. (e)Authorization of an activity by an NWP does not authorize the "take" of a threatened or endangered species as defined under the ESA. In the absence of separate authorization (e.g., an ESA Section 10 Permit, a Biological Opinion with "incidental take" provisions, etc.)from the FWS or the NMFS, the Endangered Species Act prohibits any person subject to the jurisdiction of the United States to take a listed species, where "take" means to harass, harm, pursue, hunt, shoot, wound, kill, trap, capture, or collect, or to attempt to engage in any such conduct. The word "harm" in the definition of"take" means an act which actually kills or injures wildlife. Such an act may include significant habitat modification or degradation where it actually kills or injures wildlife by significantly impairing essential behavioral patterns, including breeding, feeding or sheltering. (f) If the non-federal permittee has a valid ESA section 10(a)(1)(B) incidental take permit with an approved Habitat Conservation Plan for a project or a group of projects that includes the proposed NWP activity, the non-federal applicant should provide a copy of that ESA section 10(a)(1)(B) permit with the PCN required by paragraph (c) of this general condition. The district engineer will coordinate with the agency that issued the ESA section 10(a)(1)(B) permit to determine whether the proposed NWP activity and the associated incidental take were considered in the internal ESA section 7 consultation conducted for the ESA section 10(a)(1)(B) permit. If that coordination results in concurrence from the agency that the proposed NWP activity and the associated incidental take were considered in the internal ESA section 7 consultation for the ESA section 10(a)(1)(B) permit, the district engineer does not need to conduct a separate ESA section 7 consultation for the proposed NWP activity. The district engineer will notify the non-federal applicant within 45 days of receipt of a complete pre-construction notification whether the ESA section 10(a)(1)(B) permit covers the proposed NWP activity or whether additional ESA section 7 consultation is required. (g) Information on the location of threatened and endangered species and their critical habitat can be obtained directly from the offices of the FWS and NMFS or their world wide Web pages at http://www.fws.gov/or http:H www.fws.gov/ipac and http:H www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/species/esa/ respectively. 19. Migratory Birds and Bald and Golden Eagles. The permittee is responsible for ensuring their action complies with the Migratory Bird Treaty Act and the Bald and Golden Eagle Protection Act. The permittee is responsible for contacting appropriate local office of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service to determine applicable measures to reduce impacts to migratory birds or eagles, including whether"incidental take" permits are necessary and available under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act or Bald and Golden Eagle Protection Act for a particular activity. 20. Historic Properties. (a) In cases where the district engineer determines that the activity may have the potential to cause effects to properties listed, or eligible for listing, in the National Register of Historic Places, the activity is not authorized, until the requirements of Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act (NHPA) have been satisfied. (b) Federal permittees should follow their own procedures for complying with the requirements of section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act. If pre-construction notification is required for the proposed NWP activity, the Federal permittee must provide the district engineer with the appropriate documentation to demonstrate compliance with those requirements. The district engineer will verify that the appropriate documentation has been submitted. If the appropriate documentation is not submitted, then additional consultation under section 106 may be necessary. The respective federal agency is responsible for fulfilling its obligation to comply with section 106. (c) Non-federal permittees must submit a pre-construction notification to the district engineer if the NWP activity might have the potential to cause effects to any historic properties listed on, determined to be eligible for listing on, or potentially eligible for listing on the National Register of Historic Places, including Effective 19 March 2017 for public comment, additional waters officially designated by a state as having particular environmental or ecological significance, such as outstanding national resource waters or state natural heritage sites. The district engineer may also designate additional critical resource waters after notice and opportunity for public comment. (a) Discharges of dredged or fill material into waters of the United States are not authorized by NWPs 7, 12, 14, 16, 17, 21, 29, 31, 35, 39, 40, 42, 43, 44, 49, 50, 51, and 52 for any activity within, or directly affecting, critical resource waters, including wetlands adjacent to such waters. (b) For NWPs 3, 8, 10, 13, 15, 18, 19, 22, 23, 25, 27, 28, 30, 33, 34, 36, 37, 38, and 54, notification is required in accordance with general condition 32, for any activity proposed in the designated critical resource waters including wetlands adjacent to those waters. The district engineer may authorize activities under these NWPs only after it is determined that the impacts to the critical resource waters will be no more than minimal. 23. Mitigation. The district engineer will consider the following factors when determining appropriate and practicable mitigation necessary to ensure that the individual and cumulative adverse environmental effects are no more than minimal: (a)The activity must be designed and constructed to avoid and minimize adverse effects, both temporary and permanent, to waters of the United States to the maximum extent practicable at the project site (i.e., on site). (b) Mitigation in all its forms (avoiding, minimizing, rectifying, reducing, or compensating for resource losses)will be required to the extent necessary to ensure that the individual and cumulative adverse environmental effects are no more than minimal. (c) Compensatory mitigation at a minimum one-for-one ratio will be required for all wetland losses that exceed 1/10-acre and require pre-construction notification, unless the district engineer determines in writing that either some other form of mitigation would be more environmentally appropriate or the adverse environmental effects of the proposed activity are no more than minimal, and provides an activity-specific waiver of this requirement. For wetland losses of 1/10-acre or less that require pre- construction notification, the district engineer may determine on a case-by- case basis that compensatory mitigation is required to ensure that the activity results in only minimal adverse environmental effects. (d) For losses of streams or other open waters that require pre-construction notification, the district engineer may require compensatory mitigation to ensure that the activity results in no more than minimal adverse environmental effects. Compensatory mitigation for losses of streams should be provided, if practicable, through stream rehabilitation, enhancement, or preservation, since streams are difficult-to- replace resources (see 33 CFR 332.3(e)(3)). (e) Compensatory mitigation plans for NWP activities in or near streams or other open waters will normally include a requirement for the restoration or enhancement, maintenance, and legal protection (e.g., conservation easements) of riparian areas next to open waters. In some cases, the restoration or maintenance/protection of riparian areas may be the only compensatory mitigation required. Restored riparian areas should consist of native species. The width of the required riparian area will address documented water quality or aquatic habitat loss concerns. Normally, the riparian area will be 25 to 50 feet wide on each side of the stream, but the district engineer may require slightly wider riparian areas to address documented water quality or habitat loss concerns. If it is not possible to restore or maintain/protect a riparian area on both sides of a stream, or if the waterbody is a lake or coastal waters, then restoring or maintaining/protecting a riparian area along a single bank or shoreline may be sufficient.Where both wetlands and open waters exist on the project site, the district engineer will determine the appropriate compensatory mitigation (e.g., riparian areas and/or wetlands compensation) based on what is best for the aquatic environment on a watershed basis. In cases where riparian areas are determined to be the most appropriate form of minimization or compensatory mitigation, the district engineer may waive or reduce the requirement to provide wetland compensatory mitigation for wetland losses. (f) Compensatory mitigation projects provided to offset losses of aquatic resources must comply with the applicable provisions of 33 CFR part 332. (1)The prospective permittee is responsible for proposing an appropriate compensatory mitigation option if compensatory mitigation is necessary to ensure that the activity results in no more Effective 19 March 2017 25.Water Quality. Where States and authorized Tribes, or EPA where applicable, have not previously certified compliance of an NWP with CWA section 401, individual 401 Water Quality Certification must be obtained or waived (see 33 CFR 330.4(c)). The district engineer or State or Tribe may require additional water quality management measures to ensure that the authorized activity does not result in more than minimal degradation of water quality. 26. Coastal Zone Management. In coastal states where an NWP has not previously received a state coastal zone management consistency concurrence, an individual state coastal zone management consistency concurrence must be obtained, or a presumption of concurrence must occur(see 33 CFR 330.4(d)). The district engineer or a State may require additional measures to ensure that the authorized activity is consistent with state coastal zone management requirements. 27. Regional and Case-By-Case Conditions. The activity must comply with any regional conditions that may have been added by the Division Engineer (see 33 CFR 330.4(e)) and with any case specific conditions added by the Corps or by the state, Indian Tribe, or U.S. EPA in its section 401 Water Quality Certification, or by the state in its Coastal Zone Management Act consistency determination. 28. Use of Multiple Nationwide Permits. The use of more than one NWP for a single and complete project is prohibited, except when the acreage loss of waters of the United States authorized by the NWPs does not exceed the acreage limit of the NWP with the highest specified acreage limit. For example, if a road crossing over tidal waters is constructed under NWP 14, with associated bank stabilization authorized by NWP 13, the maximum acreage loss of waters of the United States for the total project cannot exceed W-acre. 29. Transfer of Nationwide Permit Verifications. If the permittee sells the property associated with a nationwide permit verification, the permittee may transfer the nationwide permit verification to the new owner by submitting a letter to the appropriate Corps district office to validate the transfer. A copy of the nationwide permit verification must be attached to the letter, and the letter must contain the following statement and signature: When the structures or work authorized by this nationwide permit are still in existence at the time the property is transferred, the terms and conditions of this nationwide permit, including any special conditions, will continue to be binding on the new owner(s) of the property. To validate the transfer of this nationwide permit and the associated liabilities associated with compliance with its terms and conditions, have the transferee sign and date below. (Transferee) (Date) 30. Compliance Certification. Each permittee who receives an NWP verification letter from the Corps must provide a signed certification documenting completion of the authorized activity and implementation of any required compensatory mitigation. The success of any required permittee-responsible mitigation, including the achievement of ecological performance standards, will be addressed separately by the district engineer. The Corps will provide the permittee the certification document with the NWP verification letter. The certification document will include: (a)A statement that the authorized activity was done in accordance with the NWP authorization, including any general, regional, or activity-specific conditions; Effective 19 March 2017 (4)A description of the proposed activity; the activity's purpose; direct and indirect adverse environmental effects the activity would cause, including the anticipated amount of loss of wetlands, other special aquatic sites, and other waters expected to result from the NWP activity, in acres, linear feet, or other appropriate unit of measure; a description of any proposed mitigation measures intended to reduce the adverse environmental effects caused by the proposed activity; and any other NWP(s), regional general permit(s), or individual permit(s) used or intended to be used to authorize any part of the proposed project or any related activity, including other separate and distant crossings for linear projects that require Department of the Army authorization but do not require pre-construction notification. The description of the proposed activity and any proposed mitigation measures should be sufficiently detailed to allow the district engineer to determine that the adverse environmental effects of the activity will be no more than minimal and to determine the need for compensatory mitigation or other mitigation measures. For single and complete linear projects, the PCN must include the quantity of anticipated losses of wetlands, other special aquatic sites, and other waters for each single and complete crossing of those wetlands, other special aquatic sites, and other waters. Sketches should be provided when necessary to show that the activity complies with the terms of the NWP. (Sketches usually clarify the activity and when provided results in a quicker decision. Sketches should contain sufficient detail to provide an illustrative description of the proposed activity(e.g., a conceptual plan), but do not need to be detailed engineering plans); (5)The PCN must include a delineation of wetlands, other special aquatic sites, and other waters, such as lakes and ponds, and perennial, intermittent, and ephemeral streams, on the project site. Wetland delineations must be prepared in accordance with the current method required by the Corps. The permittee may ask the Corps to delineate the special aquatic sites and other waters on the project site, but there may be a delay if the Corps does the delineation, especially if the project site is large or contains many wetlands, other special aquatic sites, and other waters. Furthermore, the 45 day period will not start until the delineation has been submitted to or completed by the Corps, as appropriate; (6) If the proposed activity will result in the loss of greater than 1/10-acre of wetlands and a PCN is required, the prospective permittee must submit a statement describing how the mitigation requirement will be satisfied, or explaining why the adverse environmental effects are no more than minimal and why compensatory mitigation should not be required. As an alternative, the prospective permittee may submit a conceptual or detailed mitigation plan. (7) For non-Federal permittees, if any listed species or designated critical habitat might be affected or is in the vicinity of the activity, or if the activity is located in designated critical habitat, the PCN must include the name(s) of those endangered or threatened species that might be affected by the proposed activity or utilize the designated critical habitat that might be affected by the proposed activity. For NWP activities that require pre-construction notification, Federal permittees must provide documentation demonstrating compliance with the Endangered Species Act. (8) For non-Federal permittees, if the NWP activity might have the potential to cause effects to a historic property listed on, determined to be eligible for listing on, or potentially eligible for listing on, the National Register of Historic Places, the PCN must state which historic property might have the potential to be affected by the proposed activity or include a vicinity map indicating the location of the historic property. For NWP activities that require pre-construction notification, Federal permittees must provide documentation demonstrating compliance with section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act; (9) For an activity that will occur in a component of the National Wild and Scenic River System, or in a river officially designated by Congress as a "study river"for possible inclusion in the system while the river is in an official study status, the PCN must identify the Wild and Scenic River or the "study river" (see general condition 16); and (10) For an activity that requires permission from the Corps pursuant to 33 U.S.C. 408 because it will alter or temporarily or permanently occupy or use a U.S. Army Corps of Engineers federally authorized civil works project, the pre-construction notification must include a statement confirming that the project proponent has submitted a written request for section 408 permission from the Corps office having jurisdiction over that USACE project. (c) Form of Pre-Construction Notification: The standard individual permit application form (Form ENG 4345) may be used, but the completed application form must clearly indicate that it is an NWP PCN and must include all of the applicable information required in paragraphs (b)(1)through (10) of this general condition. A letter containing the required information may also be used. Applicants may provide Effective 19 March 2017 2017 NATIONWIDE PERMITS REGIONAL CONDITIONS OMAHA DISTRICT STATE OF MONTANA 1. PCN Requirement. For all NWPs, permittees must notify the Corps in accordance with General Condition No. 32 (PCN) for regulated activities, located within or comprised of the following: a. Wetlands Classified as Peatlands. Peatlands are seasonally waterlogged areas with a surface accumulation of peat (organic matter) 30 centimeters (12 inches) or more thick. Any peat-covered areas, including fens, bogs, and muskegs, are all peatlands. i. PCN required for NWP 3, 5, 6, 20, 27, 32, and 38. ii. All NWPs not listed above are revoked for use in peatlands. b. Waters Adjacent to Natural Springs. Any projects located within 100 feet of the water source in natural spring areas. A spring is defined as any location where there is groundwater flow emanating from a distinct point. Springs do not include seeps or other groundwater discharge areas where there is no distinct point source. c. Bank Stabilization Activities. Any project that involves bank stabilization greater than 300 linear feet or includes features that extend out from the existing bank line greater than 25% of the bankfull channel width. d. Channel Straightening and Relocation Activities. Any project that involves straightening, relocating and/or shortening an existing perennial stream channel. e. Tribal Reservations and Tribal Trust Lands. Any projects within the boundaries of any Tribal Reservation or Tribal trust lands. f. Specific Waterways Requiring PCN. Any projects within the following waterways and their impoundments: -Bitterroot River -Flathead Lake -Clark Fork River (tributary to the -Milk River Columbia River) -Missouri River -Flathead River -Yellowstone River 2. Bank and Shoreline Stabilization Activities. The following additional requirements apply to all bank and shoreline stabilization: a. The revetment must conform to the existing bankline; must not extend above the top of the bank (i.e. no new levees); and the slopes must be flatter than the angle of repose for the selected revetment material (i.e. rock riprap normally needs to be placed on a slope flatter than 1.5 Horizontal to 1 Vertical Effective 19 March 2017 Petroleum, Phillips, Prairie, Richland, Roosevelt, Valley and Wibaux Counties must be installed on all pump intakes with a screen mesh opening size no larger than 0.25 inch. Water intake velocities must not exceed 0.5 foot per second through the mesh. Intakes must be located in the deepest water available and be elevated off the bottom of the river bed. REGIONAL CONDITIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO THE SPECIAL RIVER MANAGEMENT ZONE OF THE UPPER YELLOWSTONE RIVER Special River Management Zone (SRMZ) of the Upper Yellowstone River is defined within the Special Area Management Plan (SAMP) as the 48-mile reach of the upper Yellowstone River (River Miles 531.8 to 483.6) from upstream of Emigrant River downstream to a few miles below the Shields River and Mission Creek confluences (0.7 miles downstream from the bridge at the community of Springdale). It includes secondary channels, side channels, and the main (primary) channels, and adjacent wetlands within the channel migration zone (CMZ) or, in absence of a CMZ, within areas flooded by the 100-year discharge. The SMRZ is located entirely within Park County. In addition to Regional Conditions 1 through 8, the following Regional Conditions 9 through 24 apply within the SRMZ described above: 9. SRMZ— Notification — Al! NWPs. Permittees must notify the Corps in accordance with General Condition No. 32 (PCN) for any regulated activity in waters of the U.S. within the SRMZ. This includes all activities within the Yellowstone River, the portions of tributaries within the SRMZ, and wetlands within the SRMZ. 10.SRMZ— Emergency Work. Activities requiring a Department of the Army (DA) Permit that is necessary to prevent imminent loss of life or property is allowed within the SRMZ. Contact the Corps as soon as reasonably possible by telephone at 406-441-1375 and/or by Fax at 406-441-1380. Contact may also be made in person or by sending an e-mail to: CENWO.ODRMT@usace.army.mil. All such work will be fully reviewed under the SAMP provisions. 11.SRMZ - NWPs Revoked for Use. The following NWPs have been revoked for all waters and activities within the 48-mile SRMZ: NWP 17 - Hydropower Projects NWP 21 - Surface Coal Mining Activities NWP 29 - Residential Developments NWP 39 - Commercial and Institutional Developments NWP 42 - Recreational Facilities NWP 43 - Stormwater Management Facilities NWP 44 - Mining Activities NWP 45 - Repair of Uplands Damaged by Discrete Events NWP 49 - Coal Remining Activities Effective 19 March 2017 g. Bank stabilization structures are only permittable under NWPs if they result in an effective bankline that is approximately parallel to and near the lateral boundaries of the CMZ. h. Bank stabilization structures must be keyed into the bank far enough to prevent flanking. i. Bank stabilization structures cannot occupy more than 10% of the bankfull channel area. Bankfull channel area pertains to the specific primary or secondary channel in question, and is not the aggregate channel area of all primary and secondary channels in multi-channel reaches. j. Bank stabilization structures must not present hazardous obstructions to boating, floating, or other river uses. k. Bank stabilization structures that are low in elevation, project only a short distance out from the bank, and angle upstream are more likely to qualify for NWPs because they typically result in less adverse impact on aquatic resources than structures that are tall, long, and point downstream. 14.SRMZ— Temporary Bank Stabilization — All NWPs. Temporary bank stabilization is prohibited during seasonal high flows. 15.SRMZ— Sediment Management—All NWPs. Sediment removal is allowable only to maintain function of existing facilities and structures, or as necessary to maintain or restore the geomorphic integrity of the upper Yellowstone River. Diversion or removal of sediment or alluvium from the river channel and adjacent wetlands for other purposes is not allowed in the SRMZ under any NWP. 16.SRMZ— Temporary Vegetation Impacts —All NWPs. Limit clearing of riparian or wetland vegetation to the absolute minimum necessary. Where temporary riparian or wetland vegetation impacts are unavoidable, mow or cut off the vegetation above the ground, leaving the topsoil and root mass intact. Restore temporarily disturbed areas to original contours and use seeding and planting as necessary to re-establish desirable vegetative cover, utilizing native species in areas where native species were impacted. 17.SRMZ— NWP-11 — Temporary Recreational Structures. Temporary recreational structures can be installed no earlier than seven (7) calendar days in advance of an event and must be removed no later than seven (7) calendar days after the event concludes. 18.SRMZ— NWP-12 — Utility Line Activities. Trench excavation and backfill for utility lines is prohibited within the OHWM of main and secondary flow channels and in adjacent wetlands. 19.SRMZ— NWP-13 — Bank Stabilization. Construction of temporary or permanent levees is prohibited. Only bank stabilization that is parallel to and adjacent to the valley wall and/or SRMZ boundary is allowed. All other bank stabilization must be reviewed under standard (individual) permit procedures. Bank stabilization along "'lontana Department of Environmental Quality March 6.2017 Robert Cole Corps of Engineers, Helena Regulatory Office 10 West 15,11 Street, Suite 2200 0 Helena,Montana 59626 [to: Montana Department of Environmental Quality 401 Water Quality Certification (COE-2015-0017 RIN 071 O-IAA73-201-7 Nationwide Permit Relssuance-Federal Register Vol. 82 No.4 Dear Mr. Cole* The attachment to this letter(Parts A-E) constitutes the Montana Department of Environmental Quality's position on the subject Nationwide Permits. it should not result in in undue burden. to either of our agencies, while still providing adequate water quality protection. Also, please fiod enclosed the Montana Department of Environmental Quality's December S 2000, &ruidelines *for materials for stream bank stabilization as referenced in the attached certification. We look forward to continuing the close cooperation and coordination between our two agencies. Please do not hesitate to contact myself(444-0240 JKcnnIng@mt,gov)or Jason Garber(444-2734 JGarber2@tiit.gov) ifyou have any questions. Ton ennin 4 lief Water Protection Bureau Cc; Tony Ott-EPA-,v/Attachments -Steve B01ock,G6viDrno.r 1 jbMIlvers-.Pireotor I P.O.DO 200901 1:Web%MT 69620-QD0I 1 (4A0)444-2644.1 VMW.d0q,f�t.gdv Water Quality Certiflicaflon in Accordance With Section 401 of the Clean Water Act for the 2017 Nationwide Permits in.Montana A.Certification DEQ is granting Section 401 Water Quality Certificatimi(certifcation)for Nationwide Permits 1,2,4-11, 15-22,24-27,28-36,38-44 and 46-50. H. Special.Conditions for Specific Nationwide Permits 1.) DEQ is granting certification for Nationwide Permits##3,#14,and 4.23 with the fellowina additional condition:DEQ Water Protection Bureau—Discharge Permitting Prograin must be notified by the permittce within 48 hours of corvine iceinent of the reu dated activity.Notification must be sent to F)EQ il'PBPublic(,ommerts a, t. ov.Notification shall include at m nniatini (a)the perniittee name,(b)the project name,(c)the Nationwide Permit used for the project,(d)the.Townslup, Range.and Section,and (e) the project or regulated activity location in decimal latitude and longitude to the millionth degree(six sigFYificant figures to the right of'the deouual point). 2)DEQ is granting certification of Nationwide Verinit#12(tFtility line activities)for projects where a static or vibratory plow is used and for projects where Ilorizontal Directional Drilling technology is implemented and no porn a€gent impacts to State waters will occur.For all outer projects that qualify tinder this Nationwide Permit,DEQ denies certification 3)DEQ is granting certification df-Nationwide Permit#13 (bank stabilization),Nationwide Pertnit#3°7 (emergency watershed protection and rehabilitation),and Nationwide Permit##45 (repair of uplands. clrFttta ed by discrete events)far all projects equal to or less than 300 linear feet. C.Waiver Nationwide 1Perinit 54(livnig sllorelines)is.Nvaived as this Natiooinvido Permit only applies to coastal shorelines and the Great Lakes. 1).Denial Nationwide Permit##51 (land based renewable energy gencration facilities);and Nationwide Permit#52 (-water based encr'Y renewable energy generation facilities), Nationwide#53 (removal of low head dams) is denied for 11Fe five year cycile so that DE efln deterttlyFte if applFcatto t of this now Nationwide Permit has detrimental effeots on water quality; Policy on Stream bank Stabilization This policy outlines the guidelines for approved materials to be used for streambank stabilization in. Montana.: This policy and adrat Environment Assessment were provided to the public for comilient via public notice MT 00-10 issued September 18,2000. Comments were accepted until October 17,2000.The draft Environmental .Assessment is adopted as the final Environmental Assessment with the Responses to Comments incorporated- Signed into policy 1210S/00 by Bonnie Lovelace, Chief,Water protection Bureau and 12/06/00 by Jan Sensibaugh,Adininistrator, Pertnitting&Compliance Division. GUIDELINES .)C'OR 'AERIALS FOk STREAD413.ANK STABILIZATION The following guidelines represent the efforts of a work group composed of Conservation District representatives, natural resource consultants, environmental interests, and state and federal regulatory .agencies. They are suggested by the Montana Department of Environmental Quality and not necessarily endorsed by all the work group members. These guidelines .are only for use in areas where the use of high- density, angular rock is not practicable_ (The-terra "practicable" rn+eans available and capable of being done after taking into consideration cost,existing technology, and logistics in light of overall project purposes (40 CFR 230.3(q)]). Sandstone or broken concrete may be acceptable alternatives to high=density, angular rock.in certain situations, although local rogutation. tray prohibit their use.The use of any river training device/structure may directly or cumulatively alter the ecology of Montana rivers and streams, Cumulative impact considerations may preclude the use of ally"giver training device. Bank stabilization projects are sometimes authorized under the followingjurisdictioiis Local Conservation District-Natural Strearinbed&.Land Conservation Act(310),Montana.Department of Fish Wildlife and Parks—Stream Protection Act(SPA 124);County Floodplain Administrator-Floodplain Permit;U.S.Army Corps ofETrgirreers—Section 404/10.Permit;Montana De artunentoMavirwiniental Quality-75-5-318,.aMCA Authorization;Montag a.Department ofNatural Resources and Conservation - Navigable Rivers Land Use License/Easeinetit, The following optional design concepts should be considered in conjunction with the guidelines to nainirnize environ.m. ental/aesthetic concerns: Utilize rock only in the lower* portion or toe of the riprap with woody structures/features, biodegradable fabric,ete. in the upper* portions. Tho elevation at which the mean unnu i dory occurs is the division between "upper"and"Ifl`vm" 4 Incorporate soil in the upper portions of the project with appropriate woody (usually willow) :plantings as.near average water elevations_ as possible and herbaceous plantings elsewhere. f provide a>emporary or permanent buffer strip ( trearnside area where protection promotes growth arid. susterianco of woody vegetation) along the project length to provide for vegetation stability Where grazing or recreational use may impact plant growth. Preferably,, plantings should be on slopes of3:1 or flatter and irrigated; if possible, (Note.. Numerous doc.uinents with agora detailed infortiiatio n are available. Contact the Natural resource. Conservation Service or the Dep4titrnerrt of Natural Resources and.Corisorvatiort for th�ejr"Stream Pr_oia4 Matittal_"� EJCDC=. PENA.LSUM FORM ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE Bid Bond Any singular reference to Bidder,Surety,Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. BIDDER(Name and Address): Knife River- Belgrade P.O. Box 9, Belgrade, MT 59714 SURETY(Maine, and Address of Principal Place of Buslness): Liberty Mutual Insurance Company 175 Berkeley Street , Boston, MA 02116 OWNER(Name andAddress): City of Bozeman, Montana BID Bid Due Date: July 24, 2018 Description (Project Name—.IncludeLocation): Durston and Ferguson Roundabout BOND Bond Number: Bid Bond Date: July 24, 2018 Pena]sum Ten Percent of Amount Bid ,,,,,, $ 10% OVp (Figures) Surety and.Bidder, intending to be legal� q�`� get to the terms set forth below,do eaeh cause this Bid Bond to be duly executed by an au6orizeR cceer fit,or representative. BIDDER 1990 8.VRgTY Knife River- Belgrade (Seal) .•Lib@Tty Mutual Insurance Company (Seal) Bidder's Nate and Coro t e ) '�, S> ety's Name and Corporate Seal p •. c� By: � 5 Signature S1gaa a(Attach power of.Att a Pamela L. Michalies-Asst. Sec. Heather R. Goedtel Print Name Print Name Attorney-in-Fact Title Title Attest: e� % Attest: —/�;' � V"' Si afore Signa e Witness Title Title Note:Addresses are to be used for giving any required notice. Provide execittion by any additional ptn•ties, such as joint venturers, rf necessrn),. 11:JCDCQA C-430,Bid Bond(Penal Sum Form).Published 2013. (EA 0711S) Prepared by the Engincers Joint Contract Documents Committee 00430-I Surety Acknowledgment State of Minnesota } } ss. County of Hennepin } On this 24"' day of July 2018, before me personally came Heather R. Goedtel, to me known, who being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that she is the Attorney-in-Fact of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company described in and which executed the above instrument; that she/he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instruments is such corporate seal, that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that she/he signed her/she/his name to it by like order. Notary Public MICHELLE DIANE HALTER 4'r" ro•, Notary Public Minnesota My Commission Expires a'" Jan 31,2023 I THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID UNLESS IT IS PRINTED ON RED BACKGROUND. This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein,and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. Certificate No.8128817 Liberty Mutual Insurance Company The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company West American Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:That The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire,that Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts, and West American Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana(herein collectively called the"Companies'),pursuant to and by authority herein set forth,does hereby name,constitute and appoint, Nicole Langer;Blake S.Bohlig;Kelly Nicole Bruggeman;Brian D.Carpenter; Heather R.Goedtel;Michelle Halter;Jessica Hecker;Craig Olmstead•Jill N.Swanson all of the city of Bloomington ,state of MIN each individually if there be more than one named,its true and lawful attorney-in-fact to make,execute,seal,acknowledge and deliver,for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed,any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations,in pursuance of these presents and shall be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in their own proper persons. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed thereto this 19th day of June 2018 >, �('(INS(/ Visoq N%Nsux 4JP�eYs9:z,=�9y�^ $�?;,P. �rwrf�F� ``�\`re� ��, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company N o e 12 Liberty Mutual Insurance Company 0)1914 n 19 ° r 1991 o z D ro West merican Insurance Company •E a a UJ N 7 O 1 * * * By. r .0 c STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA ss David M.Care •Assistant Secretary C +=L COUNTY OF MONTGOMERY c d On this 19th day of June 2018 before me personally appeared David M. Carey,who acknowledged himself to be the Assistant Secretary of Liberty Mutual Insurance v F O R3Company,The Ohio Casualty Company, and West American Insurance Company,and that he, as such, being authorized so to do,execute the foregoing instrument for the purposes >,W therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. L d > IN WITNESS WHEREOF,I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal at King of Prussia,Pennsylvania,on the day and year first above written. O CL d �yA PAS>, COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA Q M ONW� � �Q o�' <r<< Notarial Seal 4.,�, c y ! s v Teresa Pastella,Notary Public By. �� O O i OF Upper MerionTwp.,Montgomery County Teresa Pastella,Notary Public L a�v My Commission Expires March 28,2021 d p ti�4�p G 3 O++ �qHY �i Member,Pennsylvania Association or Notaries a E C L This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-laws and Authorizations of The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual (n p Insurance Company,and West American Insurance Company which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows: o N 4. R co L ARTICLE IV—OFFICERS—Section 12.Power of Attorney.Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President,and subject e a) to such limitation as the Chairman or the President may prescribe,shall appoint such attorneys-in-fact,as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make,execute,seal, >% O.S acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys-in-fact,subject to the limitations set forth in their respective E+i powers of attorney,shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. When so (D O executed,such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary.Any power or authority granted to any representative or attorney-in-fact under >'Q the provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board,the Chairman,the President or by the officer or officers granting such power or authority. r I* c ARTICLE XIII—Execution of Contracts—SECTION 5.Surety Bonds and Undertakings.Any officer of the Company authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, .+00 > L and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe,shall appoint such attorneys-in-fact,as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make,execute, E M 0 seal,acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys-in-fact subject to the limitations set forth in their O OP o respective powers of attorney,shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so v executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary. O to Certificate of Designation—The President of the Company,acting pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company,authorizes David M.Carey,Assistant Secretary to appoint such attorneys-m- ~ fact as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make,execute,seal,acknowledge and deliver,as surety any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations. Authorization—By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directors,the Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the Company,wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds,shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. I, Renee C. Llewellyn, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company do hereby certify that the original power of attorney of which the foregoing is a full,true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies thi)—L#day of 20 . 1NSuq yJ�or,�onnr 92 ��,co �a;F"•� nvror1,°�.. o i4i9 0 > 1912 ° 1991 By: D ( ,n'`' ro 0 3 y ti Renee C.Llew ssistant Secretary 3y``gk;�r;flL`-d ��J`SSxcsniSY�;` � r�Wn•sh z.. 249 of 1000 LMS 12873 022017